SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MAY 27, 2009

                        Prospectus Supplement dated May [•], 2009 to Prospectus dated May 27, 2009

                                          FIA Card Services, National Association
                                             Sponsor, Servicer and Originator
                                                BA Credit Card Funding, LLC
                                                 Transferor and Depositor
                                                   BA Credit Card Trust
                                                      Issuing Entity
                                                         BAseries
        The issuing entity will issue and sell:                              Class B(2009-1) Notes
        Principal amount                                                     $100,000,000
        Interest rate                                                        one-month LIBOR plus [•]% per year
                                                                             (determined as described in the
                                                                             following Class B(2009-1) summary)
        Interest payment dates                                               15th day of each month,
                                                                             beginning in July 2009
        Expected principal payment date                                      June 15, 2010
        Legal maturity date                                                  November 15, 2012
        Expected issuance date                                               June [•], 2009
        Price                                                                $[•] (or [•]%)
        Proceeds to the issuing entity                                       $[•] (or [•]%)

The  information in this prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  This
prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus  are not an offer to sell these  securities and are not seeking an
offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is  prohibited.

The Class B(2009-1) notes are a tranche of the Class B notes of the BAseries and initially will be sold directly to one
or more purchasers.

Subordination: Interest and principal on the Class B notes of the BAseries are subordinated to payments on the Class A
notes as described herein and in the accompanying prospectus.

Credit Enhancement: Interest and principal on the Class C notes of the BAseries and the Class D certificate, Series
2001-D are subordinated to payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes as described herein and in the
accompanying prospectus.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

You should consider the discussion under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 29 of the accompanying prospectus before you
purchase any notes.

The primary asset of the issuing entity is the collateral certificate, Series 2001-D.  The collateral certificate represents
an undivided interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust II.  Master Trust II's assets include receivables arising in a
portfolio of unsecured consumer revolving credit card accounts.  The notes are obligations of the issuing entity only and
are not obligations of BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, FIA Card Services, National Association, their affiliates or any other
person.  Each tranche of notes will be secured by specified assets of the issuing entity as described in this prospectus
supplement and in the accompanying prospectus.  Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity
for payment of the BAseries notes.

The notes are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or
instrumentality.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved the notes or determined that this prospectus supplement
or the prospectus is truthful, accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                   Important Notice about Information Presented in this
                                   Prospectus Supplement and the Accompanying Prospectus

         We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents:

         (a) this prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific terms of the
Class B(2009-1) notes, and

         (b) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information about the BAseries notes and each other
series of notes which may be issued by the BA Credit Card Trust, some of which may not apply to the BAseries or the Class
B(2009-1) notes.

         References to the prospectus mean the prospectus accompanying this prospectus supplement.

         This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the Class B(2009-1) notes only if accompanied by the
prospectus.

         This prospectus supplement supplements disclosure in the prospectus.

         You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus including any
information incorporated by reference.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

         We are not offering the Class B(2009-1) notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.  We do not claim the
accuracy of the information in this prospectus supplement or the prospectus as of any date other than the dates stated on
their respective covers.

         We include cross-references in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus to captions in these materials
where you can find further related discussions.  The Table of Contents in this prospectus supplement and in the
prospectus provide the pages on which these captions are located.

         Parts of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus use defined terms.  You can find a listing of defined
terms in the "Glossary of Defined Terms" beginning on page 186 in the prospectus.

                                                         ________


                                                            S-2

                 Table of Contents

                                                  Page

Class B(2009-1) Summary...........................S-4

Transaction Parties...............................S-7
     BA Credit Card Trust.........................S-7
     BA Master Credit Card Trust II...............S-7
     BA Credit Card Funding, LLC..................S-7
     FIA and Affiliates...........................S-8
         Use of Securitization as a
            Source of Funding.....................S-8
     The Bank of New York Mellon .................S-9
     Wilmington Trust Company.....................S-9

The Class B(2009-1) Notes.........................S-9
     Securities Offered...........................S-9
     The BAseries.................................S-9
     Interest....................................S-10
     Principal...................................S-11
     Nominal Liquidation Amount..................S-12
     Subordination; Credit Enhancement...........S-12
     Required Subordinated Amount................S-14
     The Class D Certificate.....................S-15
     Revolving Period............................S-16
     Early Redemption of Notes...................S-16
     Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity...S-16
     Events of Default...........................S-17
     Issuing Entity Accounts.....................S-17
     Security for the Notes......................S-17
     Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity......S-17
     Accumulation Reserve Account................S-18
     Shared Excess Available Funds...............S-18
     Stock Exchange Listing......................S-19
     Ratings.....................................S-19

Plan of Distribution.............................S-19

Annex I:

Outstanding Series, Classes and
  Tranches of Notes.............................A-I-1

Annex II:

Outstanding Master Trust II Series.............A-II-1


                        S-3

                                                  Class B(2009-1) Summary

         This summary does not contain all the information you may need to make an informed investment decision.  You
should read this prospectus supplement and the prospectus in their entirety before you purchase any notes.

         Only the Class B(2009-1) notes are being offered through this prospectus supplement and the prospectus.  Other
series, classes and tranches of BA Credit Card Trust notes, including other tranches of notes that are included in the
BAseries as a part of the Class B notes or other notes that are included in the Class B(2009-1) tranche, may be issued by
the BA Credit Card Trust in the future without the consent of, or prior notice to, any noteholders.

         Other series of certificates of master trust II may be issued without the consent of, or prior notice to, any
noteholders or certificateholders.

Transaction Parties
     Issuing Entity of the Notes                   BA Credit Card Trust
     Issuing Entity of the Collateral Certificate  BA Master Credit Card Trust II
     Sponsor, Servicer and Originator              FIA Card Services, National Association
     Transferor and Depositor                      BA Credit Card Funding, LLC
     Master Trust II Trustee, Indenture Trustee    The Bank of New York Mellon
     Owner Trustee                                 Wilmington Trust Company


Assets
     Primary Asset of the Issuing Entity           Master trust II, Series 2001-D Collateral Certificate
     Collateral Certificate                        Undivided interest in master trust II
     Primary Assets of Master Trust II             Receivables in unsecured revolving credit card accounts
     Accounts and Receivables (as of beginning     Principal receivables:                       $97,798,614,575
         of the day on May 1, 2009) *              Finance charge receivables:                  $3,254,394,708



Asset Backed Securities Offered                     Class B(2009-1)
     Class                                          Class B
     Series                                         BAseries
     Initial Principal Amount                       $100,000,000
     Initial Nominal Liquidation Amount             $100,000,000
     Expected Issuance Date                         June [•], 2009
     Subordination                                  The Class B(2009-1) notes will be subordinated to the Class A
                                                    notes.
     Credit Enhancement                             Subordination of the Class C notes and the Class D certificate
     Credit Enhancement Amount                      Required Subordinated Amount and Required Class D Investor
                                                    Interest
     Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes  An amount equal to 6.95187% of the adjusted outstanding dollar
                                                    principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes that are not
                                                    providing credit enhancement to the Class A notes, plus 100% of

_____________________

* On March 1, 2009, BA Credit Card Funding, LLC designated a discount option of 6.00% for all principal receivables
generated from March 1, 2009 until September 30, 2009. As a result of the designation of the discount option, the amount
of principal receivables is reduced, and the amount of finance charge receivables is increased.


                                                            S-4

                                                    the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class
                                                    B(2009-1) notes' pro rata share of the Class A required
                                                    subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A notes.  See
                                                    "The Class B(2009-1) Notes—Required Subordinated Amount" for a
                                                    discussion of the calculation of the Class B(2009-1) notes'
                                                    required subordinated amount of Class C notes, and the method by
                                                    which that calculation may be changed in the future.
     Required Class D Investor Interest             The required Class D investor interest is approximately equal to
                                                    8.00% of the sum of the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar
                                                    principal amount of the BAseries notes and the Class D investor
                                                    interest.  See "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class
                                                    D Certificate" in the prospectus for a more specific description
                                                    of how the required Class D investor interest is calculated.
     Accumulation Reserve Account Targeted Deposit  0.5% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class
                                                    B(2009-1) notes.

Risk Factors                                        Investment in the Class B(2009-1) notes involves risks.  You
                                                    should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 29
                                                    in the prospectus.

Interest
     Interest Rate                                  London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollar deposits for a
                                                    one-month period (or, for the first interest accrual period, the
                                                    rate that corresponds to the actual number of days in the first
                                                    interest accrual period) (LIBOR) as of each LIBOR determination
                                                    date plus [•]% per year.
     LIBOR Determination Dates                      June [•], 2009 for the period from and including the issuance
                                                    date to but excluding July 15, 2009, and for each interest
                                                    accrual period thereafter, the date that is two London Business
                                                    Days before each distribution date.
     Distribution Dates                             The 15th day of each calendar month (or the next Business Day if
                                                    the 15th is not a Business Day).
     London Business Day                            London, New York, New York and Newark, Delaware banking day
     Interest Accrual Method                        Actual/360
     Interest Accrual Periods                       From and including the issuance date to but excluding the first
                                                    interest payment date and then from and including each interest
                                                    payment date to but excluding the next interest payment date.
     Interest Payment Dates                         Each distribution date starting on July 15, 2009
     First Interest Payment Date                    July 15, 2009
     Business Day                                   New York, New York and Newark, Delaware

Principal
     Expected Principal Payment Date                June 15, 2010
     Legal Maturity Date                            November 15, 2012
     Revolving Period End                           Between 11 and 1 months prior to expected principal payment date

Servicing Fee                                       2% of the Series 2001-D investor interest

Ratings                                             The Class B(2009-1) notes must be rated by at least one of the
                                                    following nationally recognized rating agencies:
                                                    Moody's:                         A2
                                                    Standard & Poor's:               A
                                                    Fitch:                           A



                                                            S-5

Early Redemption Events                             Early redemption events applicable to the Class B(2009-1) notes
                                                    include the following: (i) the occurrence of the expected
                                                    principal payment date for such notes; (ii) each of the Pay Out
                                                    Events described under "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events" in the
                                                    prospectus; (iii) the issuing entity becoming an "investment
                                                    company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
                                                    1940, as amended; and (iv) for any date the amount of Excess
                                                    Available Funds for the BAseries averaged over the 3 preceding
                                                    calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds
                                                    for the BAseries for such date.  See "The Indenture—Early
                                                    Redemption Events" in the prospectus.

Events of Default                                   Events of default applicable to the Class B(2009-1) notes
                                                    include the following: (i) the issuing entity's failure, for a
                                                    period of 35 days, to pay interest upon such notes when such
                                                    interest becomes due and payable; (ii) the issuing entity's
                                                    failure to pay the principal amount of such notes on the
                                                    applicable legal maturity date; (iii) the issuing entity's
                                                    default in the performance, or breach, of any other of its
                                                    covenants or warranties, as discussed in the prospectus; and
                                                    (iv) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency,
                                                    conservatorship or receivership of the issuing entity.  See "The
                                                    Indenture—Events of Default" in the prospectus.

Optional Redemption                                 If the nominal liquidation amount is less than 5% of the highest
                                                    outstanding dollar principal amount.

ERISA Eligibility                                   Yes, subject to important considerations described under
                                                    "Benefit Plan Investors" in the prospectus (investors are
                                                    cautioned to consult with their counsel).

Tax Treatment                                       Debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to important
                                                    considerations described under "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
                                                    in the prospectus (investors are cautioned to consult with their
                                                    tax counsel).

Stock Exchange Listing                              The issuing entity will apply to list the Class B(2009-1) notes
                                                    on a stock exchange in Europe.  The issuing entity cannot
                                                    guarantee that the application for the listing will be accepted
                                                    or that, if accepted, the listing will be maintained.  To
                                                    determine whether the Class B(2009-1) notes are listed on a
                                                    stock exchange you may contact the issuing entity c/o Wilmington
                                                    Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street,
                                                    Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, telephone number:
                                                    (302) 651-1000.

Clearing and Settlement                             DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear



                                                            S-6

                                                    Transaction Parties

BA Credit Card Trust

         The notes will be issued by BA Credit Card Trust (referred to as the issuing entity).  For a description of the
limited activities of the issuing entity, see "Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust" in the prospectus.

BA Master Credit Card Trust II

         BA Master Credit Card Trust II (referred to as master trust II) issued the collateral certificate and the Class D
certificate, each as a part of Series 2001-D.  See "Transaction Parties—BA Master Credit Card Trust II" and "Master Trust
II" in the prospectus.  The collateral certificate is the issuing entity's primary source of funds for the payment of
principal of and interest on the notes.  The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are investor certificates
that represent an undivided interest in master trust II.  Master trust II's assets primarily include receivables from
selected MasterCard®, Visa® and American Express® unsecured revolving credit card accounts that meet the eligibility
criteria for inclusion in master trust II.  These eligibility criteria are discussed under "Master Trust II—Addition of
Master Trust II Assets."

         The credit card receivables in master trust II consist primarily of finance charge receivables and principal
receivables.  Finance charge receivables include periodic finance charges, cash advance fees, late charges and certain
other fees billed to cardholders, annual membership fees and recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and
discount option receivables.  Principal receivables include amounts charged by cardholders for merchandise and services,
amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and all other fees billed to cardholders that are not considered finance
charge receivables.

         In addition, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II participation interests in pools of assets that
primarily consist of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA and collections on such
receivables.

         See "Annex I: The Master Trust II Portfolio" in the prospectus for detailed financial information on the
receivables and the accounts.

         The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate comprise the Series 2001-D certificates issued by master
trust II.  Other series of certificates may be issued by master trust II in the future without prior notice to or the
consent of any noteholders or certificateholders.  See "Annex II: Outstanding Master Trust II Series" in this prospectus
supplement for information on the other outstanding series issued by master trust II.

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC

         BA Credit Card Funding, LLC (referred to as Funding), a limited liability company formed under the laws of
Delaware and a subsidiary of Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC, an indirect subsidiary of FIA, is the
transferor and depositor to master trust II.  Funding is also the holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II
and the beneficiary of the



                                                            S-7

issuing entity.  On the Substitution Date, Funding was substituted for FIA as the transferor of receivables to master
trust II, as holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II, and as beneficiary of the issuing entity pursuant to
the trust agreement.  See "Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Funding, LLC" in the prospectus for a description of
Funding and its responsibilities.

FIA and Affiliates

         FIA Card Services, National Association (referred to as FIA) is a national banking association.  FIA is an
indirect subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.

         FIA formed master trust II on August 4, 1994.  Prior to the substitution of Funding as transferor of receivables
to master trust II, which coincided with the merger of Bank of America, National Association (USA) with and into FIA, FIA
transferred receivables to master trust II.  In addition, prior to this substitution and merger, FIA was the holder of
the Transferor Interest in master trust II, the transferor of the collateral certificate to the issuing entity pursuant
to the trust agreement, and the sole beneficiary of the issuing entity.  At the time of this substitution and merger,
FIA's economic interest in the Transferor Interest in master trust II was transferred to Funding through Banc of America
Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS).  In addition, from and after this substitution and merger, FIA has
transferred, and will continue to transfer, to BACCS the receivables arising in certain of the U.S. consumer credit card
accounts originated or acquired by FIA.  BACCS has sold and may continue to sell receivables to Funding for addition to
master trust II.  The receivables transferred to master trust II have been and will continue to be generated from
transactions made by cardholders of selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts from the
portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express accounts originated or acquired by FIA (such portfolio of accounts is
referred to as the Bank Portfolio).

         BACCS is a limited liability company formed under the laws of North Carolina and an indirect subsidiary of FIA.

         FIA is responsible for servicing, managing and making collections on the credit card receivables in master trust
II.  See "Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates" in the prospectus for a description of FIA, BACCS and each of their
respective responsibilities.

         See "Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates" and "FIA's Credit Card Activities" in the prospectus for a
discussion of FIA's servicing practices and its delegation of servicing functions to its operating subsidiary Banc of
America Card Servicing Corporation.

         Use of Securitization as a Source of Funding

         FIA has been securitizing credit card receivables since 1986.  FIA created master trust II on August 4, 1994.  BA
Credit Card Trust, the issuing entity, was created on May 4, 2001.  In addition to sponsoring the securitization of the
credit card receivables in master trust II, FIA and its affiliates are the sponsors to other master trusts securitizing
other consumer and small business lending products.



                                                            S-8

         FIA uses a variety of funding sources to meet its liquidity goals.  Funding sources for FIA have included, but
are not limited to, securitization and debt issuances.

The Bank of New York Mellon

         The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the
notes and the trustee under the pooling and servicing agreement (referred to herein and in the prospectus as the master
trust II agreement) for the master trust II investor certificates.  See "The Indenture—Indenture Trustee" in the
prospectus for a description of the limited powers and duties of the indenture trustee and "Master Trust II—Master Trust
II Trustee" in the prospectus for a description of the limited powers and duties of the master trust II trustee.  See
"Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon" in the prospectus for a description of The Bank of New York Mellon.

Wilmington Trust Company

         Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, is the owner trustee of the issuing entity.  See
"Transaction Parties—Wilmington Trust Company" in the prospectus for a description of the ministerial powers and duties of
the owner trustee and for a description of Wilmington Trust Company.

                                                 The Class B(2009-1) Notes

         The Class B(2009-1) notes will be issued by the issuing entity pursuant to the indenture and the BAseries
indenture supplement.  The following discussion and the discussions under "The Notes" and "The Indenture" in the
prospectus summarize the material terms of the Class B(2009-1) notes, the indenture and the BAseries indenture
supplement.  These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
provisions of the Class B(2009-1) notes, the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement.  So long as the conditions
to issuance are met or waived, additional Class B(2009-1) notes may be issued on any date or in any amount.  There is no
limit on the total dollar principal amount of Class B(2009-1) notes that may be issued.  See "The Notes—Issuances of New
Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes" in the prospectus for a description of the conditions to issuance.

Securities Offered

         The Class B(2009-1) notes are part of a series of notes called the BAseries.  The BAseries consists of Class A
notes, Class B notes and Class C notes.  The Class B(2009-1) notes are a tranche of Class B notes of the BAseries.  The
Class B(2009-1) notes are issued by, and are obligations of, the BA Credit Card Trust.

         On the expected issuance date, the Class B(2009-1) notes are expected to be the twentieth tranche of Class B
notes outstanding in the BAseries.

The BAseries

         The BAseries notes will be issued in classes.  Each class of notes has multiple tranches, which may be issued at
different times and have different terms (including different interest



                                                            S-9

rates, interest payment dates, expected principal payment dates, legal maturity dates or other  characteristics).  Whenever a
"class" of notes is referred to in this prospectus  supplement or the  prospectus,  it includes all tranches of that class of
notes, unless the context otherwise requires.

         Notes of any tranche can be issued on any date so long as a sufficient amount of subordinated notes or other
acceptable credit enhancement has been issued and is outstanding.  See "The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and
Tranches of Notes" in the prospectus.  The expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates of tranches of
senior and subordinated classes of the BAseries may be different.  Therefore, subordinated notes may have expected
principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all senior notes of the BAseries.  Subordinated
notes will generally not be paid before their legal maturity date unless, after payment, the remaining outstanding
subordinated notes provide the credit enhancement required for the senior notes.

         In general, the subordinated notes of the BAseries serve as credit enhancement for all of the senior notes of the
BAseries, regardless of whether the subordinated notes are issued before, at the same time as, or after the senior notes
of the BAseries.  However, certain tranches of senior notes may not require subordination from each class of notes
subordinated to it.  For example, a tranche of Class A notes may be credit enhanced solely from Class C notes.  In this
example, the Class B notes will not provide credit enhancement for that tranche of Class A notes.  The amount of credit
exposure of any particular tranche of notes is a function of, among other things, the total outstanding principal amount
of notes issued, the required subordinated amount, the amount of usage of the required subordinated amount and the amount
on deposit in the senior tranches' principal funding subaccounts.

         As of the date of this prospectus supplement, the BAseries is the only issued and outstanding series of the
issuing entity.  See "Annex I: Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes" for information on the other
outstanding notes issued by the issuing entity.

Interest

         Interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes will accrue at a floating rate equal to the London interbank offered rate
for U.S. dollar deposits for a one-month period (or, for the first interest accrual period, the rate that corresponds to
the actual number of days in the first interest accrual period) (LIBOR) plus a spread as specified on the cover page of
this prospectus supplement.

         LIBOR appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or comparable replacement page) and will be the rate available at
11:00 a.m., London time, on the related LIBOR determination date. If the rate does not appear on that page, the rate will
be the average of the rates offered by four prime banks in London. If fewer than two London banks provide a rate at the
request of the indenture trustee, the rate will be the average of the rates offered by four major banks in New York City.

         Interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes for any interest payment date will equal the product of:

         o    the Class B(2009-1) note interest rate for the applicable interest accrual period; multiplied by



                                                            S-10

         o    the actual number of days in the related interest accrual period divided by 360; multiplied by

         o    the outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes as of the related record date.

         The payment of interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes on any payment date is senior to the payment of interest on
Class C notes of the BAseries on that date.  Generally, no payment of interest will be made on any Class B BAseries note
until the required payment of interest has been made to all Class A BAseries notes.  Likewise, generally, no payment of
interest will be made on any Class C BAseries note until the required payment of interest has been made to all Class A
and Class B BAseries notes.  However, funds on deposit in the Class C reserve account will be available only to holders
of Class C notes to cover shortfalls of interest on Class C notes on any interest payment date.  The Class B(2009-1)
notes generally will not receive interest payments on any payment date until the Class A notes have received their full
interest payment on that date.

         The issuing entity will pay interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes solely from the portion of BAseries Available
Funds and from other amounts that are available to the Class B(2009-1) notes under the indenture and the BAseries
indenture supplement after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations.  If those sources are not sufficient to
pay the interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes, Class B(2009-1) noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of
the issuing entity, FIA, BACCS, Funding or any other person or entity for the payment of interest on those notes.

Principal

         The issuing entity expects to pay the stated principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes in one payment on its
expected principal payment date, and is obligated to do so if funds are available for that purpose and not required for
subordination.  If the stated principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes is not paid in full on the expected principal
payment date due to insufficient funds or insufficient credit enhancement, noteholders will generally not have any
remedies against the issuing entity until the legal maturity date of the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         In addition, if the stated principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes is not paid in full on the expected
principal payment date, then an early redemption event will occur for the Class B(2009-1) notes and, subject to the
principal payment rules described under "—Subordination; Credit Enhancement" and "—Required Subordinated Amount"
below, principal and interest payments on the Class B(2009-1) notes will be made monthly until they are paid in full or
until the legal maturity date occurs, whichever is earlier.

         Principal of the Class B(2009-1) notes will begin to be paid earlier than the expected principal payment date if
any other early redemption event or an event of default and acceleration occurs for the Class B(2009-1) notes.  See "The
Notes—Early Redemption of Notes," "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events" and "—Events of Default" in the prospectus.

         The issuing entity will pay principal on the Class B(2009-1) notes solely from the portion of BAseries Available
Principal Amounts and from other amounts which are available to the



                                                            S-11

Class B(2009-1) notes under the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement after giving effect to all allocations
and reallocations.  If those sources are not sufficient to pay the principal of the Class B(2009-1) notes, Class
B(2009-1) noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity, Funding, BACCS, FIA or any other
person or entity for the payment of principal on those notes.

Nominal Liquidation Amount

         The nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of notes corresponds to the portion of the Investor Interest of
Series 2001-D that is available to support that tranche of notes.  Generally, the nominal liquidation amount is used to
determine the amount of Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds that are available to pay principal of and
interest on the notes.  For a more detailed discussion of nominal liquidation amount, see "The Notes—Stated Principal
Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount" in the prospectus.

Subordination; Credit Enhancement

         Credit enhancement for the Class B(2009-1) notes will be provided through subordination of the Class C BAseries
notes and the Class D certificate.  The amount of subordination available to provide credit enhancement to any tranche of
notes is limited to its available subordinated amount.  If the available subordinated amount for any tranche of notes has
been reduced to zero, losses will be allocated to that tranche of notes pro rata based on its nominal liquidation
amount.  The nominal liquidation amount of those notes will be reduced by the amount of losses allocated to it and it is
unlikely that those notes will receive their full payment of principal.

         Principal and interest payments on Class B and Class C BAseries notes are subordinated to payments on Class A
BAseries notes as described above under "—Interest" and "—Principal."  Principal payments and Available Funds allocated
to the Class D certificate are subordinated to payments on Class A BAseries notes as described in "Master Trust II—The
Class D Certificate" in the prospectus.  Subordination of Class B and Class C BAseries notes and the Class D certificate
provides credit enhancement for Class A BAseries notes.

         Principal and interest payments on Class C BAseries notes are subordinated to payments on Class A and Class B
BAseries notes as described above under "—Interest" and "—Principal." Principal payments and Available Funds
allocated to the Class D certificate are subordinated to payments on Class A and B BAseries notes as described in "Master
Trust II—The Class D Certificate" in the prospectus. Subordination of Class C BAseries notes and the Class D
certificate provides credit enhancement for Class A and Class B BAseries notes.

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts allocable to subordinated classes of BAseries notes (such as the Class
B(2009-1) notes) may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of BAseries notes or to pay a portion of the master
trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, subject to certain limitations.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the
Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" in the
prospectus.  The nominal liquidation amount of the subordinated notes will be reduced by the amount of those
reallocations.  In addition, charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default



                                                            S-12

Amounts allocable to the BAseries generally are reallocated from the senior classes to the subordinated classes of the
BAseries.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Allocations of
Reductions from Charge-Offs" in the prospectus.  The nominal liquidation amount of the subordinated notes will be reduced
by the amount of charge-offs reallocated to those subordinated notes.  See "The Notes—Stated Principal Amount,
Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount" and "Master Trust
II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges" in the prospectus.

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts remaining after any reallocations described above will be applied to make
targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of senior notes before being applied to make targeted deposits to
the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated notes if the remaining amounts are not sufficient to make all
required targeted deposits.

         In addition, principal payments on subordinated classes of BAseries notes are subject to the principal payment
rules described below in "—Required Subordinated Amount."

         In the BAseries, payment of principal may be made on a subordinated class of notes before payment in full of each
senior class of notes only under the following circumstances:

         o    If after giving effect to the proposed principal payment the outstanding subordinated notes are still
              sufficient to support the outstanding senior notes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and
              Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the
              Principal Funding Account" and "—Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts" in the prospectus.  For
              example, if a tranche of Class A notes has been repaid, this generally means that, unless other Class A
              notes are issued, at least some Class B notes and Class C notes may be repaid when they are expected to be
              repaid even if other tranches of Class A notes are outstanding.

         o    If the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes have been sufficiently prefunded as
              described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted
              Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Prefunding of the
              Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes" in the prospectus.

         o    If new tranches of subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached their
              expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination.

         o    If the subordinated tranche of notes reaches its legal maturity date and there is a sale of credit card
              receivables as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables" in the
              prospectus.



                                                            S-13

Required Subordinated Amount

         In order to issue notes of a senior class of the BAseries, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes
for those senior notes must be outstanding and available on the issuance date.  Generally, the required subordinated
amount of subordinated notes for each tranche of Class A BAseries notes is equal to a stated percentage of the adjusted
outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of Class A notes.

         The required subordinated amount of Class C notes for each tranche of Class B BAseries notes will vary depending
on its pro rata share of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that
require any credit enhancement from Class B BAseries notes, and its pro rata share of the portion of the adjusted
outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes that is not providing credit enhancement to the Class A
notes. For the Class B(2009-1) notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes, at any time, is generally equal
to the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes multiplied by the sum of:

              (i) the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that require
     any credit enhancement from Class B BAseries notes divided by the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal
     amount of all Class B BAseries notes; plus

              (ii) 6.95187% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar
     principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes minus the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all Class
     A BAseries notes, and the denominator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all
     Class B BAseries notes.

         Therefore, for the Class B(2009-1) notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can increase if the
share of the Class B(2009-1) notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A BAseries
notes increases, or if the share of the Class B(2009-1) notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A BAseries
notes increases.  Similarly, for the Class B(2009-1) notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can
decrease (but will never be less than 6.95187% of its adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount) if the share of the
Class B(2009-1) notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A BAseries notes
decreases, or if the share of the Class B(2009-1) notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A BAseries notes
decreases.

         For a further description of how to calculate the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the
Class B(2009-1) notes, see "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—BAseries" in the prospectus.

         For an example of the calculations of the BAseries required subordinated amounts, see the chart titled "BAseries
Required Subordinated Amounts" in the prospectus.

         Reductions in the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of a tranche of senior notes of the BAseries will
generally result in a reduction in the required subordinated amount for



                                                            S-14

that tranche.  Additionally, a reduction in the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for a tranche of Class B
BAseries notes may occur due to:

         o    a decrease in the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of Class A BAseries notes,

         o    a decrease in the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B or Class C notes for outstanding tranches
              of Class A BAseries notes, or

         o    the issuance of additional Class B BAseries notes.

However, if an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration for any tranche of Class B BAseries notes
occurs, or if on any day its usage of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes exceeds zero, the required
subordinated amount of Class C notes for that tranche of Class B notes will not decrease after that early redemption
event or event of default and acceleration or after the date on which its usage of the required subordinated amount of
Class C notes exceeds zero.

         The percentages used in, or the method of calculating, the required subordinated amounts described above may
change without the consent of any noteholders if the rating agencies consent.  In addition, the percentages used in, or
the method of calculating, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes of any tranche of BAseries notes
(including other tranches in the same class) may be different than the percentages used in, or the method of calculating,
the required subordinated amounts for the Class B(2009-1) notes.  In addition, if the rating agencies consent, the
issuing entity, without the consent of any noteholders, may utilize forms of credit enhancement other than subordinated
notes in order to provide senior classes of notes with the required credit enhancement.

         No payment of principal will be made on any Class B BAseries note unless, following the payment, the remaining
available subordinated amount of Class B BAseries notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class B
notes for the outstanding Class A BAseries notes less any usage of the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for
the outstanding Class A BAseries notes.  Similarly, no payment of principal will be made on any Class C BAseries note
unless, following the payment, the remaining available subordinated amount of Class C BAseries notes is at least equal to
the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes less any usage
of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes.  However,
there are some exceptions to this rule.  See "—Subordination; Credit Enhancement" above and "The Notes—Subordination of
Interest and Principal" in the prospectus.

The Class D Certificate

         The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the BAseries
notes, by absorbing Default Amounts allocable to Series 2001-D prior to the allocation of any of those losses to the
BAseries notes, and through reallocations of collections of principal receivables to cover deficiencies on payments of
interest on the BAseries notes and the master trust II servicing fee, as more specifically described in "Master Trust
II—The Class D Certificate" in the prospectus.  Because the required Class D Investor Interest is



                                                            S-15

determined by the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of BAseries notes, whenever additional BAseries
notes are issued, the required Class D Investor Interest will increase.  Similarly, whenever the Adjusted Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of a tranche of BAseries notes decreases, due to accumulation of principal or payment of
principal amounts to noteholders, the required Class D Investor Interest will decrease.

         For a more specific description of how the required Class D Investor Interest is calculated, see "The
Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate" in the prospectus.  The method of calculating the required
Class D Investor Interest may change without the consent of any noteholders if the rating agencies consent.

Revolving Period

         Until principal amounts are needed to be accumulated to pay the Class B(2009-1) notes, principal amounts
allocable to the Class B(2009-1) notes will either be applied to other BAseries notes which are accumulating principal or
paid to Funding as holder of the Transferor Interest.  This period is commonly referred to as the revolving period.
Unless an early redemption event or event of default for the Class B(2009-1) notes occurs, the revolving period will end
eleven calendar months or less prior to the expected principal payment date.  If the issuing entity reasonably expects
that less than eleven months will be required to fully accumulate principal amounts in an amount equal to the outstanding
dollar principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes, the end of the revolving period may be delayed.  See "Sources of
Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Budgeted Deposits" in the prospectus.

Early Redemption of Notes

         The early redemption events applicable to all notes, including the Class B(2009-1) notes, are described in "The
Notes—Early Redemption of Notes" and "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events" in the prospectus.

Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity

         Funding, so long as it is an affiliate of the servicer, has the right, but not the obligation, to direct the
issuing entity to redeem the Class B(2009-1) notes in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which the
nominal liquidation amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes is reduced to less than 5% of their highest outstanding dollar
principal amount.  This repurchase option is referred to as a clean-up call.

         The issuing entity will not redeem subordinated notes if those notes are required to provide credit enhancement
for senior classes of notes of the BAseries.

         If the issuing entity is directed to redeem the Class B(2009-1) notes, it will notify the registered holders at
least thirty days prior to the redemption date.  The redemption price of a note will equal 100% of the outstanding
principal amount of that note, plus accrued but unpaid interest on the note to but excluding the date of redemption.



                                                            S-16

         If the issuing entity is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on
the Class B(2009-1) notes will thereafter be made, subject to the principal payment rules described above under
"—Subordination; Credit Enhancement," until either the principal of and accrued interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes are
paid in full or the legal maturity date occurs, whichever is earlier.  Any funds in the principal funding subaccount and
the interest funding subaccount for the Class B(2009-1) notes will be applied to make the principal and interest payments
on the notes on the redemption date.

Events of Default

         The Class B(2009-1) notes are subject to certain events of default described in "The Indenture—Events of Default"
in the prospectus.  For a description of the remedies upon the occurrence of an event of default, see "The
Indenture—Events of Default Remedies" and "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables" in the
prospectus.

Issuing Entity Accounts

         The issuing entity has established a principal funding account, an interest funding account, an accumulation
reserve account and a Class C reserve account for the benefit of the BAseries.  The principal funding account, the
interest funding account, and the accumulation reserve account will have subaccounts for the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate and other amounts will be deposited in the issuing entity
accounts and allocated to the notes as described in the prospectus.

Security for the Notes

         The Class B(2009-1) notes are secured by a shared security interest in:

         o    the collateral certificate;

         o    the collection account;

         o    the applicable principal funding subaccount;

         o    the applicable interest funding subaccount; and

         o    the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount.

         However, the Class B(2009-1) notes are entitled to the benefits of only that portion of the assets allocated to
them under the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement.

         See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate" and "—Issuing Entity Accounts" in the
prospectus.

Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity

         The sole sources of payment for principal of or interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes are provided by:



                                                            S-17

         o    the portion of the Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to the BAseries and available
              to the Class B(2009-1) notes after giving effect to any reallocations, payments and deposits for senior
              notes, and

         o    funds in the applicable issuing entity accounts for the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         Class B(2009-1) noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity, FIA, BACCS, Funding
or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         However, following a sale of credit card receivables (i) due to an insolvency of Funding, (ii) due to an event of
default and acceleration for the Class B(2009-1) notes or (iii) on the legal maturity date for the Class B(2009-1) notes,
as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables" in the prospectus, the Class
B(2009-1) noteholders have recourse only to the proceeds of that sale.

Accumulation Reserve Account

         The issuing entity will establish an accumulation reserve subaccount to cover shortfalls in investment earnings
on amounts (other than prefunded amounts) on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         The amount targeted to be deposited in the accumulation reserve subaccount for the
Class B(2009-1) notes is zero, unless more than one budgeted deposit is required to accumulate and pay the principal of
the Class B(2009-1) notes on its expected principal payment date, in which case, the amount targeted to be deposited is
0.5% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes, or another amount designated by the issuing
entity.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits to
the Accumulation Reserve Account" in the prospectus.

Shared Excess Available Funds

         The BAseries will be included in "Group A."  In addition to the BAseries, the issuing entity may issue other
series of notes that are included in Group A.  As of the date of this prospectus supplement, the BAseries is the only
series of notes issued by the issuing entity.

         To the extent that Available Funds allocated to the BAseries are available after all required applications of
those amounts as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the
BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds" in the prospectus, these unused Available Funds, referred to as
shared excess available funds, will be applied to cover shortfalls in Available Funds for other series of notes in Group
A. In addition, the BAseries may receive the benefits of shared excess available funds from other series in Group A, to
the extent Available Funds for those other series of notes are not needed for those series. See "Sources of Funds to Pay
the Notes—The Collateral Certificate," and "—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Shared
Excess Available Funds" in the prospectus.



                                                            S-18

Stock Exchange Listing

         The issuing entity will apply to list the Class B(2009-1) notes on a stock exchange in Europe.  The issuing
entity cannot guarantee that the application for the listing will be accepted or that, if accepted, the listing will be
maintained.  To determine whether the Class B(2009-1) notes are listed on a stock exchange you may contact the issuing
entity c/o Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001,
telephone number: (302) 651-1000.

Ratings

         The issuing entity will issue the Class B(2009-1) notes only if they are rated at least "A" or "A2" or its
equivalent by at least one nationally recognized rating agency.

         Other tranches of Class B notes may have different rating requirements from the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         A rating addresses the likelihood of the payment of interest on a note when due and the ultimate payment of
principal of that note by its legal maturity date.  A rating does not address the likelihood of payment of principal of a
note on its expected principal payment date.  In addition, a rating does not address the possibility of an early payment
or acceleration of a note, which could be caused by an early redemption event or an event of default.  A rating is not a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold notes and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning
rating agency.  Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

         See "Risk Factors—If the ratings of the notes are lowered or withdrawn, their market value could decrease" in the
prospectus.

                                                   Plan of Distribution

         Subject to the terms and conditions of the purchase agreement for the Class B(2009-1) notes, the issuing entity
has agreed to sell to the purchasers, and the purchasers have agreed to purchase, $100,000,000 of the aggregate principal
amount of the Class B(2009-1) notes.  Affiliates of FIA and Funding will purchase all of the Class B(2009-1) notes.

         Proceeds to the issuing entity from the sale of the Class B(2009-1) notes are set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus supplement.  Proceeds to the issuing entity from the sale of the Class B(2009-1) notes will be paid to
Funding.  See "Use of Proceeds" in the prospectus.  Additional offering expenses, which will be paid by Funding, are
estimated to be $400,000.



                                                            S-19

                                                                                                                    Annex I

                                     Outstanding Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

         The information provided in this Annex I is an integral part of the prospectus supplement, and is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus supplement.

BAseries

         Class A Notes

                                                                                                                          Expected
                             Issuance             Nominal                                                                Principal                Legal
      Class A                  Date         Liquidation Amount                    Note Interest Rate                    Payment Date          Maturity Date
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
   Class A(2001-2)            7/26/01    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.25%                   July 2011            December 2013
   Class A(2001-Emerald)      8/15/01    Up to $10,317,000,000(1)                         —                                  —                      —
   Class A(2002-2)            3/27/02    $      656,175,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.35%(2)       February 17, 2012        July 17, 2014
   Class A(2002-3)            4/24/02    $      750,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.24%                   April 2012           September 2014
   Class A(2002-7)            7/25/02    $      497,250,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.25%(3)         July 17, 2009        December 19, 2011
   Class A(2002-8)            7/31/02    $      400,000,000                   Three Month LIBOR + 0.15%                  July 2009            December 2011
   Class A(2002-11)          10/30/02    $      490,600,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.35%(4)        October 19, 2009        March 19, 2012
   Class A(2003-4)            4/24/03    $      750,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.22%                   April 2010           September 2012
   Class A(2003-5)            5/21/03    $      548,200,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.35%(5)         April 19, 2010       September 19, 2012
   Class A(2003-8)            8/5/03     $      750,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.19%                   July 2010            December 2012
   Class A(2003-10)          10/15/03    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.26%                  October 2013            March 2016
   Class A(2004-1)            2/26/04    $      752,760,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.30%(6)        January 17, 2014        June 17, 2016
   Class A(2004-2)            2/25/04    $      600,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.15%                 February 2011            July 2013
   Class A(2004-3)            3/17/04    $      700,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.26%                   March 2019            August 2021
   Class A(2004-5)            5/25/04    $    1,015,240,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.25%(7)          May 18, 2011         October 17, 2013
   Class A(2004-6)            6/17/04    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.14%                   June 2011            November 2013
   Class A(2004-7)            7/28/04    $      900,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.10%                   July 2009            December 2011
   Class A(2004-8)            9/14/04    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.15%                  August 2011            January 2014
   Class A(2004-9)            10/1/04    $      672,980,000         Not to exceed One Month LIBOR + 0.20%(8)         September 19, 2011     February 20, 2014
   Class A(2004-10)          10/27/04    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.08%                  October 2009            March 2012
   Class A(2005-2)            5/19/05    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.08%                    May 2012             October 2014
   Class A(2005-3)            6/14/05    $      600,000,000                             4.10%                             May 2010             October 2012
   Class A(2005-4)            7/7/05     $      800,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.04%                   June 2010            November 2012
   Class A(2005-6)            8/25/05    $      500,000,000                             4.50%                           August 2010            January 2013
   Class A(2005-8)           10/12/05    $      850,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.02%                 September 2009         February 2012
   Class A(2005-9)           11/17/05    $    1,000,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.04%                 November 2010            April 2013
   Class A(2005-10)          11/29/05    $      400,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.06%                   June 2013            November 2015
   Class A(2005-11)          12/16/05    $      500,000,000                    One Month LIBOR + 0.04%                 December 2010             May 2013
(continued on next page)


____________________________

(1) Subject to increase.
(2) Class A(2002-2) noteholders will receive interest at 5.60% on an outstanding
    euro principal amount of €750,000,000,  pursuant to the terms of a currency
    and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class A(2002-2)  notes.
(3) Class A(2002-7) noteholders will receive interest at Three Month EURIBOR + 0.15% on an
    outstanding euro principal amount of €500,000,000, pursuant to the terms of
    a currency and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class A(2002-7)  notes.
(4) Class A(2002-11)  noteholders will receive interest at Three Month EURIBOR +
    0.25% on an outstanding euro principal amount of €500,000,000,  pursuant to
    the terms of a currency  and  interest  rate swap  applicable  only to the Class
    A(2002-11) notes.
(5) Class A(2003-5) noteholders will receive interest at 4.15% on an outstanding
    euro principal amount of €500,000,000, pursuant to the terms of a currency
    and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class A(2003-5) notes.
(6) Class A(2004-1) noteholders will receive interest at 4.50% on an outstanding
    euro principal amount of €600,000,000, pursuant to the terms of a currency
    and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class A(2004-1) notes.
(7) Class A(2004-5) noteholders will receive interest at Three Month EURIBOR + 0.15%
    on an outstanding euro principal amount of €850,000,000, pursuant to the
    terms of a currency and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class
    A(2004-5) notes. (8) Class A(2004-9) noteholders will receive interest at One
    Month EURIBOR + 0.11% on an outstanding euro principal amount of
    €550,000,000, pursuant to the terms of a currency and interest rate swap
    applicable only to the Class A(2004-9) notes.


                                                            A-I-1

BAseries

         Class A Notes (continued from previous page)

                                                                                                           Expected
                             Issuance             Nominal                                                  Principal             Legal
            Class A            Date         Liquidation Amount             Note Interest Rate            Payment Date        Maturity Date
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
        Class A(2006-2)       3/7/06     $      550,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.06%         January 2013          June 2015
        Class A(2006-3)       3/30/06    $      750,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.02%          March 2010          August 2012
        Class A(2006-5)       6/9/06     $      700,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.06%           May 2013           October 2015
        Class A(2006-6)       7/20/06    $    2,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.03%           June 2011         November 2013
        Class A(2006-7)       7/28/06    $      375,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.04%           July 2014         December 2016
        Class A(2006-8)       8/9/06     $      725,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.03%         December 2013          May 2016
        Class A(2006-9)       8/30/06    $    1,750,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.01%        September 2010       February 2013
        Class A(2006-10)      9/19/06    $      750,000,000              One Month LIBOR - 0.02%        September 2009       February 2012
        Class A(2006-11)      9/26/06    $      520,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.03%         November 2013         April 2016
        Class A(2006-12)     10/16/06    $    1,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.02%         October 2011          March 2014
        Class A(2006-13)     11/14/06    $      275,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.02%         December 2013          May 2016
        Class A(2006-14)     11/28/06    $    1,350,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.06%         November 2013         April 2016
        Class A(2006-15)     12/13/06    $    1,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.00%         November 2011         April 2014
        Class A(2006-16)     12/19/06    $    1,000,000,000                       4.72%                  December 2010          May 2013
        Class A(2007-1)       1/18/07    $      500,000,000                       5.17%                  January 2017          June 2019
        Class A(2007-2)       2/16/07    $    2,500,000,000              One Month LIBOR +0.02%          January 2011          June 2013
        Class A(2007-3)       3/20/07    $      515,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.02%           June 2014         November 2016
        Class A(2007-4)       3/20/07    $      300,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.04%           June 2017         November 2019
        Class A(2007-5)       3/20/07    $      396,927,017  Not to exceed One Month LIBOR + 0.03%(9)      March 2014         August 2016
        Class A(2007-6)       4/12/07    $      750,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.06%          April 2014         September 2016
        Class A(2007-7)       5/16/07    $    1,750,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.00%          March 2010          August 2012
        Class A(2007-8)       6/22/07    $      500,000,000                       5.59%                    June 2012         November 2014
        Class A(2007-9)       7/19/07    $    1,250,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.04%           June 2012         November 2014
        Class A(2007-10)      7/26/07    $      750,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.07%           July 2014         December 2016
        Class A(2007-11)      8/2/07     $      400,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.07%           July 2017         December 2019
        Class A(2007-12)      8/22/07    $    2,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.20%          August 2010         January 2013
        Class A(2007-13)     10/12/07    $    2,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.22%         November 2009         April 2012
        Class A(2007-14)     11/27/07    $    1,700,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.30%         November 2012         April 2015
        Class A(2007-15)    11/27/07(10) $1,450,000,000(10)              One Month LIBOR + 0.35%         November 2014         April 2017
        Class A(2008-1)     1/29/08(11)  $2,500,000,000(11)              One Month LIBOR + 0.58%         November 2010         April 2013
        Class A(2008-2)       3/14/08    $    1,250,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.30%          March 2016          August 2018
        Class A(2008-4)       4/11/08    $      510,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.40%          April 2014         September 2016
        Class A(2008-5)       5/2/08     $    1,400,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.20%           July 2011         December 2013
        Class A(2008-6)       5/15/08    $      500,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.20%           May 2013           October 2015
        Class A(2008-7)       6/13/08    $    1,175,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 0.70%           July 2012         December 2014
        Class A(2008-8)       7/17/08    $    1,000,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.15%           July 2015         December 2017
        Class A(2008-9)       8/5/08     $    1,000,000,000                       4.07%                  February 2010         July 2012
        Class A(2008-10)      8/15/08    $      500,000,000              One Month LIBOR + 1.30%          August 2013         January 2016


____________________________

(9)  Class A(2007-5) noteholders will receive interest at Three Month JPY-LIBOR +
     0.00% on an outstanding yen principal amount of  ¥46,500,000,000,  pursuant
     to the terms of a currency and interest rate swap  applicable  only to the Class
     A(2007-5)  notes.
(10) Of the $1,450,000,000 principal amount of the Class A(2007-15) Notes,
     $1,250,000,000 was issued on November 27, 2007, and $200,000,000 was issued on
     January 17, 2008.
(11) Of the $2,500,000,000 principal amount of the Class
     A(2008-1) Notes, $2,000,000,000 was issued on January 29, 2008, and $500,000,000
     was issued on February 8, 2008.


                                                            A-I-2

BAseries

         Class B Notes

                                                                                                                     Expected
                                                   Nominal                                                           Principal                   Legal
         Class B           Issuance Date     Liquidation Amount                Note Interest Rate                   Payment Date             Maturity Date
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
     Class B(2003-4)         10/15/03     $      331,650,000         Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 0.85%(1)  September 18, 2013        February 17, 2016
     Class B(2004-1)          4/1/04      $      350,000,000                         4.45%                           March 2014               August 2016
     Class B(2004-2)          8/11/04     $      150,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.39%                  July 2011               December 2013
     Class B(2005-1)          6/22/05     $      125,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.29%                  June 2012               November 2014
     Class B(2005-2)          8/11/05     $      200,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.18%                  July 2010               December 2012
     Class B(2005-3)          11/9/05     $      150,962,500         Not to exceed One Month LIBOR + 0.40%(2)      October 19, 2015          March 19, 2018
     Class B(2006-1)          3/3/06      $      250,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.22%                February 2013               July 2015
     Class B(2006-2)          3/24/06     $      500,000,000         Not to exceed One Month LIBOR + 0.25%           March 2013               August 2015
     Class B(2006-3)          8/22/06     $      300,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.08%                 August 2009              January 2012
     Class B(2006-4)         11/14/06     $      250,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.08%                 October 2009              March 2012
     Class B(2007-1)          1/26/07     $      450,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.08%                 January 2010               June 2012
     Class B(2007-2)          1/31/07     $      250,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.20%                 January 2014               June 2016
     Class B(2007-3)          3/30/07     $      175,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.20%                  March 2014               August 2016
     Class B(2007-4)        5/15/07(3)    $  425,000,000(3)                 One Month LIBOR + 0.09%                  April 2010             September 2012
     Class B(2007-5)         10/11/07     $      275,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.60%                 October 2009              March 2012
     Class B(2007-6)         11/16/07     $      150,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 0.51%                November 2009              April 2012
     Class B(2008-1)          1/17/08     $      200,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 1.50%                 January 2013               June 2015
     Class B(2008-2)          2/14/08     $      450,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 3.00%                February 2011               July 2013
     Class B(2008-4)          8/15/08     $      275,000,000                One Month LIBOR + 3.00%                 August 2009              January 2012



____________________________

(1)  Class  B(2003-4)   noteholders  will  receive  interest  at  5.45%  on  an
     outstanding  sterling  principal  amount of  £200,000,000,  pursuant to the
     terms  of a  currency  and  interest  rate  swap  applicable  only to the  Class
     B(2003-4) notes.
(2) Class B(2005-3) noteholders will receive interest at Three Month EURIBOR + 0.30%
    on an outstanding euro principal amount of €125,000,000, pursuant to the
    terms of a currency and interest rate swap applicable only to the Class
    B(2005-3) notes.
(3) Of the $425,000,000 principal amount of the Class B(2007-4) Notes, $250,000,000
    was issued on May 15, 2007, and $175,000,000 was issued on June 22, 2007.


                                                            A-I-3

BAseries

         Class C Notes

                                                                                               Expected
                      Issuance       Nominal                                                    Principal      Legal Maturity
      Class C           Date    Liquidation Amount          Note Interest Rate                 Payment Date          Date
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
  Class C(2002-1)      2/28/02  $      250,000,000                 6.80%                       February 2012      July 2014
  Class C(2002-3)      6/12/02  $      200,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 1.35%               May 2012        October 2014
  Class C(2002-6)     10/29/02  $       50,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 2.00%              October 2012       March 2015
  Class C(2002-7)     10/29/02  $       50,000,000                 6.70%                      October 2012       March 2015
  Class C(2003-1)       2/4/03  $      200,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 1.70%             January 2010       June 2012
  Class C(2003-4)      6/19/03  $      327,560,000  Not to exceed Three Month LIBOR + 2.05(1)  May)17, 2013    October 19, 2015
  Class C(2003-7)      11/5/03  $      100,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 1.35%              October 2013       March 2016
  Class C(2004-1)      3/16/04  $      200,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.78%              February 2011      July 2013
  Class C(2004-2)       7/1/04  $      275,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.90%                June 2014      November 2016
  Class C(2005-1)       6/1/05  $      125,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.41%                 May 2010        October 2012
  Class C(2005-2)      9/22/05  $      150,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.35%              September 2010    February 2013
  Class C(2006-1)      2/17/06  $      350,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.42%               February 2013      July 2015
  Class C(2006-2)      3/17/06  $      225,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.30%                 March 2011       August 2013
  Class C(2006-3)      5/31/06  $      250,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.29%                  May 2011        October 2013
  Class C(2006-4)      6/15/06  $      375,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.23%                 June 2009      November 2011
  Class C(2006-5)      8/15/06  $      300,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.40%                 August 2013      January 2016
  Class C(2006-6)      9/29/06  $      250,000,000    Not to exceed One Month LIBOR +0.40%      September 2013    February 2016
  Class C(2006-7)     10/16/06  $      200,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.23%                October 2009       March 2012
  Class C(2007-1)      1/26/07  $      300,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.29%                January 2012       June 2014
  Class C(2007-2)      5/15/07  $      150,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 0.27%                  April 2010      September 2012
  Class C(2007-3)      8/14/07  $      200,000,000    Not to exceed One Month LIBOR + 0.50%        August 2010      January 2013
  Class C(2007-4)     11/16/07  $      225,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 1.25%                November 2009      April 2012
  Class C(2008-1)      1/29/08  $      100,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 3.00%                 January 2011       June 2013
  Class C(2008-2)      2/14/08  $      150,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 4.00%                 February 2011      July 2013
  Class C(2008-4)      7/10/08  $      250,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 3.25%                   July 2009      December 2011
  Class C(2008-5)      8/15/08  $      275,000,000        One Month LIBOR + 4.75%                 October 2013       March 2016
*Class C(2009-1)      6/[•]/09  $      275,000,000        One Month LIBOR + [•]%                  June 2010      November 2012




____________________________

* Expected Issuance.

(1) Class C(2003-4)  noteholders will receive interest at 6.10% on an outstanding sterling principal amount of £200,000,000,
    pursuant to the terms of a currency and interest rate swap  applicable  only to the Class C(2003-4) notes.



                                                            A-I-4

                                                                                                                   Annex II

                                            Outstanding Master Trust II Series

         The information provided in this Annex II is an integral part of the prospectus supplement, and is incorporated
by reference into the prospectus supplement.

                                       Issuance                                                      Scheduled
       #           Series/Class          Date     InvestorInterest        Certificate Rate         Payment Date           Termination Date
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
       1          Series 1997-B
                    Class A             2/27/97     $850,000,000         One Month LIBOR + .16%      March 2012               August 2014
                    Class B             2/27/97      $75,000,000         One Month LIBOR + .35%      March 2012               August 2014
                    Collateral          2/27/97      $75,000,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $89,740,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       2          Series 1999-J
                    Class A             9/23/99     $850,000,000                 7.00%             September 2009            February 2012
                    Class B             9/23/99      $75,000,000                 7.40%             September 2009            February 2012
                    Collateral          9/23/99      $75,000,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $89,740,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       3          Series 2000-E
                    Class A             6/1/00      $500,000,000                 7.80%                May 2010               October 2012
                    Class B             6/1/00       $45,000,000                 8.15%                May 2010               October 2012
                                        6/1/00       $45,000,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Collateral Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $51,030,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       4          Series 2000-H
                    Class A             8/23/00     $595,000,000         One Month LIBOR + .25%     August 2010              January 2013
                    Class B             8/23/00      $52,500,000         One Month LIBOR + .60%     August 2010              January 2013
                    Collateral          8/23/00      $52,500,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $62,820,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       5          Series 2001-B
                    Class A             3/8/01      $637,500,000         One Month LIBOR + .26%      March 2011               August 2013
                    Class B             3/8/01       $56,250,000         One Month LIBOR + .60%      March 2011               August 2013
                    Collateral          3/8/01       $56,250,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $67,310,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       6          Series 2001-C
                    Class A             4/25/01     $675,000,000       Three Month LIBOR - .125%     April 2011             September 2013
                    Class B             4/25/01      $60,000,000         One Month LIBOR + .62%      April 2011             September 2013
                                        4/25/01      $60,000,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Collateral Interest
                    Class D             3/2/09       $70,380,000                   —                     —                         —
                    Certificate
       7          Series 2001-D
                                        5/24/01           —                        —                —                         —
                    Collateral Certificate(16)
                    Class D             3/2/09            —                        —                —                         —
                    Certificate(17)


____________________________

(1) The collateral certificate represents the sole asset of the BA Credit Card Trust.  See "Annex II: Outstanding Series,
    Classes and Tranches of Notes" for a list of outstanding notes issued by the issuing entity.
(2) The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate.  For a more specific description of
    how the required Class D Investor Interest is calculated, see "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D
    Certificate" in the prospectus.


                                                            A-II-1

                                               Prospectus Dated May 27, 2009

                                          FIA Card Services, National Association
                                             Sponsor, Servicer and Originator
                                                BA Credit Card Funding, LLC
                                                 Transferor and Depositor
                                                   BA Credit Card Trust
                                                      Issuing Entity

The issuing entity—

o    may periodically issue notes in one or more series, classes or tranches; and

o    will own—

         —    the collateral certificate, Series 2001-D, representing an undivided interest in master trust II, whose
              assets include the receivables arising in a portfolio of unsecured revolving credit card accounts; and

         —    other property described under "Prospectus Summary—Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes" and "Sources of Funds
              to Pay the Notes" in this prospectus and "Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust" in this prospectus and
              the accompanying prospectus supplement.

The notes—

o    will be secured by the issuing entity's assets and will be paid only from proceeds of the issuing entity's assets;

o    offered with this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement will be rated in one of the four highest rating
     categories by at least one nationally recognized rating agency; and

o    may be issued as part of a designated series, class or tranche.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

You should consider the discussion under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 29 of this prospectus and
any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement before you purchase any notes.

The primary asset of the issuing entity is the collateral certificate, Series 2001-D.  The
collateral certificate represents an undivided interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust II.  Master
trust II's assets include receivables arising in a portfolio of unsecured consumer revolving credit
card accounts.  The notes are obligations of the issuing entity only and are not obligations of BA
Credit Card Funding, LLC, FIA Card Services, National Association, their affiliates or any other
person.  Each tranche of notes will be secured by specified assets of the issuing entity as
described in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  Noteholders will have
no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity for payment of the notes.

The notes are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other
governmental agency or instrumentality.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved these notes or determined that this prospectus is
truthful, accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                   Important Notice about Information Presented in this
                                   Prospectus and the Accompanying Prospectus Supplement

         We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents: (a) this prospectus, which provides
general information about the BAseries notes and each other series of notes, some of which may not apply to your series,
class or tranche of notes, and (b) the accompanying prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific terms of your
series, class or tranche of notes, including:

         o    the timing of interest and principal payments;
         o    financial and other information about the issuing entity's assets;
         o    information about enhancement for your series, class or tranche;
         o    the ratings for your class or tranche; and
         o    the method for selling the notes.

         This prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series, class or tranche of notes only if accompanied by the
prospectus supplement for that series, class or tranche.

         If the terms of a particular series, class or tranche of notes vary between this prospectus and the accompanying
prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement,
including the information incorporated by reference.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different
information.  We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.  We do not claim the accuracy
of the information in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement as of any date other than the dates
stated on their respective covers.

         Information regarding certain entities that are not affiliates of FIA Card Services, National Association or BA
Credit Card Funding, LLC has been provided in this prospectus.  See in particular "Transaction Parties—The Bank of New
York Mellon" and "—Wilmington Trust Company."  The information contained in those sections of this prospectus was
prepared solely by the party described in that section without any input from FIA Card Services, National Association, BA
Credit Card Funding, LLC or any of their affiliates.

         We include cross-references in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement to captions in these
materials where you can find further related discussions.  The Table of Contents in this prospectus and in the
accompanying prospectus supplement provide the pages on which these captions are located.

         Parts of this prospectus use defined terms.  You can find a listing of defined terms in the "Glossary of Defined
Terms" beginning on page 186.



                                                            2

                                                Forward-Looking Statements

         This prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, including information included or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, may contain forward-looking statements.  Such
statements are subject to risks and uncertainties.  Actual conditions, events or results may differ materially from those
set forth in such forward-looking statements.  Words such as "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "intend", "plan",
"estimate", "could" or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the only means
to identify these statements.  Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.  We undertake
no obligation to update publicly or revise any such statements.  Factors which could cause the actual financial and other
results to differ materially from those projected by us in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
the following:

         o    local, regional and national business, political or economic conditions may differ from those expected;

         o    the effects and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate
              policies of the Federal Reserve Board, may adversely affect Funding's or FIA's business;

         o    the timely development and acceptance of new products and services may be different than anticipated;

         o    technological changes instituted by Funding or FIA and by persons who may affect Funding's or FIA's business
              may be more difficult to accomplish or more expensive than anticipated or may have unforeseen consequences;

         o    the ability to increase market share and control expenses may be more difficult than anticipated;

         o    competitive pressures among financial services companies may increase significantly;

         o    Funding's or FIA's reputation risk arising from negative public opinion;

         o    changes in laws and regulations may adversely affect Funding, FIA or their businesses;

         o    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by regulatory agencies and the Financial
              Accounting Standards Board, may affect expected financial reporting or business results;

         o    the costs, effects and outcomes of litigation may adversely affect Funding, FIA or their businesses; and

         o    Funding or FIA may not manage the risks involved in the foregoing as well as anticipated.

                                                 _________________________



                                                            3

                 Table of Contents

                                                  Page






Prospectus Summary...........................................7

   Securities Offered........................................7
   Risk Factors..............................................7
   Issuing Entity............................................7
   Funding...................................................7
   Master Trust II...........................................7
   FIA and Affiliates........................................8
   Indenture Trustee.........................................9
   Owner Trustee.............................................9
   Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes....................11
   BAseries Notes...........................................11
   Interest Payments........................................12
   Interest on BAseries Notes...............................12
   Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date..12
   Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar
       Principal Amount and Nominal
       Liquidation Amount of Notes..........................12
   Subordination............................................14
   BAseries Credit Enhancement..............................15
   BAseries Required Subordinated Amount....................15
   Limit on Repayment of All Notes..........................16
   Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes........................16
   BAseries Class C Reserve Account.........................17
   Flow of Funds and Application of Finance
       Charge and Principal Collections.....................17
   Revolving Period.........................................18
   Early Redemption of Notes................................18
   Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity................19
   Events of Default........................................19
   Events of Default Remedies...............................20
   Security for the Notes...................................21
   Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity...................21
   BAseries Accumulation Reserve Account....................21
   Shared Excess Available Funds............................22
   Registration, Clearing and Settlement....................22
   ERISA Eligibility........................................22
   Tax Status...............................................22
   Denominations............................................22


Risk Factors................................................29

Transaction Parties.........................................55

   BA Credit Card Trust.....................................55
   BA Master Credit Card Trust II...........................56
   BA Credit Card Funding, LLC..............................57
   FIA and Affiliates.......................................58

     Mergers................................................59
     Industry Developments..................................59
     Litigation.............................................60

   The Bank of New York Mellon..............................60
   Wilmington Trust Company.................................61


Use of Proceeds.............................................62

The Notes...................................................62

   General..................................................62
   Interest.................................................62
   Principal................................................64
   Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar
       Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount......66

     Stated Principal Amount................................66
     Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount....................66
     Nominal Liquidation Amount.............................67

   Final Payment of the Notes...............................69
   Subordination of Interest and Principal..................70
   Required Subordinated Amount.............................70
   Early Redemption of Notes................................77
   Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes...77
   Payments on Notes; Paying Agent..........................80
   Denominations............................................81
   Record Date..............................................81
   Governing Law............................................81
   Form, Exchange and Registration and Transfer of Notes....81
   Book-Entry Notes.........................................82
   The Depository Trust Company.............................84
   Clearstream, Luxembourg..................................84
   Euroclear System.........................................84
   Distributions on Book-Entry Notes........................85
   Global Clearing and Settlement Procedures................86
   Definitive Notes.........................................86
   Replacement of Notes.....................................87


Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes...........................87

   The Collateral Certificate...............................87
   Deposit and Application of Funds.........................90
   Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries........91

     BAseries Available Funds...............................92
     Application of BAseries Available Funds................93
     Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
       Funds to the Interest Funding Account................94


                                4

     Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts.............95
     Payments Received from Derivative
       Counterparties for Interest on Foreign
       Currency Notes.......................................96
     Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C
       Reserve Account to the Interest Funding Account......96
     Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs.............96
     Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a
       Tranche of Class C Notes from
       Tranches of Class A and Class B......................96
     Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a
       Tranche of Class B Notes from
       Tranches of Class A Notes............................97
     Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal
       Liquidation Amount Deficits..........................97
     Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts....98
     Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation
       Amount of Subordinated Classes from
       Reallocations of BAseries Available
       Principal Amounts...................................100
     Limit on Allocations of BAseries Available
       Principal Amounts and
       BAseries Available Funds............................102
     Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
       Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account..102
     Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts...........105
     Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding
       Subaccount of Subordinated Notes;
       Limit on Repayments of all Tranches.................106
     Payments Received from Derivative
       Counterparties for Principal........................107
     Payments Received from Supplemental
       Credit Enhancement Providers or
       Supplemental Liquidity Providers for
       Principal...........................................107
     Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C
       Reserve Account to the Principal
       Funding Account.....................................107
     Withdrawals from Interest Funding Subaccounts.........107
     Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account............108
     Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account......110
     Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account..........110
     Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account.111
     Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve Account.....111
     Final Payment of the Notes............................112
     Pro Rata Payments Within a Tranche....................113
     Shared Excess Available Funds.........................113

   Issuing Entity Accounts.................................113
   Derivative Agreements...................................114
   Supplemental Credit Enhancement
       Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements....115
   Sale of Credit Card Receivables.........................115

     Sale of Credit Card Receivables for BAseries Notes....116

   Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity;
       Security for the Notes..............................118

The Indenture..............................................118

   Indenture Trustee.......................................119
   Owner Trustee...........................................121
   Issuing Entity Covenants................................122
   Early Redemption Events.................................123
   Events of Default.......................................124
   Events of Default Remedies..............................125
   Meetings................................................127
   Voting..................................................127
   Amendments to the Indenture and Indenture Supplements...128
   Tax Opinions for Amendments.............................131
   Addresses for Notices...................................131
   Issuing Entity's Annual Compliance Statement............131
   Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.......................131
   List of Noteholders.....................................132
   Reports.................................................132


FIA's Credit Card Activities...............................134

   General.................................................134
   Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit
       Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts...............135
   Interchange.............................................136


FIA's Credit Card Portfolio................................137

   Billing and Payments....................................137


                               5

   Risk Control and Fraud..................................138
   Delinquencies and Collection Efforts....................138
   Charge-Off Policy.......................................139
   Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts.................139


Receivables Transfer Agreements Generally..................140

The Receivables Purchase Agreement.........................140

   Sale of Receivables.....................................140
   Representations and Warranties..........................141
   Repurchase Obligations..................................141
   Reassignment of Other Receivables.......................142
   Amendments..............................................142
   Termination.............................................143


Master Trust II............................................143

   General.................................................143
   Master Trust II Trustee.................................143
   The Receivables.........................................146
   Investor Certificates...................................148
   Conveyance of Receivables...............................148
   Addition of Master Trust II Assets......................149
   Removal of Accounts.....................................151
   Collection and Other Servicing Procedures...............152
   Master Trust II Accounts................................153
   Investor Percentage.....................................153
   Application of Collections..............................154
   Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges...156
   Master Trust II Termination.............................157
   Pay Out Events..........................................157
   Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses..........159
   The Class D Certificate.................................160
   New Issuances...........................................162
   Representations and Warranties..........................163
   Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and
       the Transferor......................................166
   Servicer Default........................................167
   Evidence as to Compliance...............................169
   Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement.............170
   Certificateholders Have Limited Control of Actions......172


Consumer Protection Laws...................................173

Federal Income Tax Consequences............................174

   General.................................................174
   Description of Opinions.................................175
   Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity
       and the Notes.......................................175
   Consequences to Holders of the Offered Notes............177
   State and Local Tax Consequences........................179


Benefit Plan Investors.....................................180

   Prohibited Transactions.................................180
   Potential Prohibited Transactions from
       Investment in Notes.................................180
   Prohibited Transactions between the Benefit
       Plan and a Party in Interest........................181
   Prohibited Transactions between the Issuing
       Entity or Master Trust II and a Party
       in Interest.........................................181
   Investment by Benefit Plan Investors....................182
   Tax Consequences to Benefit Plans.......................182


Plan of Distribution.......................................183

Legal Matters..............................................184

Where You Can Find More Information........................185

Glossary of Defined Terms..................................186

Annex I..................................................A-I-1

The Master Trust II Portfolio............................A-I-1

   General...............................................A-I-1
   Delinquency and Principal Charge-Off Experience.......A-I-2
   Revenue Experience....................................A-I-5
   Interchange...........................................A-I-6
   Principal Payment Rates...............................A-I-6
   Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts...............A-I-7
   The Receivables.......................................A-I-7


                              6

                                                    Prospectus Summary

         This summary does not contain all the information you may need to make an informed investment decision.  You
should read this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement in their entirety before you purchase any notes.
The accompanying supplement to this prospectus supplements disclosure in this prospectus.


Securities Offered

The issuing entity will be offering notes.  The notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture between the issuing entity
and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee.  In addition, each series of notes will be issued pursuant to a
supplement to the indenture between the issuing entity and the indenture trustee.  The BAseries notes will be issued
pursuant to the indenture as supplemented by the BAseries indenture supplement.

Risk Factors

Investment in notes involves risks.  You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 29 in this
prospectus.  In the event that an investment in any tranche of notes exhibits additional risks to investors, additional
risk factors will be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  In such an event, you should consider the risk
factors in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Issuing Entity

BA Credit Card Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, is the issuing entity of the notes.  The address of the issuing entity
is BA Credit Card Trust, c/o Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-0001.  Its telephone number is (302) 651-1000.

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC is the beneficiary of the issuing entity.

Funding

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC (referred to as Funding), a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware and
an indirect subsidiary of FIA, is the transferor and depositor of the issuing entity.  The address for Funding is Hearst
Tower, 214 North Tryon Street, Suite #21-39, NC1-027-21-04, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 and its telephone number is
(704) 683-4915.  In addition, Funding is the holder of the transferor interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust II, the
beneficiary of the issuing entity, and the holder of the Class D certificate.

On the substitution date, Funding was substituted for FIA as the transferor of receivables to master trust II, as holder
of the transferor interest in master trust II, and as beneficiary of the issuing entity.  See "Transaction Parties—BA
Credit Card Funding, LLC."

Master Trust II

The issuing entity's primary asset will be an investor certificate issued by BA Master Credit Card Trust II (referred to
as master trust II), a Delaware trust.  This investor certificate, referred to as the collateral certificate, is a part
of Series 2001-D and represents an undivided interest in master trust II.  For a description of the collateral
certificate, see "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate."

Also as a part of Series 2001-D, master trust II has issued the Class D certificate, which is an investor certificate
that represents an



                                                            7

undivided interest in master trust II.  The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral
certificate, and therefore provides credit enhancement to the notes as well.  For a description of the Class D
certificate, see "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate."

Master trust II's assets primarily include receivables from certain unsecured revolving credit card accounts that meet
the eligibility criteria for inclusion in master trust II.  These eligibility criteria are discussed in "Master Trust
II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets."

The credit card receivables in master trust II consist primarily of principal receivables and finance charge
receivables.  Finance charge receivables include periodic finance charges, cash advance fees, late charges and certain
other fees billed to cardholders, annual membership fees, recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount
option receivables.  Principal receivables include amounts charged by cardholders for merchandise and services, amounts
advanced to cardholders as cash advances, and all other fees billed to cardholders that are not considered finance charge
receivables.

In addition, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II participations representing interests in a pool of assets
primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA.  For a description of
master trust II, see "Master Trust II."

Funding may add additional receivables to master trust II at any time without limitation, provided the receivables are
eligible receivables, Funding does not expect the addition to cause a Pay Out Event, and the rating agencies confirm the
ratings on the outstanding investor certificates and notes.  Under certain limited circumstances, Funding may be required
to add additional receivables to master trust II to maintain the minimum transferor interest or to maintain a minimum
required amount of principal receivables in master trust II.

Funding may also remove receivables from master trust II provided Funding does not expect the removal to cause a Pay Out
Event and the rating agencies confirm the ratings on the outstanding investor certificates and notes.  The amount of any
such removal is limited and may occur only once in a calendar month.  In addition, except in limited circumstances, the
receivables removed from master trust II must be selected randomly.  However, if Funding breaches certain representations
or warranties relating to the eligibility of receivables added to master trust II, Funding may be required to immediately
remove those receivables from master trust II.

If the composition of master trust II changes over time due to Funding's ability to add and remove receivables,
noteholders will not be notified of that change.  However, monthly reports containing certain information relating to the
notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These reports
will not be sent to noteholders.  See "Where You Can Find More Information" for information as to how these reports may
be accessed.

FIA and Affiliates

FIA Card Services, National Association (referred to as FIA) is a national banking association.  The address of FIA's
principal offices is 1100 North King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19884.  Its telephone number is (800) 421-2110.



                                                            8

Prior to the substitution date, FIA formed master trust II and transferred credit card receivables arising in accounts
originated or acquired by FIA to master trust II.  Currently, FIA originates and owns credit card accounts from which
receivables may be transferred to Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS), a limited liability
company formed under the laws of North Carolina and an indirect subsidiary of FIA.  Certain of the receivables
transferred to BACCS have been sold, and may continue to be sold, to Funding for addition to master trust II.  FIA is
also the servicer for master trust II and is therefore responsible for servicing, managing and making collections on the
credit card receivables in master trust II.  FIA has delegated certain of its servicing functions to Banc of America Card
Servicing Corporation (referred to as Servicing Corp.), a corporation formed under the laws of Arizona and an affiliate
of FIA.  Notwithstanding this or any other delegation, FIA remains obligated to service the receivables in master trust
II.  See "Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates."


Indenture Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the notes.

Under the terms of the indenture, the role of the indenture trustee is limited.  See "The Indenture—Indenture Trustee."

See "Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon."

Owner Trustee

Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, is the owner trustee of the issuing entity.  Under the terms of
the trust agreement, the role of the owner trustee is limited.  See "Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust."

See "Transaction Parties—Wilmington Trust Company."

                                                            9

                                                            10

Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

The notes will be issued in series.  Each series is secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate
and the collection account.  It is expected that most series will consist of multiple classes.  A class designation
determines the relative seniority for receipt of cash flows and funding of uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocated
to the related series of notes.  For example, subordinated classes of notes provide credit enhancement for senior classes
of notes in the same series.

Some series of notes will be multiple tranche series, meaning that they may have classes consisting of multiple
tranches.  Tranches of notes within a class may be issued on different dates and have different stated principal amounts,
rates of interest, interest payment dates, expected principal payment dates, legal maturity dates and other material
terms as described in the related prospectus supplement.

In a multiple tranche series, the expected principal payment dates and the legal maturity dates of the senior and
subordinated classes of such series may be different.  As such, certain subordinated tranches of notes may have expected
principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the senior notes of such series.  However,
subordinated notes will not be repaid before their legal maturity dates, unless, after payment, the remaining
subordinated notes provide the required enhancement for the senior notes.  In addition, senior notes will not be issued
unless, after issuance, there are enough outstanding subordinated notes to provide the required subordinated amount for
the senior notes.  See "The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes."

BAseries Notes

The BAseries is a multiple tranche series.  Each class of notes in the BAseries may consist of multiple tranches.  Notes
of any tranche can be issued on any date so long as there is sufficient credit enhancement on that date, either in the
form of outstanding subordinated notes or other forms of credit enhancement.  See "The Notes—Issuances of New Series,
Classes and Tranches of Notes."  The expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates of tranches of senior and
subordinated classes of the BAseries may be different.  Therefore, subordinated notes may have expected principal payment
dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the senior notes of the BAseries.  Subordinated notes will
generally not be paid before their legal maturity date unless, after payment, the remaining outstanding subordinated
notes provide the credit enhancement required for the senior notes.

In general, the subordinated notes of the BAseries serve as credit enhancement for all of the senior notes of the
BAseries, regardless of whether the subordinated notes are issued before, at the same time as, or after the senior notes
of the BAseries.  However, certain tranches of senior notes may not require subordination from each class of notes
subordinated to it.  For example, if a tranche of Class A notes requires credit enhancement solely from Class C notes,
the Class B notes will not, in that case, provide credit enhancement for that tranche of Class A notes.  The amount of
credit exposure of any particular tranche of notes is a function of, among other things, the total amount of notes
issued, the required subordinated amount, the amount of usage of the required subordinated amount and the amount on
deposit in the senior tranches' principal funding subaccounts.



                                                            11

This prospectus may relate to an offering of BAseries notes or the notes of any other series issued by BA Credit Card
Trust.  Any offering of BAseries notes or any other series of notes through this prospectus must be accompanied by a
prospectus supplement.

Some series may not be multiple tranche series.  For these series, there will be only one tranche per class and each
class will generally be issued on the same date.  The expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates of the
subordinated classes of such a series will either be the same as or later than those of the senior classes of that series.

Interest Payments

Each tranche of notes, other than discount notes, will bear interest from the date and at the rate set forth or as
determined in the related prospectus supplement.  Interest on the notes will be paid on the interest payment dates
specified in the related prospectus supplement.

Interest on BAseries Notes

The payment of interest on a senior class of BAseries notes on any payment date is senior to the payment of interest on
subordinated classes of BAseries notes on that date.  Generally, no payment of interest will be made on any Class B
BAseries note until the required payment of interest has been made to the Class A BAseries notes.  Similarly, generally,
no payment of interest will be made on any Class C BAseries note until the required payment of interest has been made to
the Class A and the Class B BAseries notes.  However, any funds on deposit in the Class C reserve account will be
available only to holders of Class C notes to cover shortfalls of interest on any interest payment date.

Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date

It is expected that the issuing entity will pay the stated principal amount of each note in one payment on that note's
expected principal payment date.  The expected principal payment date of a note is generally 29 months before its legal
maturity date.  The legal maturity date is the date on which a note is legally required to be fully paid in accordance
with its terms.  The expected principal payment date and legal maturity date for a note will be specified in the related
prospectus supplement.

The issuing entity will be obligated to pay the stated principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date,
or upon the occurrence of an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration or other optional or mandatory
redemption, only to the extent that funds are available for that purpose and only to the extent that payment is permitted
by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.  The remedies a noteholder may exercise following
an event of default and acceleration or on the legal maturity date are described in "The Indenture—Events of Default
Remedies" and "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables."

Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount of Notes

Each note has a stated principal amount, an outstanding dollar principal amount and a nominal liquidation amount.

o    Stated Principal Amount.  The stated principal amount of a note is the amount that is stated on the face of the note
     to be payable to the holder.  It can be



                                                            12

     denominated in U.S. dollars or a foreign currency.

o    Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount.  For U.S. dollar notes (other than discount notes), the outstanding dollar
     principal amount is the same as the initial dollar principal amount of the notes (as set forth in the applicable
     supplement to this prospectus), less principal payments to noteholders.  For foreign currency notes, the outstanding
     dollar principal amount is the U.S. dollar equivalent of the initial dollar principal amount of the notes (as set
     forth in the related prospectus supplement), less dollar payments to derivative counterparties for principal.  For
     discount notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is an amount stated in, or determined by a formula described
     in, the related prospectus supplement.

In addition, a note may have an Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount.  The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal
Amount is the same as the outstanding dollar principal amount, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding
subaccount for that note.

o    Nominal Liquidation Amount.  The nominal liquidation amount of a note is a U.S. dollar amount based on the
     outstanding dollar principal amount of the note, but after deducting:

     —   that note's share of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts used to pay interest on senior classes of notes
         or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to its series;

     —   that note's share of charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts; and

     —   amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for that note;

and adding back all reimbursements from Excess Available Funds allocated to that note of (i) reallocations of Available
Principal Amounts used to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee or
(ii) charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts.  Excess Available Funds are Available Funds that
remain after the payment of interest and other required payments for the notes.

The nominal liquidation amount of a note corresponds to the portion of the investor interest of the collateral
certificate that is allocated to support that note.

The aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all of the notes plus the Class D Investor Interest is equal to the Investor
Interest of Series 2001-D.  The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D corresponds to the amount of principal receivables in
master trust II that is allocated to support Series 2001-D.  Anything that increases or decreases the aggregate nominal
liquidation amount of the notes or the Class D Investor Interest will also increase or decrease the Investor Interest of
Series 2001-D.

Upon a sale of credit card receivables held by master trust II (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an
event of default and acceleration for a note, or (iii) on a note's legal maturity date, each as described in "Sources of
Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables," the nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced to zero.

For a detailed discussion of nominal liquidation amount, see "The Notes—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount."



                                                            13

Subordination

Payment of principal of and interest on subordinated classes of notes will be subordinated to the payment of principal of
and interest on senior classes of notes except to the extent provided in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus
supplement.

Available Principal Amounts allocable to the notes of a series may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of
notes in that series or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to that series.  In addition, the
nominal liquidation amount of a subordinated class of notes will generally be reduced for charge-offs resulting from
uncovered Investor Default Amounts prior to any reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the senior classes of
notes of the same series.  While in a multiple tranche series, charge-offs from uncovered Investor Default Amounts
allocable to the series initially will be allocated to each tranche pro rata, these charge-offs will then be reallocated
from tranches in the senior classes to tranches in the subordinated classes to the extent credit enhancement in the form
of subordination is still available to such senior tranches.

In addition, Available Principal Amounts are first utilized to fund targeted deposits to the principal funding
subaccounts of senior classes before being applied to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated classes.

In a multiple tranche series, subordinated notes that reach their expected principal payment date, or that have an early
redemption event, event of default or other optional or mandatory redemption, will not be paid to the extent that those
notes are necessary to provide the required subordination for senior classes of notes of the same series.  If a tranche
of subordinated notes cannot be paid because of the subordination provisions of its respective indenture supplement,
prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes of the same series will begin, as described in the
related prospectus supplement.  After that time, the subordinated notes will be paid only to the extent that:

o    the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes of that series are prefunded in an amount such that
     the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the
     required subordination;

o    new tranches of subordinated notes of that series are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached their
     expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

o    enough notes of senior classes of that series are repaid so that the subordinated notes that have reached their
     expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination; or

o    the subordinated notes reach their legal maturity date.

On the legal maturity date of a tranche of notes, Available Principal Amounts, if any, allocable to that tranche and
proceeds from any sale of receivables will be paid to the noteholders of that tranche, even if payment would reduce the
amount of available subordination below the required subordination for the senior classes of that series.



                                                            14

BAseries Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancement for the BAseries notes generally will be provided through subordination.  If so indicated in the
related prospectus supplement, additional credit enhancement for Class C BAseries notes will be provided by the Class C
reserve account.  The amount of subordination available to provide credit enhancement to any tranche of BAseries notes is
limited to its available subordinated amount.  If the available subordinated amount for any tranche of BAseries notes has
been reduced to zero, losses that otherwise would have been reallocated to subordinated notes will be borne by that
tranche of BAseries notes.  The nominal liquidation amount of those notes will be reduced by the amount of losses
allocated to those notes, and it is unlikely that those notes will receive their full payment of principal.

Subordinated classes of BAseries notes generally will not receive interest payments on any payment date until the senior
classes of BAseries notes have received their full interest payment on such date.  Available Principal Amounts allocable
to the subordinated classes of BAseries notes may be applied to make interest payments on the senior classes of
BAseries notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries.  Available Principal
Amounts remaining on any payment date after any reallocations for interest on the senior classes of notes or for a
portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries will be first applied to make targeted deposits to
the principal funding subaccounts of senior classes of BAseries notes on such date before being applied to make required
deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated classes of BAseries notes on such date.

In addition, principal payments on subordinated classes of BAseries notes are subject to the principal payment rules
described below in "—BAseries Required Subordinated Amount."

BAseries Required Subordinated Amount

In order to issue a senior class of BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes must be
outstanding and available on the issuance date.  Generally, the required subordinated amount of a subordinated class of
BAseries notes for any date is an amount equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
of the senior tranche of notes for such date.  Generally, the required subordinated amount for a tranche of Class A
BAseries notes is equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of
Class A notes.  Similarly, the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for each tranche of Class B
BAseries notes is equal to a percentage of its Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount.  However, the Class B
required subordinated amount of Class C notes for any tranche of Class B BAseries notes may be adjusted to reflect its
pro rata share of the portion of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B BAseries notes which is
not providing credit enhancement to the Class A BAseries notes.

The required subordinated amount for any tranche of BAseries notes will generally be determined as depicted in the chart
"BAseries Required Subordinated Amounts" below.

For a more detailed description of how to calculate the required subordinated amount of any tranche of BAseries notes,
see "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—BAseries."



                                                            15

Limit on Repayment of All Notes

You may not receive full repayment of your notes if:

o    the nominal liquidation amount of your notes has been reduced by charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default
     Amounts or as a result of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or
     a portion of the master trust II servicing fee, and those amounts have not been reimbursed from Available Funds; or

o    receivables are sold (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an event of default and acceleration or
     (iii) on the legal maturity date, and the proceeds from the sale of receivables, plus any available amounts on
     deposit in the applicable subaccounts allocable to your notes are insufficient.

Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes

The issuing entity will have the following sources of funds to pay principal of and interest on the notes:

o    Collateral Certificate.  The collateral certificate is an investor certificate issued as a part of "Series 2001-D" by
     master trust II to the issuing entity.  It represents an undivided interest in master trust II.  Master trust II owns
     primarily receivables arising in selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express revolving credit card accounts.  FIA
     or Funding has transferred, and Funding may continue to transfer, credit card receivables to master trust II in
     accordance with the terms of the master trust II agreement.  Both collections of principal receivables and finance
     charge receivables will be allocated among holders of interests in master trust II—including the collateral
     certificate—based generally on the investment in principal receivables of each interest in master trust II.  If
     collections of receivables allocable to the collateral certificate are less than expected, payments of principal of
     and interest on the notes could be delayed or remain unpaid.

     At the time it was issued, the collateral certificate received an investment grade rating from at least one
     nationally recognized rating agency.

o    Derivative Agreements.  Some notes may have the benefit of one or more derivative agreements, including interest rate
     or currency swaps, or other agreements described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Derivative Agreements."  A
     description of the specific terms of each derivative agreement and each derivative counterparty will be included in
     the applicable prospectus supplement.

o    Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements.  Some notes may have the benefit of
     one or more additional forms of credit enhancement, referred to in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus
     supplement as supplemental credit enhancement agreements, such as letters of credit, cash collateral guarantees or
     accounts, surety bonds or insurance policies.  In addition, some notes may have the benefit of one or more forms of
     supplemental liquidity agreements, such as a liquidity facility with various liquidity providers.  Funding, FIA or an
     affiliate may be the provider of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement.
     A description of the specific terms of any supplemental credit



                                                            16

     enhancement agreement or any supplemental liquidity agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a
     description of the related provider will be included in the applicable prospectus supplement.  See "The
     Notes—General" and "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental
     Liquidity Agreements" for a discussion of credit enhancement, supplemental credit enhancement agreements and
     supplemental liquidity agreements.

o    The Issuing Entity Accounts.  The issuing entity will establish a collection account for the purpose of receiving
     collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables and other related amounts from master trust II
     payable under the collateral certificate.  If so specified in the prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may
     establish supplemental accounts for any series, class or tranche of notes.

Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into the collection account.  Those deposits
will then be allocated among each series of notes and applied as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

BAseries Class C Reserve Account

If indicated in the related prospectus supplement, the issuing entity will establish a Class C reserve subaccount to
provide credit enhancement solely for the holders of the related tranche of Class C BAseries notes.  The applicable Class
C reserve subaccount will be funded as described in the related prospectus supplement.

Funds on deposit in the Class C reserve subaccount for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will be available to
holders of those notes to cover shortfalls of interest payable on interest payment dates.  Funds on deposit in the Class
C reserve subaccount for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will also be available to holders of those notes to cover
certain shortfalls in principal.  Only the holders of the related tranche of Class C BAseries notes will have the benefit
of the related Class C reserve subaccount.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for
the BAseries—Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account."

Flow of Funds and Application of Finance Charge and Principal Collections

For a detailed description of the application of collections, see "Master Trust II—Application of Collections" and
"Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries."

Finance charge collections and other amounts allocated to the BAseries, called BAseries Available Funds, will generally
be applied each month to make the payments or deposits depicted in the chart "Application of BAseries Available Funds"
below.  See the chart "Application of Collections of Finance Charges and Principal Payments Received by FIA as Servicer
of Master Trust II" below for a depiction of how finance charge collections are allocated by master trust II.  For a
detailed description of the application of BAseries Available Funds, see "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and
Application of Funds for the BAseries."

Principal collections and other amounts allocated to the BAseries, called BAseries Available Principal Amounts, generally
will be applied each month to make the payments or deposits depicted in the chart "Application of BAseries Available



                                                            17

Principal Amounts" below.  See the chart "Application of Collections of Finance Charges and Principal Payments Received
by FIA as Servicer of Master Trust II" below for a depiction of how principal collections are allocated by master trust
II.  For a detailed description of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts, see "Sources of Funds to Pay
the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries."

Revolving Period

Until principal amounts are needed to be accumulated to pay any tranche of BAseries notes, principal amounts allocable to
that tranche of notes will be applied to other BAseries notes which are accumulating principal or paid to Funding as
holder of the transferor interest.  This period is commonly referred to as the revolving period.  Unless an early
redemption event or event of default and acceleration for the related tranche of BAseries notes occurs, the revolving
period is expected to end twelve calendar months prior to the expected principal payment date, or the revolving period
may be expected to end at an earlier or later date, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement.  However, if
the issuing entity reasonably expects to need less than the expected accumulation period to fully accumulate the
outstanding dollar principal amount of the related tranche of notes, the end of the revolving period may be delayed.

Early Redemption of Notes

The issuing entity will be required to redeem any note upon the occurrence of an early redemption event relating to that
note, but only to the extent funds are available for such redemption after giving effect to all allocations and
reallocations and, in the case of subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment is
permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.

However, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, subject to certain exceptions, any notes that have
the benefit of a derivative agreement will not be redeemed prior to such notes' expected principal payment date.

Early redemption events include the following:

o    the occurrence of a note's expected principal payment date;

o    each of the Pay Out Events applicable to Series 2001-D, as described under "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events";

o    the issuing entity becoming an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended; or

o    any additional early redemption events specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

In addition to the early redemption events described above, if for any date the amount of Excess Available Funds for the
BAseries notes averaged over the three preceding calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds for the
BAseries for such date, an early redemption event will occur for all tranches of BAseries notes.

Excess Available Funds for any month equals the Available Funds allocated to the BAseries that month after application
for targeted deposits to the interest funding account, payment of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the
BAseries, application to cover Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries and



                                                            18

reimbursement of any deficits in the nominal liquidation amounts of notes.

Required Excess Available Funds for the BAseries is an amount equal to zero.  This amount may be changed provided the
issuing entity (i) receives the consent of the rating agencies and (ii) reasonably believes that the change will not have
a material adverse effect on the BAseries notes.

See "The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes" and "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events."

Upon the occurrence of an early redemption event for any series, class or tranche of notes, those notes will be entitled
to receive payments of interest and principal each month, subject to the conditions outlined in "The Notes—Early
Redemption of Notes" and "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events."

It is not an event of default if the issuing entity fails to redeem a note because it does not have sufficient funds
available or because payment of the note is delayed because it is necessary to provide required subordination for a
senior class of notes.

Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity

Funding, so long as it is an affiliate of the servicer, has the right, but not the obligation, to direct the issuing
entity to redeem any tranche of BAseries notes in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which its
nominal liquidation amount is reduced to less than 5% of its highest outstanding dollar principal amount.  This
repurchase option is referred to as a clean-up call.

The issuing entity will not redeem subordinated BAseries notes if those notes are required to provide credit enhancement
for senior classes of BAseries notes.  If the issuing entity is directed to redeem any tranche of BAseries notes, it will
notify the registered holders at least thirty days prior to the redemption date.  The redemption price of a note will
equal 100% of the outstanding principal amount of that note, plus accrued but unpaid interest on the note to but
excluding the date of redemption.

If the issuing entity is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on the
related tranche of BAseries notes will thereafter be made, subject to the principal payment rules described above under
"—Subordination," until either the principal of and accrued interest on that tranche of notes are paid in full or the
legal maturity date occurs, whichever is earlier.  Any funds in the principal funding subaccount and the interest funding
subaccount and, in the case of Class C BAseries notes, the Class C reserve subaccount, for the related tranche of
BAseries notes will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on these notes on the redemption date.

Events of Default

The documents that govern the terms and conditions of the notes include a list of adverse events known as events of
default.

Some events of default result in an automatic acceleration of the notes, and others result in the right of the holders of
the affected series, class or tranche of notes to demand acceleration after an affirmative vote by holders of more than
50% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the affected series, class or tranche of notes.



                                                            19

Events of default for any series, class or tranche of notes include the following:

o    for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity's failure, for a period of 35 days, to pay interest upon such notes when
     such interest becomes due and payable;

o    for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity's failure to pay the principal amount of such notes on the applicable
     legal maturity date;

o    the issuing entity's default in the performance, or breach, of any other of its covenants or warranties in the
     indenture for a period of 60 days after either the indenture trustee or the holders of 25% of the aggregate
     outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of the affected series, class or tranche has provided
     written notice requesting remedy of such breach, and, as a result of such default, the interests of the related
     noteholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60
     day period;

o    the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the issuing entity; and

o    for any series, class or tranche of notes, any additional events of default specified in the accompanying prospectus
     supplement.

An event of default relating to one series, class or tranche of notes will not necessarily be an event of default for any
other series, class or tranche of notes.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default and acceleration for any series, class or tranche of notes, those notes will
be entitled to receive payments of interest and principal each month, subject to the conditions outlined in "The
Indenture—Events of Default" and "—Events of Default Remedies."

Events of Default Remedies

After an event of default and acceleration of a series, class or tranche of notes, funds on deposit in the applicable
issuing entity accounts for the affected notes will be applied to pay principal of and interest on those notes.  Then, in
each following month, Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to those notes will be applied to make
monthly principal and interest payments on those notes until the earlier of the date those notes are paid in full or the
legal maturity date of those notes.  However, subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series will receive payment of
principal of those notes prior to the legal maturity date of such notes only if and to the extent that funds are
available for that payment and, after giving effect to that payment, the required subordination will be maintained for
senior notes in that series.

If an event of default of a series, class or tranche of notes occurs and that series, class or tranche of notes is
accelerated, the indenture trustee may, and at the direction of the majority of the noteholders of the affected series,
class or tranche will, direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables.  However, this sale of receivables may
occur only:

o    if the conditions specified in "The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies" are satisfied and, for subordinated notes
     of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the
     senior notes of the same series; or

o    on the legal maturity date of those notes.



                                                            20

The holders of the accelerated notes will be paid their allocable share of the proceeds of a sale of credit card
receivables.  Upon the sale of the receivables, the nominal liquidation amount of those accelerated notes will be reduced
to zero.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables."

Security for the Notes

The notes of all series are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the collection
account, but each tranche of notes is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of the assets allocated to it under
the indenture and the indenture supplement.

Each tranche of notes is also secured by:

o    a security interest in any applicable supplemental account; and

o    a security interest in any derivative agreement for that tranche.

Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity

The sole source of payment for principal of or interest on a tranche of notes is provided by:

o    the portion of collections of principal receivables and finance charge receivables received by the issuing entity
     under the collateral certificate and available to that tranche of notes after giving effect to all allocations and
     reallocations;

o    funds in the applicable issuing entity accounts for that tranche of notes; and

o    payments received under any applicable derivative agreement for that tranche of notes.

Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment
of principal of or interest on the notes.

If there is a sale of credit card receivables (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an event of default
and acceleration, or (iii) on the applicable legal maturity date, each as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the
Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables," following such sale those noteholders have recourse only to the proceeds of that
sale, investment earnings on those proceeds and any funds previously deposited in any applicable issuing entity account
for such noteholders.

BAseries Accumulation Reserve Account

The issuing entity will establish an accumulation reserve subaccount for each tranche of BAseries notes to cover
shortfalls in investment earnings on amounts (other than prefunded amounts) on deposit in the principal funding
subaccount for such notes.

The amount targeted to be deposited in the accumulation reserve subaccount for each tranche of BAseries notes is zero,
unless more than one budgeted deposit is required to accumulate and pay the principal of the related tranche of notes on
its expected principal payment date, in which case, the amount targeted to be deposited is 0.5% of the outstanding dollar
principal amount of the related tranche of notes, or such other amount designated by the issuing entity.  See "Sources of
Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve
Account."



                                                            21

Shared Excess Available Funds

The BAseries will be included in "Group A."  In addition to the BAseries, the issuing entity may issue other series of
notes that are included in Group A.

To the extent that Available Funds allocated to the BAseries are available after all required applications of such
amounts as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application
of BAseries Available Funds," these unused Available Funds, called shared excess available funds, will be applied to
cover shortfalls in Available Funds for other series of notes in Group A.  In addition, the BAseries may receive the
benefits of shared excess available funds from other series in Group A, to the extent Available Funds for such other
series of notes are not needed for such series.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate,"
"—Deposit and Application of Funds" and "—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Shared Excess Available
Funds."

Registration, Clearing and Settlement

The notes offered by this prospectus will be registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, and
purchasers of notes will be entitled to receive a definitive certificate only under limited circumstances.  Owners of
notes may elect to hold their notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States or through Clearstream,
Luxembourg or the Euroclear System in Europe.  Transfers will be made in accordance with the rules and operating
procedures of those clearing systems.  See "The Notes—Book-Entry Notes."

ERISA Eligibility

The indenture permits benefit plans to purchase notes of every class offered pursuant to this prospectus and a related
prospectus supplement.  A fiduciary of a benefit plan should consult its counsel as to whether a purchase of notes by the
plan is permitted by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.  See "Benefit Plan Investors."

Tax Status

Subject to important considerations described under "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in this prospectus, Orrick,
Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, as special tax counsel to the issuing entity, is of the opinion that, for United States
federal income tax purposes (1) the notes will be treated as indebtedness and (2) the issuing entity will not be an
association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.  In addition, noteholders will agree, by acquiring
notes, to treat the notes as debt for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes.

Denominations

The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in denominations of $5,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of that
amount.

                                                            22

                                                            23

                                                            24

                               Fees and Expenses Payable from BAseries Available Funds and
                                           BAseries Available Principal Amounts

                              Fees and Expenses Payable from BAseries Available Funds:

                       • Servicing Fee: 2.00% of Series 2001-D Investor Interest - paid to the servicer

For any month, the servicing fee is paid immediately after Class C interest payments or deposits.  For a depiction of the
application of BAseries Available Funds, see the chart entitled "Application of BAseries Available Funds" above.  The
servicing fee compensates the servicer for its expenses in connection with servicing the receivables, including expenses
associated with collecting, allocating and distributing collections on the receivables and other expenses payable by the
servicer, such as fees and disbursements of the master trust II trustee, the owner trustee and the indenture trustee.
See "Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses."

                        Fees and Expenses Payable from BAseries Available Principal Amounts:

                   • Servicing Fee Shortfalls: any accrued but unpaid servicing fees - paid to the servicer

For any month, servicing fee shortfalls, if any, are paid immediately after any Class B interest shortfalls are paid.
For a depiction of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts, see the chart entitled "Application of
BAseries Available Principal Amounts" above.



                                                            25

                       BAseries Required Subordinated Amounts and Required Class D Investor Interest

         The chart and the accompanying discussion below present only one example of how required subordinated amounts
(each, "RSA") and the required Class D Investor Interest would be calculated for a hypothetical amount of outstanding
BAseries notes.  This example is illustrative only.  The stated percentages used in this example are applicable to the
calculation of each RSA and the required Class D Investor Interest for these hypothetical notes only.  The dollar amounts
used in this example are illustrative only and are not intended to represent any allocation of classes and tranches of
BAseries notes outstanding at any time (including, but not limited to, the RSA required for any unencumbered tranche of
Class B notes).  For a detailed description of RSA and the required Class D Investor Interest generally, see "Prospectus
Summary—BAseries Required Subordinated Amount" and "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount," and the related prospectus
supplement.

         In addition, the issuing entity may change the RSA for any tranche of notes at any time, without the consent of
any noteholders, so long as the issuing entity has met certain conditions described in "The Notes—Required Subordinated
Amount," and Funding may change the definition of required Class D Investor Interest without the consent of any
noteholders, so long as Funding has met certain conditions described in "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class
D Certificate."

Generally, the required subordinated amount of a subordinated class of notes for any date is an amount equal to a stated
percentage of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the senior tranche of notes for such date.




                                                            26

In the example above:

o    For the $1,000,000,000 of Class A notes, the RSA of subordinated notes is $162,790,700.  Of that amount, the RSA of
     Class B notes is $87,209,300 (which is 8.72093% of $1,000,000,000) and the RSA of Class C notes is $75,581,400 (which
     is 7.55814% of $1,000,000,000).

o    Encumbered Class B notes consist of that portion of the Class B notes that provide credit enhancement to the Class A
     notes (which is equal to the Class A RSA of Class B notes or $87,209,300).

o    Unencumbered Class B notes consist of that portion of the Class B notes that do not provide credit enhancement to the
     Class A notes.  This unencumbered amount is equal to the aggregate amount of Class B notes ($100,000,000) minus the
     encumbered Class B notes ($87,209,300).  For the $12,790,700 of unencumbered Class B notes, the RSA of Class C notes
     is $889,192.84 (which is 6.95187% of $12,790,700).

o    For the $100,000,000 of Class B notes, the RSA of Class C notes is $76,470,592.84, or 100% of the Class A RSA of
     Class C notes ($75,581,400) plus the Class B RSA of Class C notes for the unencumbered Class B notes ($889,192.84).

o    Encumbered Class C notes consist of that portion of the Class C notes that provide credit enhancement to the Class A
     or the Class B notes (which is equal to the greater of the Class A RSA of Class C notes and the Class B RSA of Class
     C Notes, or $76,470,592.84).

o    Unencumbered Class C notes consist of that portion of the Class C notes that do not provide credit enhancement to the
     Class A or Class B notes.  This unencumbered amount is equal to the aggregate amount of Class C notes ($100,000,000)
     minus the encumbered Class C notes (76,470,592.84), or $23,529,407.16.

o    The required Class D Investor Interest equals the sum of:

     ­   (i) The adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class A notes, divided by 0.78 ($1,282,051,282.05),
         minus (ii) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class A notes ($1,000,000,000), minus (iii)
         the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes ($87,209,300.00), minus (iv) the aggregate
         Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes ($75,581,400.00), for a total of $119,260,582.05;

     ­   (i) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A
         required subordinated amount of Class B notes, divided by (B) 0.845 ($15,136,923.08), minus (ii) the adjusted
         outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount
         of Class B notes ($12,790,700.00), minus (iii) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class
         B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, times (B) 0.0810811
         ($1,037,084.03), for a total of $1,309,139.05; and

     ­   (i) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class C notes minus the aggregate Class B
         required subordinated amount of Class C notes, divided by (B) 0.92



                                                            27

         ($25,575,442.57), minus (ii) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class C notes minus the
         aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes ($23,529,407.16), for a total of $2,046,035.41.

     This example assumes there are no outstanding Class A(2001-Emerald) notes.  When Class A(2001-Emerald) notes are
     outstanding, the calculation of the required Class D Investor Interest changes.  See"The Notes—Required Subordinated
     Amount—The Class D Certificate."

                                                            28

                                                       Risk Factors

         The risk factors disclosed in this section of the prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement
describe the principal risk factors of an investment in the notes.

                  Some interests could have priority over the master trust II trustee's interest in
                  the receivables or the indenture trustee's interest in the collateral certificate,
                  which could cause delayed or reduced payments to you.

                  Representations and warranties are made that the master trust II trustee has a
                  perfected interest in the receivables and that the indenture trustee has a
                  perfected interest in the collateral certificate.  If any of these representations
                  and warranties were found not to be true, however, payments to you could be delayed
                  or reduced.

                  The transaction documents permit liens for municipal or other local taxes to have
                  priority over the master trust II trustee's perfected interest in the receivables.
                  If any of these tax liens were to arise, or if other interests in the receivables
                  or the collateral certificate were found to have priority over those of the master
                  trust II trustee or the indenture trustee, you could suffer a loss on your
                  investment.

                  If a conservator, a receiver, or a bankruptcy trustee were appointed for FIA,
                  BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity, and if the administrative
                  expenses of the conservator, the receiver, or the bankruptcy trustee were found to
                  relate to the receivables, the collateral certificate, or the transaction
                  documents, those expenses could be paid from collections on the receivables before
                  the master trust II trustee or the indenture trustee receives any payments, which
                  could result in losses on your investment.

                  The master trust II trustee and the indenture trustee may not have a perfected
                  interest in collections commingled by the servicer with its own funds or in
                  interchange commingled by FIA with its own funds, which could cause delayed or
                  reduced payments to you.

                  The servicer is obligated to deposit collections into the master trust II
                  collection account no later than the second business day after the date of
                  processing for those collections.  If conditions specified in the transaction
                  documents are met, however, the servicer is permitted to hold all collections
                  received during a monthly period and to make only a single deposit of those



                                                            29

                  collections on the following transfer date.  In addition, FIA always is permitted
                  to make only a single transfer of all interchange received during a monthly period
                  on the following transfer date.  See "Master Trust II—Application of Collections"
                  and "FIA's Credit Card Activities—Interchange."

                  All collections that the servicer is permitted to hold are commingled with its
                  other funds and used for its own benefit.  Similarly, all interchange that FIA
                  receives prior to the related transfer date is commingled with its other funds and
                  used for its own benefit.  The master trust II trustee and the indenture trustee
                  may not have a perfected interest in these amounts, and thus payments to you could
                  be delayed or reduced if the servicer or FIA were to enter conservatorship or
                  receivership, were to become insolvent, or were to fail to perform its obligations
                  under the transaction documents.

                  The conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of FIA, BACCS,
                  Funding, master trust II, the issuing entity, or any of their affiliates could
                  result in accelerated, delayed, or reduced payments to you.

                  FIA is a national banking association, and its deposits are insured by the Federal
                  Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  If certain events were to occur relating to
                  FIA's financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC may be
                  appointed as conservator or receiver for FIA.

                  Prior to October 20, 2006, FIA treated both its transfer of the receivables to the
                  master trust II trustee and its transfer of the collateral certificate to the
                  issuing entity as sales for accounting purposes.  From and after October 20, 2006,
                  FIA treats its transfer of the receivables to BACCS as a sale.  Arguments may be
                  made, however, that any of these transfers constitutes only the grant of a security
                  interest under applicable law.

                  Nevertheless, the FDIC has issued a regulation surrendering certain rights to
                  reclaim, recover, or recharacterize a financial institution's transfer of financial
                  assets such as the receivables and the collateral certificate if:

                  o   the transfer involved a securitization of the financial assets and meets
                      specified conditions for treatment as a sale under relevant accounting
                      principles;

                  o   the financial institution received adequate consideration for the transfer;



                                                            30

                  o   the parties intended that the transfer constitute a sale for accounting
                      purposes; and

                  o   the financial assets were not transferred fraudulently, in contemplation of the
                      financial institution's insolvency, or with the intent to hinder, delay, or
                      defraud the financial institution or its creditors.

                  The transfers by FIA of the receivables and the collateral certificate are intended
                  to satisfy all of these conditions.  Recently, however, the Financial Accounting
                  Standards Board has been considering substantial revisions to the standards that
                  govern whether a transfer of financial assets is a sale for accounting purposes.
                  Amendments to these standards are expected to be adopted in June 2009 and take
                  effect for FIA, BACCS, Funding, and their affiliates on January 1, 2010.  In the
                  form proposed, the amendments could have an impact on whether FIA's transfer of the
                  receivables or the collateral certificate would continue to meet each of the
                  conditions identified in the FDIC's regulation.  See "Risk Factors—Proposed changes
                  to accounting standards could have a significant impact on the issuing entity,
                  master trust II, Funding, FIA, or BACCS" in this prospectus.

                  If a condition required under the FDIC's regulation were found not to have been
                  met, the FDIC could seek to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize FIA's transfer of
                  the receivables or the collateral certificate.  The FDIC may not be subject to an
                  express time limit in deciding whether to take these actions, and a delay by the
                  FDIC in making a decision could result in losses on your investment.  If the FDIC
                  were successful in any of these actions, moreover, you may not be entitled under
                  applicable law to the full amount of your damages.

                  Even if the conditions set forth in the regulation were satisfied and the FDIC did
                  not reclaim, recover, or recharacterize FIA's transfer of the receivables or the
                  collateral certificate, distributions to you could be adversely affected if FIA
                  entered conservatorship or receivership.

                  For instance, the FDIC may argue that a statutory injunction automatically prevents
                  the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, and the noteholders from
                  exercising their rights, remedies, and interests for up to 90 days.  The FDIC also
                  may be able to obtain a stay of any action to enforce the transaction documents,
                  the collateral certificate, or the notes.  Further, the FDIC may require that its
                  claims process be followed before



                                                            31

                  payments on the receivables or the collateral certificate are released.  The delay
                  caused by any of these actions could result in losses to you.

                  The FDIC, moreover, may have the power to choose whether or not the terms of the
                  transaction documents will continue to apply.  Thus, regardless of what the
                  transaction documents provide, the FDIC could:

                  o   authorize FIA to assign or to stop performing its obligations under the
                      transaction documents, including its obligations to service the receivables, to
                      make payments or deposits, or to provide administrative services for Funding or
                      the issuing entity;

                  o   prevent the appointment of a successor servicer or the appointment of a
                      successor provider of administrative services for Funding or the issuing entity;

                  o   alter the terms on which FIA continues to service the receivables, to provide
                      administrative services for Funding or the issuing entity, or to perform its
                      other obligations under the transaction documents, including the amount or the
                      priority of the fees paid to FIA;

                  o   prevent or limit the commencement of an early redemption of the notes, or
                      instead do the opposite and require the early redemption to commence;

                  o   prevent or limit the early liquidation of the receivables or the collateral
                      certificate and the termination of master trust II or the issuing entity, or
                      instead do the opposite and require those to occur; or

                  o   prevent or limit continued transfers of receivables or continued distributions
                      on the collateral certificate, or instead do the opposite and require those to
                      continue.

                  If any of these events were to occur, payments to you could be accelerated,
                  delayed, or reduced.  In addition, these events could result in other parties to
                  the transaction documents being excused from performing their obligations, which
                  could cause further losses on your investment.  Distributions to you also could be
                  adversely affected if the FDIC were to argue that any term of the transaction
                  documents violates applicable regulatory requirements.



                                                            32

                  BACCS and Funding are indirect subsidiaries of FIA.  Certain banking laws and
                  regulations may apply not only to FIA but to its subsidiaries as well.  If BACCS or
                  Funding were found to have violated any of these laws or regulations, you could
                  suffer a loss on your investment.

                  In the receivership of an unrelated national bank, the FDIC successfully argued to
                  the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit that
                  certain of its rights and powers extended to a statutory trust formed and owned by
                  that national bank in connection with a securitization of credit card receivables.
                  If FIA were to enter conservatorship or receivership, the FDIC could argue that its
                  rights and powers extend to BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing
                  entity.  If the FDIC were to take this position and seek to repudiate or otherwise
                  affect the rights of the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, or the
                  noteholders under any transaction document, losses to you could result.

                  In addition, no assurance can be given that the FDIC would not attempt to exercise
                  control over the receivables, the collateral certificate, or the other assets of
                  BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity on an interim or a permanent
                  basis.  If this were to occur, payments to you could be delayed or reduced.

                  If BACCS or any affiliate affected by these transactions were to become the debtor
                  in a bankruptcy case, moreover, the bankruptcy court could exercise control over
                  the receivables or the collateral certificate on an interim or a permanent basis.
                  Although steps have been taken to minimize this risk, BACCS or an affiliate as
                  debtor-in-possession or another interested party could argue that:

                  o   BACCS did not sell receivables to Funding but instead borrowed money from
                      Funding and granted a security interest in the receivables;

                  o   Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity, and its assets (including the
                      receivables or the collateral certificate), should be substantively
                      consolidated with the bankruptcy estate of BACCS or an affiliate; or

                  o   the receivables or the collateral certificate are necessary for BACCS or an
                      affiliate to reorganize.



                                                            33

                  If these or similar arguments were made, whether successfully or not, distributions
                  to you could be adversely affected.

                  Further, if BACCS or an affected affiliate were to enter bankruptcy, any action to
                  enforce the transaction documents, the collateral certificate, or the notes could
                  be prohibited without the permission of the bankruptcy court, resulting in delayed
                  or reduced payments to you.  Noteholders also may be required to return
                  distributions already received if BACCS or an affected affiliate were to become the
                  debtor in a bankruptcy case.

                  A court overseeing the bankruptcy case of BACCS or an affected affiliate may have
                  the power to choose whether or not the terms of the transaction documents will
                  continue to apply.  Thus, regardless of what the transaction documents provide, the
                  court could:

                  o   authorize BACCS or an affiliate to assign or to stop performing its obligations
                      under the transaction documents, including its obligations to make payments or
                      deposits or to repurchase receivables;

                  o   alter the terms on which BACCS or an affiliate continues to perform its
                      obligations under the transaction documents, including the amount or the
                      priority of the fees paid to BACCS or an affiliate;

                  o   prevent or limit the commencement of an early redemption of the notes, or
                      instead do the opposite and require the early redemption to commence;

                  o   prevent or limit the early liquidation of the receivables or the collateral
                      certificate and the termination of master trust II or the issuing entity, or
                      instead do the opposite and require those to occur; or

                  o   prevent or limit continued transfers of receivables or continued distributions
                      on the collateral certificate, or instead do the opposite and require those to
                      continue.

                  If any of these events were to occur, payments to you could be accelerated,
                  delayed, or reduced.  In addition, these events could result in other parties to
                  the transaction documents being excused from performing their obligations, which
                  could cause further losses on your investment.

                  Funding, master trust II, and the issuing entity have been established so as to
                  minimize the risk that any of them would



                                                            34

                  become insolvent or enter bankruptcy.  Still, each of them may be eligible to file
                  for bankruptcy, and no assurance can be given that the risk of insolvency or
                  bankruptcy has been eliminated.  If Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity
                  were to become insolvent or were to enter bankruptcy, you could suffer a loss on
                  your investment.  Risks also exist that, if Funding, master trust II, or the
                  issuing entity were to enter bankruptcy, any of the others and its assets
                  (including the receivables or the collateral certificate) would be treated as part
                  of the bankruptcy estate.

                  Regardless of any decision made by the FDIC or any ruling made by a court,
                  moreover, the mere fact that FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing
                  entity, or any of their affiliates has become insolvent or has entered
                  conservatorship, receivership, or bankruptcy could have an adverse effect on the
                  value of the receivables and the collateral certificate and on the liquidity and
                  the value of the notes.

                  There also may be other possible effects of a conservatorship, receivership,
                  bankruptcy, or insolvency of FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing
                  entity, or any of their affiliates that could result in delays or reductions in
                  payments to you.

                  The conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of other parties to
                  the transactions could result in accelerated, delayed, or reduced payments to you.

                  Other parties to the transactions, such as subservicers, may have material roles.
                  In addition, funds to make payments on the notes may be supplied by derivative
                  counterparties or by enhancement or liquidity providers.  If any of these parties
                  were to enter conservatorship, receivership, or bankruptcy or were to become
                  insolvent, payments to you could be adversely affected.

                  Regulatory action could result in losses or delays in payment.

                  FIA is regulated and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
                  (OCC) and the FDIC.  These regulatory authorities, and possibly others, have broad
                  powers of enforcement over FIA and its affiliates.

                  If any of these regulatory authorities were to conclude that an obligation under
                  the transaction documents constituted an unsafe or unsound practice or violated any
                  law, regulation, written condition, or agreement applicable to FIA or its
                  affiliates, that regulatory authority may have the power to order FIA or the



                                                            35

                  related affiliate to rescind the transaction document, to refuse to perform the
                  obligation, to amend the terms of the obligation, or to take any other action
                  considered appropriate by that authority.  In addition, FIA or the related
                  affiliate probably would not be liable to you for contractual damages for complying
                  with such an order, and you likely would have no recourse against the regulatory
                  authority.  Therefore, if such an order were issued, payments to you could be
                  accelerated, delayed, or reduced.

                  In one case, the OCC issued a cease and desist order against a national banking
                  association that was found to have been servicing credit card receivables on terms
                  that were inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.  That order required
                  the financial institution to immediately resign as servicer and to cease performing
                  its duties as servicer within approximately 120 days, to immediately withhold and
                  segregate funds from collections for payment of its servicing fee (despite the
                  priority of payments in the securitization documents and the perfected security
                  interest of the related trust in those funds), and to increase its servicing fee
                  percentage above that specified in the securitization documents.  FIA has no reason
                  to believe that its servicing arrangements are contrary to safe and sound banking
                  practices or otherwise violate any law, regulation, written condition, or agreement
                  applicable to FIA or its affiliates.  If a regulatory authority were to conclude
                  otherwise, however, you could suffer a loss on your investment.

                  Changes to consumer protection laws may impede origination or collection efforts,
                  change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any of
                  which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes.

                  Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or
                  enforceable under their terms against the obligors of those receivables.

                  Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the creation and enforcement of
                  consumer loans.  For instance, the federal Truth in Lending Act was recently
                  amended by the Credit CARD Act of 2009, which:

                  o   prevents any increases in interest rates and fees during the first year after a
                      credit card account is opened, and increases at any time on interest rates on
                      existing credit card balances, unless (i) minimum payment on the related
                      account is 60 days or more delinquent, (ii) the rate increase is due to the
                      expiration of a promotional rate (and any promotional rate



                                                            36

                      must be effective for a least six months), (iii) the cardholder fails to comply
                      with a negotiated workout plan or (iv) the increase is due to an increase in
                      the index rate for a variable-rate credit card;

                  o   requires that any promotional rates for credit cards be effective for at least
                      six months;

                  o   requires 45 days notice for any change of an interest rate, fees, or any other
                      significant changes to a credit card account;

                  o   prohibits "double-cycle" billing;

                  o   prevents credit card companies from charging "over-the-limit" fees unless a
                      cardholder opts into receiving over-the-limit protection on the credit card,
                      limits the number of such over-the-limit fees that can be charged for the same
                      transaction, and limits such fees with respect to credit holds;

                  o   empowers the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the
                      Currency, the FDIC, the Office of Thrift Supervision and the National Credit
                      Union Administration to promulgate rules to limit the amount of any penalty
                      fees or charges for credit card accounts to amounts that are "reasonable and
                      proportional to the [related] omission or violation";

                  o   requires credit card companies to mail billing statements 21 calendar days
                      before the due date for cardholder payments;

                  o   requires that cardholder payments in excess of the minimum be applied to
                      balances with the highest interest rates first;

                  o   requires same-day crediting of payments received in the mail by 5:00 p.m.;

                  o   allows credit card companies to charge cardholders for payments by telephone or
                      electronic means only if the cardholder requests an expedited payment in
                      connection with that payment method;



                                                            37

                  o   prevents issuing credit cards to anyone under age 21 without (i) a cosigner
                      that is 21 or older with demonstrated independent means of repaying the
                      obligations on the credit card account or (ii) submission of financial
                      information indicating that the cardholder himself has independent means of
                      repaying the obligations on the credit card account; and

                  o   for accountholders under the age of 21 that rely on a parent, guardian or other
                      cosigner who is jointly liable on the account, requires that any increases in
                      the related credit line must be approved by the cosigner.

                  The provisions of the Credit CARD Act of 2009 will become effective in February
                  2010, with certain provisions - including the notice requirement for interest rate
                  and fee increases described in the third bullet point above - becoming effective in
                  August 2009.  As a result of this legislation, it may be more difficult for FIA to
                  originate additional accounts or for the servicer to collect payments on the
                  receivables, and the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of the
                  accounts can charge on credit card account balances may be reduced.  Furthermore,
                  cardholders may choose to use credit cards less as a result of this legislation.
                  Each of these results, independently or collectively, could reduce the effective
                  yield on the credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, which could
                  result in an early redemption event and accelerated or reduced payments on your
                  notes.  See "Consumer Protection Laws" in this prospectus.

                  Congress, the states and regulatory agencies also could further regulate the credit
                  card and consumer credit industry in ways that make it more difficult for FIA to
                  originate additional accounts or for the servicer to collect payments on the
                  receivables, that reduce the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of
                  the accounts can charge on credit card account balances, or that cause cardholders
                  to decrease their use of credit cards.

                  If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor
                  relief laws, a court could reduce or discharge completely the cardholder's
                  obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related
                  receivables would be written off as uncollectible.  The noteholders could suffer a
                  loss if no funds are available from credit enhancement or other sources.  See
                  "Master Trust II—



                                                            38

                  Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges" in this prospectus.

                  Proposed changes to accounting standards could have a significant impact on the
                  issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA, or BACCS.

                  Under current accounting standards - specifically, Statement of Financial
                  Accounting Standards No. 140 (FAS 140) and FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (FIN 46(R))
                  - the receivables are treated as sold to master trust II, and the assets and
                  liabilities of master trust II and the issuing entity are not consolidated on the
                  balance sheet of FIA, BACCS, Funding, or any of their affiliates. One consequence
                  of this accounting treatment is that none of FIA, BACCS, Funding, or any of their
                  affiliates is required to include the receivables as assets when calculating its
                  allowances for loan losses.

                  Recently, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has been considering
                  substantial revisions to FAS 140 and FIN 46(R) that, if adopted, could result in
                  all or some portion of the receivables being consolidated on the balance sheet of
                  FIA, BACCS, Funding, or their affiliates. On May 18, 2009, the FASB announced that
                  its deliberations had concluded and that these revisions are expected to be adopted
                  in June 2009.  In the form proposed, the revisions would take effect for FIA,
                  BACCS, Funding, and their affiliates on January 1, 2010.

                  It is not yet certain, however, whether or when amendments ultimately will be
                  adopted by the FASB, what form they will take and how they will be implemented if
                  adopted, how regulatory authorities will respond, or how the issuing entity, master
                  trust II, Funding, FIA, or BACCS may be affected. Still, no assurance can be given
                  that these amendments would not have a significant impact on the issuing entity,
                  master trust II, Funding, FIA, or BACCS - including on the level of receivables
                  held in master trust II or the amount of notes issued in the future.

                  Competition in the credit card and consumer lending industry may result in a
                  decline in ability to generate new receivables.  This may result in the payment of
                  principal earlier or later than the expected principal payment date, or in reduced
                  principal payments.

                  The credit card industry is highly competitive.  As new credit card companies enter
                  the market and companies try to expand their market share, effective advertising,
                  target marketing and



                                                            39

                  pricing strategies grow in importance.  Additionally, the acceptance and use of
                  other consumer loan products, such as mortgage and home equity products, for
                  consumer spending has increased significantly in recent years.  FIA's ability to
                  compete in this environment will affect its ability to generate new receivables and
                  affect payment patterns on the receivables.  If the rate at which FIA generates new
                  receivables declines significantly, FIA might be unable to transfer additional
                  receivables to BACCS for transfer to Funding and inclusion in master trust II, and
                  a Pay Out Event could occur, resulting in payment of principal sooner than expected
                  or in reduced amounts.  If the rate at which FIA generates new receivables
                  decreases significantly at a time when noteholders are scheduled to receive
                  principal payments, noteholders might receive principal payments more slowly than
                  planned or in reduced amounts.

                  Payment patterns of cardholders may not be consistent over time and variations in
                  these payment patterns may result in reduced payment of principal, or receipt of
                  payment of principal earlier or later than expected.

                  Collections of principal receivables available to pay your notes on any principal
                  payment date or to make deposits into an issuing entity account will depend on many
                  factors, including:

                  o   the rate of repayment of credit card balances by cardholders, which may be
                      slower or faster than expected which may cause payment on the notes to be
                      earlier or later than expected;

                  o   the extent of credit card usage by cardholders, and the creation of additional
                      receivables in the accounts designated to master trust II; and

                  o   the rate of default by cardholders.

                  Changes in payment patterns and credit card usage result from a variety of
                  economic, competitive, political, social and legal factors.  Economic factors
                  include the rate of inflation, unemployment levels and relative interest rates.
                  The availability of incentive or other award programs may also affect cardholders'
                  actions.  Competitive factors include not only attractive terms and conditions
                  offered by other credit card lenders, but also the attractiveness of other consumer
                  lending products, such as mortgages and home equity loans.  Social factors include
                  consumer confidence levels and the public's



                                                            40

                  attitude about incurring debt and the consequences of personal bankruptcy.  In
                  addition, acts of terrorism and natural disasters in the United States and the
                  political and military response to any such events may have an adverse effect on
                  general economic conditions, consumer confidence and general market liquidity.

                  We cannot predict how any of these or other factors will affect repayment patterns
                  or credit card use and, consequently, the timing and amount of payments on your
                  notes.  Any reductions in the amount, or delays in the timing, of interest or
                  principal payments will reduce the amount available for distribution on the notes.

                  Allocations of defaulted principal receivables and reallocation of Available
                  Principal Amounts could result in a reduction in payment on your notes.

                  FIA, as servicer, will write off the principal receivables arising in credit card
                  accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio if the principal receivables become
                  uncollectible as determined under FIA's policies and procedures.  Your notes will
                  be allocated a portion of these defaulted principal receivables.  In addition,
                  Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of
                  notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee.  You may not
                  receive full repayment of your notes and full payment of interest due if (i) the
                  nominal liquidation amount of your notes has been reduced by charge-offs resulting
                  from uncovered Investor Default Amounts or as the result of reallocations of
                  Available Principal Amounts to pay interest and a portion of the master trust II
                  servicing fee, and (ii) those amounts have not been reimbursed from Available
                  Funds.  For a discussion of nominal liquidation amount, see "The Notes—Stated
                  Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation
                  Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount."

                  Only some of the assets of the issuing entity are available for payments on any
                  tranche of notes.

                  The sole sources of payment of principal of and interest on your tranche of notes
                  are provided by:

                  o   the portion of the Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to
                      the BAseries and available to your tranche of notes after giving effect to any
                      reallocations and payments and deposits for senior notes;



                                                            41

                  o   funds in the applicable issuing entity accounts for your tranche of notes; and

                  o   payments received under any applicable derivative agreement, supplemental
                      credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement for your
                      tranche of notes.

                  As a result, you must rely only on the particular allocated assets as security for
                  your tranche of notes for repayment of the principal of and interest on your
                  notes.  You will not have recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any
                  other person for payment of your notes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes."

                  In addition, if there is a sale of credit card receivables due to the insolvency of
                  Funding, due to an event of default and acceleration or on the applicable legal
                  maturity date, as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit
                  Card Receivables," your tranche of notes has recourse only to the proceeds of that
                  sale, any amounts then on deposit in the issuing entity accounts allocated to and
                  held for the benefit of your tranche of notes, and any amounts payable under any
                  applicable derivative agreement.

                  Class B notes and Class C notes are subordinated and bear losses before Class A
                  notes.

                  Class B notes of the BAseries are subordinated in right of payment of principal and
                  interest to Class A notes, and Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated in
                  right of payment of principal and interest to Class A notes and Class B notes.

                  In the BAseries, Available Funds are first used to pay interest due to Class A
                  noteholders, next to pay interest due to Class B noteholders, and then to pay
                  interest due to Class C noteholders.  If Available Funds are not sufficient to pay
                  interest on all classes of notes, the notes may not receive full payment of
                  interest if, in the case of Class A and Class B notes, reallocated Available
                  Principal Amounts, and in the case of Class C notes, amounts on deposit in the
                  applicable Class C reserve subaccount, are insufficient to cover the shortfall.

                  In the BAseries, Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on
                  senior classes of notes of the BAseries and to pay a portion of the master trust II
                  servicing fee allocable to the BAseries to the extent that Available Funds are
                  insufficient to make such payments.  In addition, charge-offs



                                                            42

                  due to defaulted principal receivables in master trust II allocable to the
                  BAseries generally are reallocated from the senior classes to the subordinated
                  classes of the BAseries.  If these reallocations of Available Principal Amounts and
                  charge-offs are not reimbursed from Available Funds, the full stated principal
                  amount of the subordinated classes of notes will not be repaid.  See "The
                  Notes—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal
                  Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount" and "Sources of Funds to Pay the
                  Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of
                  BAseries Available Principal Amounts."

                  In addition, after application to pay interest on senior classes of notes or to pay
                  a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, Available
                  Principal Amounts are first used to pay principal due to Class A noteholders, next
                  to pay principal due to Class B noteholders, and then to pay principal due to Class
                  C noteholders.

                  If there is a sale of the credit card receivables owned by master trust II due to
                  an insolvency of Funding or due to an event of default and acceleration relating to
                  the BAseries, the net proceeds of the sale allocable to principal payments for the
                  collateral certificate will generally be used first to pay amounts due to Class A
                  noteholders, next to pay amounts due to Class B noteholders, and then, to pay
                  amounts due to Class C noteholders.  This could cause a loss to Class A, Class B or
                  Class C noteholders if the amount available to them is not enough to pay the
                  Class A, Class B or Class C notes in full.

                  Payment of Class B notes and Class C notes may be delayed or reduced due to the
                  subordination provisions.

                  For the BAseries, subordinated notes, except as noted in the following paragraph,
                  will be paid principal only to the extent that sufficient funds are available and
                  such notes are not needed to provide the required subordination for senior classes
                  of notes of the BAseries.  In addition, Available Principal Amounts allocated to
                  the BAseries will be applied first to pay shortfalls in interest on senior classes
                  of notes, then to pay a portion of the shortfall in the master trust II servicing
                  fee allocable to the BAseries, and then to make targeted deposits to the principal
                  funding subaccounts of senior classes of notes before being applied to make
                  required deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated notes.



                                                            43

                  If subordinated notes reach their expected principal payment date, or an early
                  redemption event, event of default and acceleration, or other optional or mandatory
                  redemption occurs relating to those subordinated notes prior to the legal maturity
                  date, and cannot be paid because of the subordination provisions of the
                  BAseries indenture supplement, prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for
                  the senior notes of the BAseries will begin, as described in "Sources of Funds to
                  Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits
                  of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account," and no
                  Available Principal Amounts will be deposited into the principal funding subaccount
                  of, or used to make principal payments on, the subordinated notes.  After that
                  time, the subordinated notes will be paid only if, and to the extent that:

                  o   enough senior notes are repaid so that the subordinated notes are no longer
                      necessary to provide the required subordination;

                  o   new subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes which are
                      payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

                  o   the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes are prefunded so that
                      the subordinated notes are no longer necessary to provide the required
                      subordination; or

                  o   the subordinated notes reach their legal maturity date.

                  This may result in a delay to, or reduction to or loss of, principal payments to
                  holders of subordinated notes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and
                  Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
                  Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account— Prefunding of the Principal
                  Funding Account for Senior Classes."

                  Class A and Class B notes of the BAseries can lose their subordination under some
                  circumstances resulting in delayed or reduced payments to you.

                  Subordinated notes of the BAseries may have expected principal payment dates and
                  legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the notes of the senior classes.

                  If notes of a subordinated class reach their expected principal payment date at a
                  time when they are needed to provide the



                                                            44

                  required subordination for the senior classes of the BAseries and the issuing
                  entity is unable to issue additional notes of that subordinated class or obtain
                  acceptable alternative forms of credit enhancement, prefunding of the senior
                  classes will begin and such subordinated notes will not be paid on their expected
                  principal payment date.  The principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes
                  will be prefunded with Available Principal Amounts allocable to the BAseries and
                  available for that purpose in an amount necessary to permit the payment of those
                  subordinated notes while maintaining the required subordination for the senior
                  classes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds
                  for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the
                  Principal Funding Account."

                  There will generally be a 29-month period between the expected principal payment
                  date and the legal maturity date of the subordinated notes to prefund the principal
                  funding subaccounts of the senior classes, if necessary.  Notes of a subordinated
                  class which have reached their expected principal payment date will not be paid
                  until the remaining subordinated notes provide the required subordination for the
                  senior notes, which payment may be delayed further as other subordinated notes
                  reach their expected principal payment date.  The subordinated notes will be paid
                  on their legal maturity date, to the extent that any funds are available for that
                  purpose from proceeds of the sale of receivables or otherwise, whether or not the
                  senior classes of notes have been fully prefunded.

                  If the rate of repayment of principal receivables in master trust II were to
                  decline during this prefunding period, then the principal funding subaccounts for
                  the senior classes of notes may not be fully prefunded before the legal maturity
                  date of the subordinated notes.  In that event and only to the extent not fully
                  prefunded, the senior classes would not have the required subordination beginning
                  on the legal maturity date of those subordinated notes unless additional
                  subordinated notes of that class were issued or enough senior notes have matured so
                  that the remaining outstanding subordinated notes provide the necessary
                  subordination.

                  The table under "Annex I: The Master Trust II Portfolio—Principal Payment Rates" in
                  this prospectus sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly principal
                  payment rates for the Master Trust II Portfolio during the periods shown in such
                  table.  Principal payment rates may change due to a variety of factors including
                  economic, social and legal factors, changes



                                                            45

                  in the terms of credit card accounts by FIA, or the addition of credit card
                  accounts to the Master Trust II Portfolio with different characteristics.  There
                  can be no assurance that the rate of principal repayment will remain in this range
                  in the future.

                  Yield and payments on the receivables could decrease, resulting in the receipt of
                  principal payments earlier than the expected principal payment date.

                  There is no assurance that the stated principal amount of your notes will be paid
                  on its expected principal payment date.

                  A significant decrease in the amount of credit card receivables in master trust II
                  for any reason could result in an early redemption event and in early payment of
                  your notes, as well as decreased protection to you against defaults on the credit
                  card receivables.  In addition, the effective yield on the credit card receivables
                  in master trust II could decrease due to, among other things, a change in periodic
                  finance charges on the credit card accounts, an increase in the level of
                  delinquencies or increased convenience use of the card whereby cardholders pay
                  their credit card balance in full each month and incur no finance charges.  This
                  could reduce the amount of Available Funds.  If the amount of Excess Available
                  Funds for any three consecutive calendar months is less than the Required Excess
                  Available Funds for those three months, an early redemption event will occur and
                  could result in an early payment of your notes.  See "The Notes—Early Redemption of
                  Notes."

                  See "—Competition in the credit card and consumer lending industry may result in a
                  decline in ability to generate new receivables.  This may result in the payment of
                  principal earlier or later than the expected principal payment date, or in reduced
                  amounts" and "—Class A and Class B notes of the BAseries can lose their
                  subordination under some circumstances resulting in delayed or reduced payments to
                  you" above for a discussion of other circumstances under which you may receive
                  principal payments earlier or later than the expected principal payment date.

                  The note interest rate and the receivables interest rate may reset at different
                  times or fluctuate differently, resulting in a delay or reduction in payments on
                  your notes.

                  Some credit card accounts may have finance charges set at a variable rate based on
                  a designated index (for example, the prime rate).  A series, class or tranche of
                  notes may bear interest



                                                            46

                  either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate based on a different index.  If the
                  rate charged on the credit card accounts declines, collections of finance charge
                  receivables allocated to Series 2001-D may be reduced without a corresponding
                  reduction in the amounts payable as interest on the notes and other amounts paid
                  from collections of finance charge receivables.  This could result in delayed or
                  reduced principal and interest payments to you.

                  Issuance of additional notes or master trust II investor certificates may affect
                  your voting rights and the timing and amount of payments to you.

                  The issuing entity expects to issue notes from time to time, and master trust II
                  may issue new investor certificates from time to time.  The issuing entity may also
                  "reopen" or later issue additional notes in your tranche of BAseries notes.  New
                  notes and master trust II investor certificates may be issued without notice to
                  existing noteholders, and without your or their consent, and may have different
                  terms from outstanding notes and investor certificates.  For a description of the
                  conditions that must be met before master trust II can issue new investor
                  certificates or the issuing entity can issue new notes, see "Master Trust II—New
                  Issuances" and "The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes."

                  The issuance of new notes or master trust II investor certificates could adversely
                  affect the timing and amount of payments on outstanding notes.  For example, if
                  notes in your series issued after your notes have a higher interest rate than your
                  notes, this could result in a reduction in the Available Funds used to pay interest
                  on your notes.  Also, when new notes or investor certificates are issued, the
                  voting rights of your notes will be diluted.  See "—You may have limited or no
                  ability to control actions under the indenture and the master trust II agreement.
                  This may result in, among other things, accelerated payment of principal when it is
                  in your interest to receive payment of principal on the expected principal payment
                  date, or it may result in payment of principal not being accelerated when it is in
                  your interest to receive early payment of principal" below.

                  Addition of credit card accounts to master trust II and attrition of credit card
                  accounts and receivables from master trust II may decrease the credit quality of
                  the assets securing the repayment of your notes.  If this occurs, your receipt of
                  payments of principal and interest may be reduced, delayed or accelerated.



                                                            47

                  The assets of master trust II, and therefore the assets allocable to Series 2001-D,
                  change every day.  These changes may be the result of cardholder actions and
                  preferences, marketing initiatives by FIA and other card issuers or other factors,
                  including but not limited to, reductions in card usage, changes in payment patterns
                  for revolving balances, closing of accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, and
                  transfers or conversions of accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio to new card
                  accounts and other products.  Funding may choose, or may be required, to add credit
                  card receivables to master trust II.  The credit card accounts from which these
                  receivables arise may have different terms and conditions from the credit card
                  accounts already designated for master trust II.  For example, the new credit card
                  accounts may have higher or lower fees or interest rates, or different payment
                  terms.  In addition, FIA may transfer the receivables in credit card accounts
                  purchased by FIA to BACCS for transfer to Funding and for inclusion in master trust
                  II if certain conditions are satisfied.  Those accounts purchased by FIA will have
                  been originated using the account originator's underwriting criteria, not those of
                  FIA.  That account originator's underwriting criteria may be different than those
                  of FIA.

                  We cannot guarantee that new credit card accounts will be of the same credit
                  quality as the credit card accounts currently or historically designated for master
                  trust II.  If the credit quality of the assets in master trust II were to
                  deteriorate, the issuing entity's ability to make payments on the notes could be
                  adversely affected and your receipt of payments of principal and interest may be
                  reduced, delayed or accelerated.  See "Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II
                  Assets" in this prospectus.

                  You will not be notified of, nor will you have any right to consent to, the
                  addition of any receivables in additional accounts to master trust II.

                  FIA may not be able to generate new receivables or designate new credit card
                  accounts to master trust II when required by the master trust II agreement.  This
                  could result in an acceleration of or reduction in payments on your notes.

                  The issuing entity's ability to make payments on the notes will be impaired if
                  sufficient new credit card receivables are not generated by FIA.  Due to regulatory
                  restrictions or for other reasons, FIA may be prevented from generating sufficient
                  new receivables or designating new credit card accounts which are to be added to
                  master trust II.  We do not guarantee that new credit



                                                            48

                  card accounts or receivables will be created, that any credit card account or
                  receivable created will be eligible for inclusion in master trust II, that they
                  will be added to master trust II, or that credit card receivables will be repaid at
                  a particular time or with a particular pattern.

                  The master trust II agreement provides that Funding must transfer additional credit
                  card receivables to master trust II if the total amount of principal receivables in
                  master trust II falls below specified percentages of the total investor interests
                  of investor certificates in master trust II.  There is no guarantee that Funding
                  will have enough receivables to add to master trust II.  If Funding does not make
                  an addition of receivables within five Business Days after the date it is required
                  to do so, a Pay Out Event relating to Series 2001-D will occur.  This would
                  constitute an early redemption event and could result in an early payment of or
                  reduction in payments on your notes.  See "Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust
                  II Assets," "—Pay Out Events" and "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events."

                  FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that reduces or slows
                  collections.  These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments
                  to you.

                  The receivables are transferred to master trust II, but FIA continues to own the
                  related credit card accounts.  As owner of the credit card accounts, FIA retains
                  the right to change various credit card account terms (including finance charges
                  and other fees it charges and the required minimum monthly payment).  An early
                  redemption event could occur if FIA reduced the finance charges and other fees it
                  charges and a corresponding decrease in the collection of finance charges and fees
                  resulted.  In addition, changes in the credit card account terms may alter payment
                  patterns.  If payment rates decrease significantly at a time when you are scheduled
                  to receive principal, you might receive principal more slowly than planned.

                  FIA will not reduce the interest rate it charges on the receivables or other fees
                  if that action would cause a Pay Out Event or cause an early redemption event
                  relating to the notes unless FIA is required by law or determines it is necessary
                  to make such change to maintain its credit card business, based on its good faith
                  assessment of its business competition.

                  FIA will not change the terms of the credit card accounts or its servicing
                  practices (including changes to the required minimum monthly payment and the
                  calculation of the amount or the



                                                            49

                  timing of finance charges, other fees and charge-offs) unless FIA reasonably
                  believes a Pay Out Event would not occur for any master trust II series of investor
                  certificates and an early redemption event would not occur for any tranche of notes
                  and takes the same action on other substantially similar credit card accounts, to
                  the extent permitted by those credit card accounts.

                  For a discussion of early redemption events, see the accompanying prospectus
                  supplement.

                  FIA has no restrictions on its ability to change the terms of the credit card
                  accounts except as described above or in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
                  Changes in relevant law, changes in the marketplace or prudent business practices
                  could cause FIA to change credit card account terms.  See "FIA's Credit Card
                  Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card
                  Accounts" for a description of how credit card account terms can be changed.

                  If representations and warranties relating to the receivables are breached,
                  payments on your notes may be reduced.

                  Funding, as transferor of the receivables, makes representations and warranties
                  relating to the validity and enforceability of the receivables arising under the
                  credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, and as to the perfection and
                  priority of the master trust II trustee's interests in the receivables.  Funding
                  will make similar representations and warranties to the extent that receivables are
                  included as assets of the issuing entity.  Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made
                  similar representations and warranties regarding the receivables that were
                  transferred by FIA to master trust II.  However, the master trust II trustee will
                  not make any examination of the receivables or the related assets for the purpose
                  of determining the presence of defects, compliance with the representations and
                  warranties or for any other purpose.

                  If a representation or warranty relating to the receivables in the Master Trust II
                  Portfolio is violated, the related obligors may have defenses to payment or offset
                  rights, or creditors of Funding or FIA may claim rights to the master trust II
                  assets.  If a representation or warranty is violated, Funding or, with respect to
                  receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, FIA, may
                  have an opportunity to cure the violation.  If it is unable to cure the violation,
                  subject to certain conditions described under "Master Trust II—Representations and
                  Warranties" in this prospectus, Funding or, with respect to



                                                            50

                  receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, FIA,
                  must accept reassignment of each receivable affected by the violation.  These
                  reassignments are the only remedy for breaches of representations and warranties,
                  even if your damages exceed your share of the reassignment price.  See "Master
                  Trust II—Representations and Warranties" in this prospectus.

                  There is no public market for the notes.  As a result you may be unable to sell
                  your notes or the price of the notes may suffer.

                  The underwriters of the notes may assist in resales of the notes but they are not
                  required to do so.  A secondary market for any notes may not develop.  If a
                  secondary market does develop, it might not continue or it might not be
                  sufficiently liquid to allow you to resell any of your notes.

                  In addition, some notes have a more limited trading market and experience more
                  price volatility.  There may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell
                  those notes.  This may affect the price you receive for the notes or your ability
                  to sell the notes.

                  Moreover, recent and continuing events in financial markets, including increased
                  illiquidity, de-valuation of various assets in secondary markets and the lowering
                  of ratings on certain asset-backed securities, may reduce the market price or
                  adversely affect the liquidity of your notes.

                  You should not purchase notes unless you understand and know you can bear these
                  investment risks.

                  You may not be able to reinvest any early redemption proceeds in a comparable
                  security.

                  If your notes are redeemed at a time when prevailing interest rates are relatively
                  low, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable
                  security with an effective interest rate equivalent to that of your notes.

                  If the ratings of the notes are lowered or withdrawn, their market value could
                  decrease.

                  The initial rating of a note addresses the likelihood of the payment of interest on
                  that note when due and the ultimate payment of principal of that note by its legal
                  maturity date.  The ratings do not address the likelihood of payment of principal of



                                                            51

                  that note on its expected principal payment date.  In addition, the ratings do not
                  address the possibility of early payment or acceleration of a note, which could be
                  caused by an early redemption event or an event of default.  See "The
                  Indenture—Early Redemption Events" and "—Events of Default."

                  The ratings of a series, class or tranche of notes are not a recommendation to buy,
                  hold or sell that series, class or tranche of notes.  The ratings of the notes may
                  be lowered or withdrawn entirely at any time by the applicable rating agency
                  without notice from FIA, Funding or the issuing entity to noteholders of the change
                  in rating.  The market value of that series, class or tranche of notes could
                  decrease if the ratings are lowered or withdrawn.

                  You may have limited or no ability to control actions under the indenture and the
                  master trust II agreement.  This may result in, among other things, accelerated
                  payment of principal when it is in your interest to receive payment of principal on
                  the expected principal payment date, or it may result in payment of principal not
                  being accelerated when it is in your interest to receive early payment of principal.

                  Under the indenture, some actions require the consent of noteholders holding all or
                  a specified percentage of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of
                  notes of a series, class or tranche.  These actions include consenting to
                  amendments relating to Series 2001-D.  In the case of votes by series or votes by
                  holders of all of the notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount of the
                  senior-most classes of notes will generally be substantially greater than the
                  outstanding dollar principal amount of the subordinated classes of notes.
                  Consequently, the noteholders of the senior-most class of notes will generally have
                  the ability to determine whether and what actions should be taken.  The
                  subordinated noteholders will generally need the concurrence of the senior-most
                  noteholders to cause actions to be taken.

                  The collateral certificate is an investor certificate under the master trust II
                  agreement, and noteholders have indirect consent rights under the master trust II
                  agreement.  See "The Indenture—Voting."  Under the master trust II agreement, some
                  actions require the vote of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal
                  amount of all of the investor certificates.  These actions include consenting to
                  amendments to the master trust II agreement.  While the outstanding principal
                  amount of the collateral certificate is currently larger than the outstanding



                                                            52

                  principal amount of the other series of investor certificates issued by master
                  trust II, noteholders may need the concurrence of the holders of the other investor
                  certificates to cause actions to be taken.  Additionally, other series of investor
                  certificates may be issued by master trust II in the future without the consent of
                  any noteholders.  See "Transaction Parties—BA Master Credit Card Trust II."  If new
                  series of investor certificates are issued, the holders of the new investor
                  certificates may have the ability to determine generally whether and how actions
                  are taken regarding master trust II.  As a result, the noteholders, in exercising
                  their voting powers under the collateral certificate, may need the concurrence of
                  the holders of the other investor certificates to cause actions to be taken.  In
                  addition, for the purposes of any vote to liquidate the assets in master trust II,
                  the noteholders will be deemed to have voted against any such liquidation.

                  If an event of default occurs, your remedy options may be limited and you may not
                  receive full payment of principal and accrued interest.

                  Your remedies may be limited if an event of default affecting your series, class or
                  tranche of notes occurs.  After the occurrence of an event of default affecting
                  your series, class or tranche of notes and an acceleration of your notes, any funds
                  in an issuing entity account for that series, class or tranche of notes will be
                  applied to pay principal of and interest on that series, class or tranche of
                  notes.  Then, in each following month, Available Principal Amounts and Available
                  Funds will be deposited into the applicable issuing entity account, and applied to
                  make monthly principal and interest payments on that series, class or tranche of
                  notes until the legal maturity date of that series, class or tranche of notes.

                  However, if your notes are subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, you
                  generally will receive payment of principal of those notes only if and to the
                  extent that, after giving effect to that payment, the required subordination will
                  be maintained for the senior classes of notes in that series.

                  Following an event of default and acceleration, holders of the affected notes will
                  have the ability to direct a sale of credit card receivables held by master trust
                  II only under the limited circumstances as described in "The Indenture—Events of
                  Default," "—Events of Default Remedies" and "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale
                  of Credit Card Receivables."



                                                            53

                  However, following an event of default and acceleration relating to subordinated
                  notes of a multiple tranche series, if the indenture trustee or a majority of the
                  noteholders of the affected class or tranche directs master trust II to sell credit
                  card receivables, the sale will occur only if, after giving effect to that payment,
                  the required subordination will be maintained for the senior notes in that
                  series by the remaining notes or if such sale occurs on the legal maturity date.
                  However, if principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in
                  full on its legal maturity date, the sale will automatically take place on that
                  date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes.

                  Even if a sale of receivables is permitted, we can give no assurance that the
                  proceeds of the sale will be enough to pay unpaid principal of and interest on the
                  accelerated notes.

                                                            54

                                                    Transaction Parties

BA Credit Card Trust

         The notes will be issued by BA Credit Card Trust (referred to as the issuing entity).  The issuing entity's
principal offices are located at Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, in care of
Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee.  Its telephone number is (302) 651-1000.

         The issuing entity's activities will be limited to:

                  o   acquiring and holding the collateral certificate, other certificates of beneficial interest in
                      master trust II, and the other assets of the issuing entity and the proceeds from these assets, and
                      granting a security interest in these assets;

                  o   issuing notes;

                  o   making payments on the notes; and

                  o   engaging in other activities that are necessary or incidental to accomplish these limited purposes,
                      and which are not contrary to maintaining the status of the issuing entity as a "qualifying special
                      purpose entity" under applicable accounting literature.

         The assets of the issuing entity will consist primarily of:

                  o   the collateral certificate;

                  o   derivative agreements that the issuing entity will enter into from time to time to manage interest
                      rate or currency risk relating to certain series, classes or tranches of notes;

                  o   supplemental credit enhancement agreements or supplemental liquidity agreements that the issuing
                      entity will enter into from time to time for certain series, classes or tranches of notes; and

                  o   funds on deposit in the issuing entity accounts.

See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes" in this prospectus for greater detail regarding the assets of the issuing entity.

         The issuing entity was initially capitalized by a $1 contribution from the beneficiary.  It is not expected that
the issuing entity will have any other significant assets or means of capitalization.  The fiscal year for the issuing
entity will end on June 30 of each year.

         UCC financing statements have been filed to perfect the ownership or security interests of the issuing entity and
the indenture trustee described herein.  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of risks associated with the issuing entity
and the assets of the issuing entity, and see



                                                            55

"The Indenture—Issuing Entity Covenants" and "Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties" for a discussion of
covenants regarding the perfection of security interests.

         The issuing entity will operate pursuant to a trust agreement between Funding and Wilmington Trust Company, a
Delaware banking corporation, which is the owner trustee.  The issuing entity does not have any officers or directors.
Currently, its sole beneficiary is Funding.  The powers and duties of the owner trustee are ministerial only.
Accordingly, the beneficiary will direct the owner trustee in the management of the issuing entity and its assets.

         Funding and the owner trustee may amend the trust agreement without the consent of the noteholders or the
indenture trustee so long as the amendment is not reasonably expected to (i) adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the noteholders, or (ii) significantly change the purpose and powers of the issuing entity, as set forth in
the trust agreement.  Accordingly, neither the indenture trustee nor any holder of any note will be entitled to vote on
any such amendment.

         In addition, if holders of not less than (a) in the case of a significant change in the purpose and powers of the
issuing entity which is not reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the noteholders, a majority of the
aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes affected by an amendment consent, and (b) in all other cases,
66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes affected by an amendment consent, the trust
agreement may be amended for the purpose of (i) adding, changing or eliminating any provisions of the trust agreement or
of modifying the rights of those noteholders or (ii) significantly changing the purposes and powers of the issuing
entity.  However, the trust agreement may not be amended without the consent of the holders of all of the notes then
outstanding if the proposed amendment would (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerating or
delaying the timing of, collections of payments in respect of the collateral certificate or distributions that are
required to be made for the benefit of the noteholders, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding dollar
principal amount of the notes, the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment.

         See "The Indenture—Tax Opinions for Amendments" for additional conditions to amending the trust agreement.

BA Master Credit Card Trust II

         BA Master Credit Card Trust II (referred to as master trust II) issued the collateral certificate and the Class D
certificate, each as a part of Series 2001-D.  The collateral certificate is the issuing entity's primary source of funds
for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes.  The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are
investor certificates that represent an undivided interest in master trust II.  Master trust II's assets primarily
include receivables from selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express unsecured revolving credit card accounts that
meet the eligibility criteria for inclusion in master trust II.  These eligibility criteria are discussed in this
prospectus under "Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets."

         The credit card receivables in master trust II consist primarily of principal receivables and finance charge
receivables.  Finance charge receivables include periodic finance charges,



                                                            56

cash advance fees, late charges and certain other fees billed to cardholders, annual membership fees, recoveries on
receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount option receivables.  Principal receivables include amounts charged by
cardholders for merchandise and services and amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and all other fees billed
to cardholders that are not considered finance charge receivables.

         The percentage of the interchange attributed to cardholder charges for goods and services in the accounts
designated to master trust II will be transferred to master trust II.  Interchange arising under the related accounts
will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables and used to pay a portion of the servicing fee paid to the
servicer.  See "FIA's Credit Card Activities—Interchange" for a discussion of interchange.

         Member banks participating in the Visa, MasterCard and American Express associations receive certain fees called
interchange from Visa, MasterCard and American Express as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud
losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior to initial billing.  Under the Visa, MasterCard and American
Express systems, a portion of this interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is passed
from banks which clear the transactions for merchants to credit card issuing banks.  Interchange fees are set annually by
Visa, MasterCard and American Express and are based on the number of credit card transactions and the amount charged per
transaction.

         In addition, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II participations representing interests in a pool of
assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA.

         For detailed financial information on the receivables and the accounts, see the accompanying prospectus
supplement.

         The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate comprise the Series 2001-D certificates issued by master
trust II.  Other series of certificates may be issued by master trust II in the future without prior notice to or the
consent of any noteholders or certificateholders.  See the accompanying prospectus supplement for information on the
other outstanding series issued by master trust II.

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC

         BA Credit Card Funding, LLC (referred to as Funding) is a limited liability company formed under the laws of
Delaware and a subsidiary of Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS), an indirect subsidiary
of FIA.  Funding is the transferor and depositor to master trust II.  Funding is also the holder of the Transferor
Interest in master trust II and the beneficiary of the issuing entity.  On the Substitution Date, Funding was substituted
for FIA as the transferor of receivables to master trust II, as holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II, and
as beneficiary of the issuing entity pursuant to the trust agreement.  As the transferor under master trust II, Funding
purchases from BACCS receivables arising in certain credit card accounts owned by FIA.  Funding may then, subject to
certain conditions, add those receivables to master trust II.



                                                            57

         Funding was created for the limited purpose of (i) purchasing from BACCS receivables arising in certain credit
card accounts originated or acquired by FIA, and (ii) transferring those receivables to master trust II.  Funding has and
will continue to purchase and transfer receivables for addition to master trust II.  Since its formation, Funding has
been engaged in these activities as (i) the purchaser of receivables from BACCS, (ii) the transferor of receivables to
master trust II pursuant to the master trust II agreement, (iii) the beneficiary of the issuing entity pursuant to the
trust agreement, and (iv) the beneficiary and transferor that executes underwriting, subscription and purchase agreements
in connection with each issuance of notes.

         A description of Funding's obligations as transferor of the receivables to master trust II can be found in
"Master Trust II—Conveyance of Receivables," "—Addition of Master Trust II Assets," "—Removal of Accounts" and
"—Representations and Warranties."  Funding's obligations under the trust agreement are to record the transfer of the
collateral certificate to the issuing entity and to take all actions necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of
the issuing entity's interest in the collateral certificate, including the filing of UCC financing statements for that
transfer.

FIA and Affiliates

         FIA Card Services, National Association (referred to as FIA) is a national banking association.  FIA is an
indirect subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.  FIA conducts nationwide consumer lending programs, principally
comprised of activities related to credit cards.

         FIA formed master trust II on August 4, 1994.  Prior to the substitution of Funding as transferor of receivables
to master trust II, which coincided with the merger of Bank of America, National Association (USA) with and into FIA, FIA
transferred receivables to master trust II.  In addition, prior to this substitution and merger, FIA was the holder of
the Transferor Interest in master trust II, the transferor of the collateral certificate to the issuing entity pursuant
to the trust agreement, and the sole beneficiary of the issuing entity.  At the time of this substitution and merger,
FIA's economic interest in the Transferor Interest in master trust II was initially transferred to Funding through Banc
of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS).  In addition, from and after this substitution and merger,
FIA has transferred, and will continue to transfer, to BACCS the receivables arising in certain of the U.S. consumer
credit card accounts originated or acquired by FIA.  BACCS has sold and may continue to sell receivables to Funding for
addition to master trust II.  The receivables transferred to master trust II have been and will continue to be generated
from transactions made by cardholders of selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts from the
portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express accounts originated or acquired by FIA (such portfolio of accounts is
referred to as the Bank Portfolio).

         BACCS is a limited liability company formed under the laws of North Carolina and an indirect subsidiary of FIA.

         FIA is responsible for servicing, managing and making collections on the credit card receivables in master trust
II.  See "Master Trust II—Collection and Other Servicing Procedures."  FIA currently services the Bank Portfolio in the
manner described in "FIA's



                                                            58

Credit Card Activities."  FIA has delegated, pursuant to a subservicing agreement, certain of its servicing functions to
Banc of America Card Servicing Corporation (referred to as Servicing Corp.), a corporation formed under the laws of
Arizona on January 7, 2005.  Servicing Corp. is an operating subsidiary controlled by FIA.  Servicing Corp. was formed in
connection with an internal restructuring of the credit card business within Bank of America Corporation.  Servicing
Corp.'s activities are primarily related to performing the consumer credit card processing and servicing functions for
the credit card business within FIA.  The subservicing agreement will be in effect until the termination of the master
trust II agreement, unless terminated by either party upon at least 45-days prior written notice to the other party.
Additionally, FIA has the ability to terminate the subservicing agreement for cause at any time.  Despite this
delegation, FIA remains the servicer of master trust II.  See "FIA's Credit Card Portfolio" for a description of FIA's
general policies and procedures for its credit card portfolio.

         One or more other affiliates of FIA may provide complimentary technology, network and operational support to
Servicing Corp.

         Mergers

         On January 1, 2006, MBNA Corporation merged with Bank of America Corporation.  As a result of the merger, MBNA
America Bank, National Association became an indirect subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.  On June 10, 2006, MBNA
America Bank, National Association changed its name to FIA Card Services, National Association.  On October 20, 2006,
Bank of America, National Association (USA) (referred to as BANA(USA)), an indirect subsidiary of Bank of America
Corporation, merged with and into FIA Card Services, National Association.

         FIA's business may be adversely impacted by difficulties or delays in integrating the business of Bank of America
Corporation and BANA(USA) into FIA.  FIA's businesses and practices may be adversely impacted as a result of the mergers,
including, but not limited to, servicing technology systems, marketing, credit card origination and underwriting.  It is
also anticipated that certain of FIA's businesses and practices may be changed, replaced or reorganized as a result of
the mergers.  See "FIA's Credit Card Activities."  See "Risk Factors—FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts
in a way that reduces or slows collections.  These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you."

         Industry Developments

         FIA issues credit cards on MasterCard's and Visa's networks.  MasterCard and Visa are facing significant
litigation and increased competition.  In 2003, MasterCard and Visa settled a suit by Wal-Mart and other merchants who
claimed that MasterCard and Visa unlawfully tied acceptance of debit cards to acceptance of credit cards.  Under the
settlement MasterCard and Visa are required to, among other things, allow merchants to accept MasterCard or Visa branded
credit cards without accepting their debit cards (and vice versa), reduce the prices charged to merchants for off-line
signature debit transactions for a period of time, and pay amounts totaling $3.05 billion into a settlement fund.
MasterCard and Visa are also parties to suits in various state courts mirroring the allegations brought by Wal-Mart and
the other merchants.



                                                            59

         The costs associated with these and other matters could cause MasterCard and Visa to invest less in their
networks and marketing efforts and could adversely affect the interchange paid to their member banks, including FIA.

         Litigation

         Bank of America Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries are defendants in actions filed on behalf of a
putative class of retail merchants that accept Visa and MasterCard payment cards.  The first of these actions was filed
in June 2005.  On April 24, 2006, putative class plaintiffs filed a First Consolidated and Amended Class Action
Complaint.  Plaintiffs therein allege that the defendants conspired to fix the level of interchange and merchant discount
fees and that certain other practices, including various Visa and MasterCard rules, violate federal and California
antitrust laws.  On May 22, 2006, the putative class plaintiffs filed a supplemental complaint against many of the same
defendants, including Bank of America Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, alleging additional federal antitrust
claims and a fraudulent conveyance claim under New York Debtor and Creditor Law, all arising out of MasterCard's 2006
initial public offering.  The putative class plaintiffs seek unspecified treble damages and injunctive relief.
Additional defendants in the putative class actions include Visa, MasterCard, and other financial institutions.

         The putative class action plaintiffs have filed for class certification, and the actions are coordinated for
pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York, together with additional,
individual actions brought only against Visa and MasterCard, under the caption  In Re Payment Card Interchange Fee and
Merchant Discount Antitrust Litigation.  Motions to dismiss portions of the First Consolidated and Amended Class Action
Complaint and the supplemental complaint have been filed.  On January 8, 2008, the Court granted the motion to dismiss
all claims that pre-date January 1, 2004, based on the settlement and release of claims in the Wal-Mart case discussed
above in "—Industry Developments."  On February 12, 2008, the Magistrate Judge assigned to these claims issued a Report
and Recommendation granting the defendants' motion to dismiss the fraudulent conveyance claims against all the defendants
and the Clayton Act claims against the defendants other than MasterCard, with leave to replead all claims consistent with
the decision.  The Magistrate Judge also denied the motion to dismiss the Clayton Act claims against MasterCard and the
Section 1 Sherman Act claims against all defendants.  The defendants filed objections to the Report and Recommendation
and plaintiffs have an opportunity to respond to the objections.  The District Court will then review the Report and
Recommendation as well as the objections and issue a final decision.

The Bank of New York Mellon

         The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the
notes and the trustee under the master trust II agreement for the master trust II investor certificates.  As of July 1,
2008, The Bank of New York changed its name to The Bank of New York Mellon.  Its principal corporate trust office is
located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4 West, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration—Asset Backed Securities, New York,
New York 10286, United States of America.  See "The Indenture—Indenture Trustee" for a description of the limited powers
and duties of the indenture trustee and "Master Trust II—



                                                            60

Master Trust II Trustee" for a description of the limited powers and duties of the master trust II trustee.

         The Bank of New York Mellon has and currently is serving as indenture trustee and trustee for numerous
securitization transactions and programs involving pools of credit card receivables.

         The Bank of New York Mellon is subject to various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary
course of business.  The Bank of New York Mellon does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these
proceedings will have a materially adverse effect on its services as indenture trustee.

         The Bank of New York Mellon has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB.
Other than the above three paragraphs, The Bank of New York Mellon has not participated in the preparation of, and is not
responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         FIA, the servicer, Funding, the issuing entity, and their respective affiliates may from time to time enter into
normal banking and trustee relationships with The Bank of New York Mellon and its affiliates.

Wilmington Trust Company

         Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, is the owner trustee of the issuing entity.  Under the
terms of the trust agreement, the powers and duties of the owner trustee are ministerial only.  See "—BA Credit Card
Trust" above.

         Wilmington Trust Company is a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers incorporated in 1903.  Wilmington
Trust Company's principal place of business is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.
Wilmington Trust Company has served as owner trustee in numerous asset-backed securities transactions involving credit
card receivables.

         Wilmington Trust Company is subject to various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary
course of business.  Wilmington Trust Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings
will have a materially adverse effect on its services as owner trustee.

         Wilmington Trust Company has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB.  Other
than the above two paragraphs, Wilmington Trust Company has not participated in the preparation of, and is not
responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         FIA, the servicer, Funding, the issuing entity, and their respective affiliates may from time to time enter into
normal banking and trustee relationships with Wilmington Trust Company and its affiliates.



                                                            61

                                                      Use of Proceeds

         The net proceeds from the sale of each series, class and tranche of notes offered hereby will be paid to
Funding.  Funding will use such proceeds for its general corporate purposes.

                                                         The Notes

         The notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture and a related indenture supplement.  The following discussion
and the discussions under "The Indenture" in this prospectus and certain sections in the related prospectus supplement
summarize the material terms of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements.  These summaries do not purport
to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the notes, the indenture and the
indenture supplements.  The indenture does not limit the aggregate stated principal amount of notes that may be issued.

         The notes will be issued in series.  Each series of notes will represent a contractual debt obligation of the
issuing entity which shall be in addition to the debt obligations of the issuing entity represented by any other
series of notes.  Each series will be issued pursuant to the indenture and an indenture supplement, copies of the forms of
which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.  Each prospectus supplement
will describe the provisions specific to the related series, class or tranche of notes.

         The following summaries describe certain provisions common to each series of notes.

General

         Each series of notes is expected to consist of multiple classes of notes.  Some series, if so specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, may be multiple tranche series, meaning they have classes consisting of multiple
tranches.  Whenever a "class" of notes is referred to in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, it also includes
all tranches of that class, unless the context otherwise requires.

         The issuing entity may issue different tranches of notes of a multiple tranche series at the same time or at
different times, but no senior tranche of notes of a series may be issued unless a sufficient amount of subordinated
notes (or other form of credit enhancement) of that series will be issued on that date or has previously been issued and
is outstanding and available as subordination (or other credit enhancement) for such senior tranche of notes.  See
"—Required Subordinated Amount."

         If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the notes of a series may be included in a group of
series for purposes of sharing Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds.

         The issuing entity may offer notes denominated in U.S. dollars or any foreign currency.  We will describe the
specific terms of any note denominated in a foreign currency in the related prospectus supplement.

         If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the noteholders of a particular series, class or tranche
may have the benefit of a derivative agreement, as described in this prospectus



                                                            62

under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Derivative Agreements."  The specific terms of each derivative agreement and a
description of each counterparty will be included in the related prospectus supplement.  In addition, if so specified in
the related prospectus supplement, the noteholders of a particular series, class or tranche may have the benefit of a
supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement, as described in this prospectus under
"Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements."
The specific terms of each such agreement and a description of any provider of enhancement or liquidity will be included
in the related prospectus supplement.

         The issuing entity will pay principal of and interest on a series, class or tranche of notes solely from the
portion of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts which are allocable to that series, class or tranche of notes
after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations, amounts in any issuing entity accounts relating to that series,
class or tranche of notes, and amounts received under any derivative agreement relating to that series, class or tranche
of notes.  If those sources are not sufficient to pay the notes, those noteholders will have no recourse to any other
assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on those notes.

         Holders of notes of any outstanding series, class or tranche will not have the right to prior review of, or
consent to, any subsequent issuance of notes.

         The BAseries

         The BAseries notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture and an indenture supplement.  The BAseries will be
included in Excess Available Funds Group A for the purpose of sharing excess available funds.

         The BAseries notes will be issued in classes.  Each class of notes will have multiple tranches which may be
issued at different times and have different terms.  No senior class of the BAseries may be issued unless a sufficient
amount of subordinated notes or other acceptable credit enhancement has previously been issued and is outstanding.  See
"—Required Subordinated Amount—BAseries" and "—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes—New Issuances of
BAseries Notes" below.

         The issuing entity will pay principal of and interest on a tranche of BAseries notes solely from the portion of
BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts and from other amounts which are available under the
indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations.  If those
sources are not sufficient to pay that tranche of BAseries notes, the noteholders of that tranche of BAseries notes will
have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of
or interest on those notes.

Interest

         Interest will accrue on the notes, except on discount notes, from the relevant issuance date at the applicable
note rate, which may be a fixed, floating or other type of rate as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Interest will be distributed or deposited for



                                                            63

noteholders on the dates described in the related prospectus supplement.  Interest payments or deposits will be funded
from Available Funds allocated to the notes during the preceding month or months, from any applicable credit enhancement,
if necessary, and from certain other amounts specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         For each issuance of fixed rate notes, we will designate in the related prospectus supplement the fixed rate of
interest at which interest will accrue on those notes.  For each issuance of floating rate notes, we will designate in
the related prospectus supplement the interest rate index or other formula on which the interest is based.  A discount
note will be issued at a price lower than the stated principal amount payable on the expected principal payment date of
that note.  Until the expected principal payment date for a discount note, accreted principal will be capitalized as part
of the principal of the note and reinvested in Series 2001-D, so long as an early redemption event or an event of default
and acceleration has not occurred.  If applicable, the related prospectus supplement will specify the interest rate to be
borne by a discount note after an event of default or after its expected principal payment date.

         Each payment of interest on a note will include all interest accrued from the preceding interest payment date—or,
for the first interest period, from the issuance date—through the day preceding the current interest payment date, or any
other period as may be specified in the related prospectus supplement.  We refer to each period during which interest
accrues as an "interest period."  Interest on a note will be due and payable on each interest payment date.

         If interest on a note is not paid within 35 days after such interest is due, an event of default will occur
relating to that tranche of notes.  See "The Indenture—Events of Default."

         BAseries

         In connection with the BAseries, interest payments on Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries are
subordinated to interest payments on Class A notes of the BAseries.  Subordination of Class B notes and Class C notes of
the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes of the BAseries.

         Interest payments on Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to interest payments on Class A notes and
Class B notes of the BAseries.  Subordination of Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A
notes and Class B notes of the BAseries.

Principal

         The timing of payment of principal of a note will be specified in the related prospectus supplement.

         Principal of a note may be paid later than its expected principal payment date if sufficient funds are not
allocated from master trust II to Series 2001-D or are not allocable to the series, class or tranche of the note to be
paid.  It is not an event of default if the principal of a note is not paid on its expected principal payment date.
However, if the principal amount of a note is not paid in full by its legal maturity date, an event of default will occur
relating to that tranche of notes.  See "The Indenture—Events of Default."



                                                            64

         Principal of a note may be paid earlier than its expected principal payment date if an early redemption event or
an event of default and acceleration occurs.  See "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events" and "—Events of Default."

         See "Risk Factors" in this prospectus and any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement for a
discussion of factors that may affect the timing of principal payments on the notes.

         BAseries

         In connection with the BAseries, principal payments on Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries are
subordinated to payments on Class A notes of the BAseries.  Subordination of Class B notes and Class C notes of the
BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes of the BAseries.

         Principal payments on Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to payments on Class A notes and Class B
notes of the BAseries.  Subordination of Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes and
Class B notes of the BAseries.

         In addition, in the case of a discount BAseries note, the accreted principal of that note corresponding to
capitalized interest will be senior or subordinated to the same extent that principal is senior or subordinated.

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes or to pay a
portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, subject to certain limitations.  In addition,
charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries generally are reallocated from the senior
classes to the subordinated classes of the BAseries.  See "—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount" and "Master Trust II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and
Fraudulent Charges."

         In the BAseries, payment of principal may be made on a subordinated class of notes before payment in full of each
senior class of notes only under the following circumstances:

         o    If after giving effect to the proposed principal payment there is still a sufficient amount of subordinated
              notes to support the outstanding senior notes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and
              Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the
              Principal Funding Account" and "—Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts."  For example, if a tranche of
              Class A notes has been repaid, this generally means that, unless other Class A notes are issued, at least
              some Class B notes and Class C notes may be repaid when such Class B notes and Class C notes are expected or
              required to be repaid even if other tranches of Class A notes are outstanding.

         o    If the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes have been sufficiently prefunded as
              described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted
              Deposits of BAseries Available



                                                            65

              Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior
              Classes."

                  o   If new tranches of subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached
                      their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination.

                  o   If the subordinated tranche of notes reaches its legal maturity date and there is a sale of credit
                      card receivables as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card
                      Receivables."

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts remaining after any reallocations for interest on the senior notes or for a
portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries will be applied to make targeted deposits to the
principal funding subaccounts of senior notes before being applied to make targeted deposits to the principal funding
subaccounts of the subordinated notes if such remaining amounts are not sufficient to make all required targeted deposits.

Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount

         Each note has a stated principal amount, an outstanding dollar principal amount and a nominal liquidation amount.

         Stated Principal Amount

         The stated principal amount of a note is the amount that is stated on the face of the notes to be payable to the
holder.  It can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in a foreign currency.

         Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount

         For U.S. dollar notes (other than discount notes), the outstanding dollar principal amount is the initial dollar
principal amount (as set forth in the applicable supplement to this prospectus) of the notes, less principal payments to
the noteholders.  For foreign currency notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is the U.S. dollar equivalent of
the initial dollar principal amount (as set forth in the applicable supplement to this prospectus) of the notes, less
dollar payments to derivative counterparties or, in the event the derivative agreement is non-performing, less dollar
payments converted to make payments to noteholders, each relating to principal.  For discount notes, the outstanding
dollar principal amount is an amount stated in, or determined by a formula described in, the related prospectus
supplement.  The outstanding dollar principal amount of a discount note will increase over time as principal accretes.
The outstanding dollar principal amount of any note will decrease as a result of each payment of principal of the note.

         In addition, a note may have an Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount.  The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of a note is the outstanding dollar principal amount, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding
subaccount for that note.  The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of any note will decrease as a result of each
deposit into the principal funding subaccount for such note.



                                                            66

         Nominal Liquidation Amount

         The nominal liquidation amount of a note is a U.S. dollar amount based on the initial outstanding dollar
principal amount of that note, but with some reductions—including reductions from reallocations of Available Principal
Amounts, allocations of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and deposits in a principal funding subaccount
for such note—and increases described below.  The aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all of the notes plus the Class
D Investor Interest will always be equal to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D, and the nominal liquidation amount of
any particular note corresponds to the portion of the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D that would be allocated to that
note if master trust II were liquidated.

         The nominal liquidation amount of a note may be reduced as follows:

                  o   If Available Funds allocable to a series of notes are insufficient to fund the portion of Investor
                      Default Amounts allocable to such series of notes (which will be allocated to each series of notes
                      pro rata based on the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all notes in such
                      series) such Investor Default Amounts will result in a reduction of the nominal liquidation amount
                      of such series.  Within each series, subordinated classes of notes will bear the risk of reduction
                      in their nominal liquidation amount due to charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default
                      Amounts before senior classes of notes.

              In a multiple tranche series, while these reductions will be initially allocated pro rata to each tranche of
              notes, they will then be reallocated to the subordinated classes of notes in that series in succession,
              beginning with the most subordinated classes.  However, these reallocations will be made from senior notes
              to subordinated notes only to the extent that such senior notes have not used all of their required
              subordinated amount.  For any tranche, the required subordinated amount will be specified in the related
              prospectus supplement.  For multiple tranche series, these reductions will generally be allocated within
              each class pro rata to each outstanding tranche of the related class based on the Weighted Average Available
              Funds Allocation Amount of such tranche.  Reductions that cannot be reallocated to a subordinated tranche
              will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the tranche to which the reductions were initially allocated.

                  o   If Available Principal Amounts are reallocated from subordinated notes of a series to pay interest
                      on senior notes, any shortfall in the payment of the master trust II servicing fee or any other
                      shortfall of Available Funds which Available Principal Amounts are reallocated to cover, the
                      nominal liquidation amount of those subordinated notes will be reduced by the amount of the
                      reallocations.  The amount of the reallocation of Available Principal Amounts will be applied to
                      reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the subordinated classes of notes in that series in
                      succession, to the extent of such senior tranches' required subordinated amount of the related
                      subordinated notes, beginning with the most subordinated classes.  No Available Principal Amounts
                      will be reallocated to pay interest on a senior class of notes or any



                                                            67

                      portion of the master trust II servicing fee if such reallocation would result in the reduction of
                      the nominal liquidation amount of such senior class of notes.  For a multiple tranche series, these
                      reductions will generally be allocated within each class pro rata to each outstanding tranche of
                      the related class based on the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of such tranche.

                  o   The nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced by the amount on deposit in its respective
                      principal funding subaccount.

                  o   The nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced by the amount of all payments of principal
                      of that note.

                  o   Upon a sale of credit card receivables after the insolvency of Funding, an event of default and
                      acceleration or on the legal maturity date of a note, the nominal liquidation amount of such note
                      will be automatically reduced to zero.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card
                      Receivables."

         The nominal liquidation amount of a note can be increased in two ways.

                  o   For discount notes, the nominal liquidation amount will increase over time as principal accretes,
                      to the extent that Available Funds are allocated for that purpose.

                  o   If Available Funds are available, they will be applied to reimburse earlier reductions in the
                      nominal liquidation amount from charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, or from
                      reallocations of Available Principal Amounts from subordinated classes to pay shortfalls of
                      Available Funds.  Within each series, the increases will be allocated first to the senior-most
                      class with a deficiency in its nominal liquidation amount and then, in succession, to the
                      subordinated classes with a deficiency in the nominal liquidation amount.  In a multiple tranche
                      series, the increases will be further allocated to each tranche of a class pro rata based on the
                      deficiency in the nominal liquidation amount in each tranche.

         In most circumstances, the nominal liquidation amount of a note, together with any accumulated Available
Principal Amounts held in a principal funding subaccount, will be equal to the outstanding dollar principal amount of
that note.  However, if there are reductions in the nominal liquidation amount as a result of reallocations of Available
Principal Amounts from that note to pay interest on senior classes or the master trust II servicing fee, or as a result
of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, there will be a deficit in the nominal liquidation amount of that
note.  Unless that deficiency is reimbursed through the reinvestment of Available Funds in the collateral certificate,
the stated principal amount of that note will not be paid in full.

         A subordinated note's nominal liquidation amount represents the maximum amount of Available Principal Amounts
that may be reallocated from such note to pay interest on senior notes or the master trust II servicing fee of the same
series and the maximum amount of charge-



                                                            68

offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts that may be allocated to such note.  The nominal liquidation amount is also
used to calculate the amount of Available Principal Amounts that can be allocated for payment of principal of a class or
tranche of notes, or paid to the counterparty to a derivative agreement, if applicable.  This means that if the nominal
liquidation amount of a class or tranche of notes has been reduced by charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts
or by reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior notes or the master trust II servicing fee,
the holders of notes with the reduced nominal liquidation amount will receive less than the full stated principal amount
of their notes, either because the amount of dollars allocated to pay them is less than the outstanding dollar principal
amount of the notes, or because the amount of dollars allocated to pay the counterparty to a derivative agreement is less
than the amount necessary to obtain enough of the applicable foreign currency for payment of their notes in full.

         The nominal liquidation amount of a note may not be reduced below zero, and may not be increased above the
outstanding dollar principal amount of that note, less any amounts on deposit in the applicable principal funding
subaccount.

         If a note held by Funding, the issuing entity or any of their affiliates is canceled, the nominal liquidation
amount of that note is automatically reduced to zero, with a corresponding automatic reduction in the Investor Interest
of Series 2001-D.

         The cumulative amount of reductions of the nominal liquidation amount of any class or tranche of notes due to the
reallocation of Available Principal Amounts to pay Available Funds shortfalls will be limited as described in the related
prospectus supplement.

         Allocations of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and reallocations of Available Principal
Amounts to cover Available Funds shortfalls reduce the nominal liquidation amount of outstanding notes only and do not
affect notes that are issued after that time.

Final Payment of the Notes

         Noteholders will not receive payment of principal in excess of the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of
that series, class or tranche, or in the case of foreign currency notes, any amount received by the issuing entity under
a derivative agreement for principal.

         Following the insolvency of Funding, following an event of default and acceleration, or on the legal maturity
date of a series, class or tranche of notes, credit card receivables in an aggregate amount not to exceed the nominal
liquidation amount, plus any past due, accrued and additional interest, of the related series, class or tranche will be
sold by master trust II.  The proceeds of such sale will be applied to the extent available to pay the outstanding
principal amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, those notes on the date of the sale.

         A series, class or tranche of notes will be considered to be paid in full, the holders of those notes will have
no further right or claim, and the issuing entity will have no further obligation or liability for principal or interest,
on the earliest to occur of:



                                                            69

                  o   the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued, past due and
                      additional interest on those notes;

                  o   the date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes is reduced to zero and all
                      accrued, past due and additional interest on those notes is paid in full;

                  o   the legal maturity date of those notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations,
                      reallocations, sale of credit card receivables and payments to be made on that date; or

                  o   the date on which a sale of receivables has taken place for such tranche, as described in "Sources
                      of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables."

Subordination of Interest and Principal

         Interest and principal payments on subordinated classes of notes of a series may be subordinated as described in
the related prospectus supplement.

         Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes of, or a portion of the
master trust II servicing fee allocated to, that series.  In addition, subordinated classes of notes bear the risk of
reduction in their nominal liquidation amount due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts before senior
classes of notes.  In a multiple tranche series, charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts are generally
allocated first to each class of a series and then reallocated to the subordinated classes of such series, reducing the
nominal liquidation amount of such subordinated classes to the extent credit enhancement in the form of subordination is
still available for the senior classes.  See "—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal
Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount" above.

Required Subordinated Amount

         The required subordinated amount of a senior class or tranche of notes is the amount of a subordinated class that
is required to be outstanding and available to provide subordination for that senior class or tranche on the date when
the senior class or tranche of notes is issued.  Such amount will be specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.
No notes of a series may be issued unless the required subordinated amount for that class or tranche of notes is
available at the time of its issuance, as described in the related prospectus supplement.  The required subordinated
amount is also used, in conjunction with usage, to determine whether a subordinated class or tranche of a multiple
tranche series may be repaid before its legal maturity date while senior notes of that series are outstanding.

         In addition, whenever any notes are issued, the required Class D Investor Interest will automatically increase,
subject to any changes in the required Class D Investor Interest that can be made as described in the following
paragraph.  The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes,
as described in "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate."



                                                            70

         The issuing entity may change the required subordinated amount for any tranche of notes or the required Class D
Investor Interest at any time, without the consent of any noteholders, so long as the issuing entity has (i) received
confirmation from the rating agencies that have rated any outstanding notes of the related series that the change in the
required subordinated amount or the required Class D Investor Interest will not result in the reduction, qualification or
withdrawal of the ratings of any outstanding notes in that series, and (ii) delivered to the indenture trustee and the
rating agencies a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under "The Indenture—Tax
Opinions for Amendments."

         BAseries

         In order to issue notes of a senior class of the BAseries, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes
for those senior notes must be outstanding and available on the issuance date.

         The required subordinated amount of a tranche of a senior class of notes of the BAseries is the aggregate nominal
liquidation amount of a subordinated class that is required to be outstanding and available on the date when a tranche of
a senior class of notes is issued.  Generally, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes for each tranche of
Class A BAseries notes is equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that
tranche of Class A notes.  The required subordinated amount of Class B notes for each tranche of Class A BAseries notes
is equal to 8.72093% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A notes, and the
required subordinated amount of Class C notes is equal to 7.55814% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of
that tranche of Class A notes.

         The required subordinated amount of Class C notes for each tranche of Class B BAseries notes will vary depending
on its pro rata share of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that
require any credit enhancement from Class B BAseries notes, and its pro rata share of the portion of the adjusted
outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes that is not providing credit enhancement to the Class A
notes.  For each tranche of Class B BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes, at any time, is
generally equal to the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of Class B notes multiplied by the
sum of:

         (i)      a percentage between 115.38461% and 100% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
                  required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that require any credit
                  enhancement from Class B BAseries notes, and the denominator of which is the aggregate adjusted
                  outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes; plus

         (ii)     a percentage between 8.10811% and 6.95187% (referred to as the unencumbered percentage) multiplied by a
                  fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all
                  Class B BAseries notes minus the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all Class A BAseries
                  notes, and the denominator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all
                  Class B BAseries notes.



                                                            71

         Therefore, for any tranche of Class B notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can increase if
the share of those Class B notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A notes
increases, or if the share of those Class B notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A notes increases.
Similarly, for any tranche of Class B notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can decrease (but will
never be less than unencumbered percentage of its adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount) if the share of those
Class B notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A notes decreases, or if the
share of those Class B notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A notes decreases.

         Reductions in the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a tranche of senior notes of the BAseries will
generally result in a reduction in the required subordinated amount for that tranche.  Additionally, a reduction in the
required subordinated amount of Class C notes for a tranche of Class B BAseries notes may occur due to:

                  o   a decrease in the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class A BAseries notes,

                  o   a decrease in the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B or Class C notes for outstanding
                      tranches of Class A BAseries notes, or

                  o   the issuance of additional Class B BAseries notes.

However, if an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration for any tranche of Class B BAseries notes
occurs, or if on any day its usage of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes exceeds zero, the required
subordinated amount of Class C notes for that tranche of Class B notes will not decrease after that early redemption
event or event of default and acceleration or after the date on which its usage of the required subordinated amount of
Class C notes exceeds zero.

         The issuing entity may change the required subordinated amount for any tranche of notes of the BAseries, or the
method of computing the required subordinated amount, at any time without the consent of any noteholders so long as the
issuing entity has:

                  o   received confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the change
                      will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any
                      outstanding notes in the BAseries;

                  o   delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not
                      adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor
                      certificates issued by master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their
                      issuance, (2) following the change, master trust II will not be treated as an association, or a
                      publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or
                      constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of an investor
                      certificate issued by master trust II; and



                                                            72

                  o   delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not
                      adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of
                      notes of the issuing entity that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance,
                      (2) following the change, the issuing entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly
                      traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or constitute an
                      event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of such notes.

In addition, the percentages used in, or the method of calculating, the required subordinated amount of subordinated
notes of any tranche of BAseries notes (including other tranches in the same class) may be different than the percentages
used in, or the method of calculating, the required subordinated amounts for any tranche of a senior class of
BAseries notes.  In addition, if the rating agencies consent and without the consent of any noteholders, the issuing
entity may utilize forms of credit enhancement other than subordinated notes in order to provide senior classes of notes
with the required credit enhancement.

         In order to issue Class A notes, the issuing entity must calculate the available amount of Class B notes and
Class C notes.  The issuing entity will first calculate the amount of Class B notes available for such new tranche of
Class A notes.  This is done by computing the following:

                  o   the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of outstanding Class B notes on that date,
                      after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class B
                      notes to be made on that date; minus

                  o   the aggregate amount of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all other
                      Class A notes which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits,
                      allocations, reallocations or payments for Class A notes to be made on that date.

         The calculation in the prior paragraph will also be made in the same manner for calculating the amount of Class C
notes available for Class A notes.

         Additionally, in order to issue Class A notes, the issuing entity must calculate the amount of Class C notes
available for Class B notes.  This is done by computing the following:

                  o   the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of outstanding Class C notes on that date,
                      after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class C
                      notes to be made on that date; minus

                  o   the aggregate amount of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all tranches
                      of Class A notes for which the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes is equal to
                      zero which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits,
                      allocations, reallocations or payments for Class A notes to be made on that date.

         In order to issue Class B notes, the issuing entity must calculate the available amount of Class C notes.  This
is done by computing the following:



                                                            73

                  o   the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of Class C notes which are outstanding on
                      that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments
                      for Class C notes to be made on that date; minus

                  o   the sum of:

              —the aggregate amount of the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all other tranches of
               Class B notes which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits,
               allocations, reallocations or payments for any BAseries notes to be made on that date; plus

              —the aggregate amount of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all tranches of
               Class A notes for which the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes is equal to zero which
               are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations
               or payments for those Class A notes to be made on that date.

         No payment of principal will be made on any Class B BAseries note unless, following the payment, the remaining
available subordinated amount of Class B BAseries notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class B
notes for the outstanding Class A BAseries notes less any usage of the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for
the outstanding Class A BAseries notes.  Similarly, no payment of principal will be made on any Class C BAseries note
unless, following the payment, the remaining available subordinated amount of Class C BAseries notes is at least equal to
the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes less any usage
of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes.

         However, there are some exceptions to this rule.  In the BAseries, payment of principal may be made on a
subordinated class of notes before payment in full of each senior class of notes only under the following circumstances:

                  o   If after giving effect to the proposed principal payment there is still a sufficient amount of
                      subordinated notes to support the outstanding senior notes.  See "Sources of Funds to Pay the
                      Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
                      Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account" and "—Allocation to Principal Funding
                      Subaccounts."  For example, if a tranche of Class A notes has been repaid, this generally means
                      that, unless other Class A notes are issued, at least some Class B notes and Class C notes may be
                      repaid when they are expected to be repaid even if other tranches of Class A notes are outstanding.

                  o   If the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes have been sufficiently
                      prefunded as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for
                      the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding
                      Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes."



                                                            74

                  o   If new tranches of subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached
                      their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination.

                  o   If the subordinated tranche of notes reaches its legal maturity date and there is a sale of credit
                      card receivables as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card
                      Receivables."

         The Class D Certificate

         The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes, by
absorbing Default Amounts allocable to Series 2001-D prior to the allocation of any of those losses to the notes, and
through reallocations of collections of principal receivables to cover deficiencies on payments of interest on the notes
and the master trust II servicing fee, as more specifically described in "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate."
Whenever additional notes are issued, the required Class D Investor Interest will increase, subject to any changes in the
required Class D Investor Interest that can be made as described in the following paragraph.  Similarly, whenever the
Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a series, class or tranche of notes decreases, due to accumulation of
principal or payment of principal amounts to noteholders, the required Class D Investor Interest will decrease.  As of
any date, the required Class D Investor Interest means an amount equal to the sum of:

         o    (i) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes (other than the Class
              A(2001-Emerald) notes), divided by 0.78, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
              Class A notes (other than the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes), minus (iii) the aggregate Class A required
              subordinated amount of Class B notes, minus (iv) the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class
              C notes minus the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes;
              plus

         o    (i) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes, divided by 0.85,
              minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes, minus (iii)
              the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes; plus

         o    (i) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A
              required subordinated amount of Class B notes, divided by (B) 0.845, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding
              Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of
              Class B notes, minus (iii) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus
              the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, times (B) 0.0810811; plus

         o    (i) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C notes minus the sum of (x) the
              aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes plus (y) the Class A required subordinated
              amount of Class C notes for the Class



                                                            75

              A(2001-Emerald) notes, divided by (B) 0.92, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of
              the Class C notes minus the sum of (A) the aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes
              plus (B) the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes.

Following the date on which a Series 2001-D Pay Out Event Commences, the required Class D Investor Interest will be fixed
at the amount determined as of such date until the date on which the aggregate nominal liquidation amounts of all notes
are paid in full.

         Funding may change the definition of the required Class D Investor Interest at any time without the consent of
any noteholders so long as it has:

                  o   received confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the change
                      will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any
                      outstanding notes;

                  o   delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not
                      adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor
                      certificates issued by master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their
                      issuance, (2) following the change, master trust II will not be treated as an association, or a
                      publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or
                      constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of an investor
                      certificate issued by master trust II; and

                  o   delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not
                      adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of
                      notes of the issuing entity that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance,
                      (2) following the change, the issuing entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly
                      traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or constitute an
                      event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of such notes.

In addition, if the rating agencies consent and without the consent of any noteholders, master trust II may utilize forms
of credit enhancement other than the Class D certificate.

         The Class D certificate will receive no payments of interest and will receive no payment of principal until all
principal payments on the notes on the related payment date are made in full.  Additionally, payments of principal on the
Class D certificate will not exceed the greater of (i) the amount of Available Principal Amounts remaining after all
principal payments with respect to the notes and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the Class D Investor Interest exceeds
the required Class D Investor Interest.  See "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate" for a further description of the
Class D certificate.



                                                            76

Early Redemption of Notes

         Each series, class and tranche of notes will be subject to mandatory redemption on its expected principal payment
date, which will generally be 29 months before its legal maturity date.  In addition, if any other early redemption event
occurs, the issuing entity will be required to redeem each series, class or tranche of the affected notes before the
expected principal payment date of that series, class or tranche of notes; however, for any such affected notes with the
benefit of a derivative agreement, subject to certain exceptions, such redemption will not occur earlier than such notes'
expected principal payment date if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  The issuing entity will give
notice to holders of the affected notes before an early redemption date.  See "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events" for
a description of the early redemption events and their consequences to noteholders.

         Whenever the issuing entity redeems a series, class or tranche of notes, it will do so only to the extent of
Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocated to that series, class or tranche of notes, and only to the
extent that the notes to be redeemed are not required to provide required subordination for senior notes.  A noteholder
will have no claim against the issuing entity if the issuing entity fails to make a required redemption of notes before
the legal maturity date because no funds are available for that purpose or because the notes to be redeemed are required
to provide subordination for senior notes.  The failure to redeem before the legal maturity date under these
circumstances will not be an event of default.

         If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the transferor, so long as it is an affiliate of the
servicer, may direct the issuing entity to redeem the notes of any series, class or tranche before its expected principal
payment date.  The accompanying prospectus supplement will indicate at what times and under what conditions the issuing
entity may exercise that right of redemption and if the redemption may be made in whole or in part, as well as other
terms of the redemption.  The issuing entity will give notice to holders of the affected notes before any optional
redemption date.

Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

         The issuing entity may issue new notes of any series, class or tranche only if the conditions of issuance are met
(or waived as described below).  These conditions include:

                  o   first, on or before the third Business Day before a new issuance of notes, the issuing entity gives
                      the indenture trustee and the rating agencies written notice of the issuance;

                  o   second, on or prior to the date that the new issuance is to occur, the issuing entity delivers to
                      the indenture trustee and each rating agency a certificate to the effect that:

              —the issuing entity reasonably believes that the new issuance will not at the time of its occurrence or at a
               future date (i) cause an early redemption event or event of default, (ii) adversely affect the amount of
               funds available to be distributed to noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes or the timing
               of such



                                                            77

                 distributions, or (iii) adversely affect the security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral
                 securing the outstanding notes;

              —all instruments furnished to the indenture trustee conform to the requirements of the indenture and
               constitute sufficient authority under the indenture for the indenture trustee to authenticate and deliver
               the notes;

              —the form and terms of the notes have been established in conformity with the provisions of the indenture;

              —all laws and requirements relating to the execution and delivery by the issuing entity of the notes have
               been complied with, the issuing entity has the power and authority to issue the notes, and the notes have
               been duly authorized and delivered by the issuing entity, and, assuming due authentication and delivery
               by the indenture trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuing entity
               enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to certain limitations and conditions), and are
               entitled to the benefits of the indenture equally and ratably with all other notes, if any, of such
               series, class or tranche outstanding subject to the terms of the indenture, each indenture supplement and
               each terms document; and

              —the issuing entity shall have satisfied such other matters as the indenture trustee may reasonably request;

                  o   third, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of
                      counsel that for federal income tax purposes (i) the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax
                      characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor certificates issued by
                      master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (ii) following the
                      new issuance, master trust II will not be treated as an association, or a publicly traded
                      partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (iii) the new issuance will not cause or constitute an
                      event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of an investor certificate issued by
                      master trust II;

                  o   fourth, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of
                      counsel that for federal income tax purposes (i) the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax
                      characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes that were
                      characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (ii) following the new issuance, the issuing
                      entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a
                      corporation, (iii) such issuance will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would
                      be recognized by any holder of such outstanding notes, and (iv) except as provided in the related
                      indenture supplement, following the new issuance of a series, class or tranche of notes, the newly
                      issued series, class or tranche of notes will be properly characterized as debt;



                                                            78

                  o   fifth, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee an indenture supplement and terms
                      document relating to the applicable series, class or tranche of notes;

                  o   sixth, no Pay Out Event with respect to Series 2001-D has occurred or is continuing as of the date
                      of the new issuance;

                  o   seventh, in the case of foreign currency notes, the issuing entity appoints one or more paying
                      agents in the appropriate countries;

                  o   eighth, each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes has provided confirmation that the
                      new issuance of notes will not cause a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings of any
                      outstanding notes rated by that rating agency;

                  o   ninth, the provisions governing required subordinated amounts are satisfied; and

                  o   tenth, any other conditions in the accompanying prospectus supplement are satisfied.

         If the issuing entity obtains confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the
issuance of a new series, class or tranche of notes will not cause a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the
ratings of any outstanding notes rated by that rating agency, then any of the conditions described above (other than the
third, fourth and fifth conditions) may be waived.

         The issuing entity and the indenture trustee are not required to provide prior notice to, permit any prior review
by, or obtain the consent of any noteholder of any series, class or tranche to issue any additional notes of any series,
class or tranche.

         There are no restrictions on the timing or amount of any additional issuance of notes of an outstanding tranche
of a multiple tranche series, so long as the conditions described above are met or waived.  As of the date of any
additional issuance of an outstanding tranche of notes, the stated principal amount, outstanding dollar principal amount
and nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be increased to reflect the principal amount of the additional
notes.  If the additional notes are a tranche of notes that has the benefit of a derivative agreement, the issuing entity
will enter into a derivative agreement for the benefit of the additional notes.  The targeted deposits, if any, to the
principal funding subaccount will be increased proportionately to reflect the principal amount of the additional notes.

         The issuing entity may from time to time, without notice to, or the consent of, the registered holders of a
series, class or tranche of notes, create and issue additional notes equal in rank to the series, class or tranche of
notes offered by the accompanying prospectus supplement in all respects—or in all respects except for the payment of
interest accruing prior to the issue date of the further series, class or tranche of notes or the first payment of
interest following the issue date of the further series, class or tranche of notes.  These further series, classes or
tranches of notes may be consolidated and form a single series, class or tranche with the previously issued



                                                            79

notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the previously issued series, class or
tranche of notes.  In addition, FIA or an affiliate may retain notes of a series, class or tranche upon initial issuance
or upon a reopening of a series, class or tranche of notes and may sell them on a subsequent date.

         When issued, the additional notes of a tranche will be identical in all material respects to the other
outstanding notes of that tranche and equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the indenture and the related
indenture supplement applicable to such notes as the other outstanding notes of that tranche without preference, priority
or distinction.

         New Issuances of BAseries Notes

         The issuing entity may issue new classes and tranches of BAseries notes (including additional notes of an
outstanding tranche or class), so long as:

                  o   the conditions to issuance listed above are satisfied;

                  o   any increase in the targeted deposit amount of any Class C reserve subaccount caused by such
                      issuance will have been funded on or prior to such issuance date; and

                  o   in the case of Class A or Class B BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount is available at
                      the time of its issuance.

See "—Required Subordinated Amount" above and "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the
BAseries—Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account."

         The issuing entity and the indenture trustee are not required to provide prior notice to or obtain the consent of
any noteholder of any series, class or tranche to issue any additional BAseries notes.

Payments on Notes; Paying Agent

         The notes offered by this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement will be delivered in book-entry
form and payments of principal of and interest on the notes will be made in U.S. dollars as described under "—Book-Entry
Notes" below unless the stated principal amount of the notes is denominated in a foreign currency.

         The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and any agent of the issuing entity or the indenture trustee will treat
the registered holder of any note as the absolute owner of that note, whether or not the note is overdue and
notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.

         The issuing entity will make payments on a note to the registered holder of the note at the close of business on
the record date established for the related payment date.

         The issuing entity will designate the corporate trust office of The Bank of New York Mellon in New York City as
its paying agent for the notes of each series.  The issuing entity will



                                                            80

identify any other entities appointed to serve as paying agents on notes of a series, class or tranche in a supplement to
this prospectus.  The issuing entity may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designation of any
paying agent or approve a change in the office through which any paying agent acts.  However, the issuing entity will be
required to maintain an office, agency or paying agent in each place of payment for a series, class or tranche of notes.

         After notice by publication, all funds paid to a paying agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on
any note of any series which remains unclaimed at the end of two years after the principal or interest becomes due and
payable will be paid to the issuing entity.  After funds are paid to the issuing entity, the holder of that note may look
only to the issuing entity for payment of that principal or interest.

Denominations

         The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in denominations of $5,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess
of that amount.

Record Date

         The record date for payment of the notes will be the last day of the month before the related payment date.

Governing Law

         The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the notes and the indenture.

Form, Exchange and Registration and Transfer of Notes

         The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in registered form.  The notes will be represented by one or
more global notes registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, as depository, or its nominee.  We refer to
each beneficial interest in a global note as a "book-entry note."  For a description of the special provisions that apply
to book-entry notes, see "—Book-Entry Notes" below.

         A holder of notes may exchange those notes for other notes of the same class or tranche of any authorized
denominations and of the same aggregate stated principal amount, expected principal payment date and legal maturity date,
and of like terms.

         Any holder of a note may present that note for registration of transfer, with the form of transfer properly
executed, at the office of the note registrar or at the office of any transfer agent that the issuing entity designates.
Unless otherwise provided in the note to be transferred or exchanged, holders of notes will not be charged any service
charge for the exchange or transfer of their notes.  Holders of notes that are to be transferred or exchanged will be
liable for the payment of any taxes and other governmental charges described in the indenture before the transfer or
exchange will be completed.  The note registrar or transfer agent, as the case may be, will effect a transfer or exchange
when it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request.



                                                            81

         The issuing entity will appoint The Bank of New York Mellon as the registrar for the notes.  The issuing entity
also may at any time designate additional transfer agents for any series, class or tranche of notes.  The issuing entity
may at any time rescind the designation of any transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any
transfer agent acts.  However, the issuing entity will be required to maintain a transfer agent in each place of payment
for a series, class or tranche of notes.

Book-Entry Notes

         The notes offered by this prospectus will be delivered in book-entry form.  This means that, except under the
limited circumstances described below under "—Definitive Notes," purchasers of notes will not be entitled to have the
notes registered in their names and will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of the notes in definitive paper
form.  Instead, upon issuance, all the notes of a class will be represented by one or more fully registered permanent
global notes, without interest coupons.

         Each global note will be deposited with a securities depository named The Depository Trust Company and will be
registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co.  No global note representing book-entry notes may be transferred except
as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC, or by a nominee of DTC to another nominee of DTC.  Thus, DTC or its nominee will
be the only registered holder of the notes and will be considered the sole representative of the beneficial owners of
notes for purposes of the indenture.

         The registration of the global notes in the name of Cede & Co. will not affect beneficial ownership and is
performed merely to facilitate subsequent transfers.  The book-entry system, which is also the system through which most
publicly traded common stock is held, is used because it eliminates the need for physical movement of securities.  The
laws of some jurisdictions, however, may require some purchasers to take physical delivery of their notes in definitive
form.  These laws may impair the ability to own or transfer book-entry notes.

         Purchasers of notes in the United States may hold interests in the global notes through DTC, either directly, if
they are participants in that system—such as a bank, brokerage house or other institution that maintains securities
accounts for customers with DTC or its nominee—or otherwise indirectly through a participant in DTC.  Purchasers of notes
in Europe may hold interests in the global notes through Clearstream, Luxembourg, or through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as
operator of the Euroclear system.

         Because DTC will be the only registered owner of the global notes, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will
hold positions through their respective U.S. depositories, which in turn will hold positions on the books of DTC.

         As long as the notes are in book-entry form, they will be evidenced solely by entries on the books of DTC, its
participants and any indirect participants.  DTC will maintain records showing:

                  o   the ownership interests of its participants, including the U.S. depositories; and

                  o   all transfers of ownership interests between its participants.



                                                            82

         The participants and indirect participants, in turn, will maintain records showing:

                  o   the ownership interests of their customers, including indirect participants, that hold the notes
                      through those participants; and

                  o   all transfers between these persons.

         Thus, each beneficial owner of a book-entry note will hold its note indirectly through a hierarchy of
intermediaries, with DTC at the "top" and the beneficial owner's own securities intermediary at the "bottom."

         The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and their agents will not be liable for the accuracy of, and are not
responsible for maintaining, supervising or reviewing DTC's records or any participant's records relating to book-entry
notes.  The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and their agents also will not be responsible or liable for payments
made on account of the book-entry notes.

         Until Definitive Notes are issued to the beneficial owners as described below under
"—Definitive Notes," all references to "holders" of notes means DTC.  The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and any
paying agent, transfer agent or securities registrar may treat DTC as the absolute owner of the notes for all purposes.

         For beneficial owners of book-entry notes, the issuing entity will make all distributions of principal and
interest on their notes to DTC and will send all required reports and notices solely to DTC as long as DTC is the
registered holder of the notes.  DTC and the participants are generally required by law to receive and transmit all
distributions, notices and directions from the indenture trustee to the beneficial owners through the chain of
intermediaries.

         Similarly, the indenture trustee will accept notices and directions solely from DTC.  Therefore, in order to
exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture, each person owning a beneficial interest in the notes must
rely on the procedures of DTC and, in some cases, Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear.  If the beneficial owner is not a
participant in that system, then it must rely on the procedures of the participant through which that person owns its
interest.  DTC has advised the issuing entity that it will take actions under the indenture only at the direction of its
participants, which in turn will act only at the direction of the beneficial owners.  Some of these actions, however, may
conflict with actions it takes at the direction of other participants and beneficial owners.

         Notices and other communications by DTC to participants, by participants to indirect participants, and by
participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them.

         Book-entry notes may be more difficult to pledge by beneficial owners because of the lack of a physical note.
Beneficial owners may also experience delays in receiving distributions on their notes since distributions will initially
be made to DTC and must be transferred through the chain of intermediaries to the beneficial owner's account.



                                                            83

The Depository Trust Company

         DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law and is a "banking institution"
within the meaning of the New York Banking Law.  DTC is also a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency" registered under
Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  DTC was created to hold securities deposited by its participants and
to facilitate the clearing and settlement of securities transactions among its participants through electronic book-entry
changes in accounts of the participants, thus eliminating the need for physical movement of securities.  DTC is
indirectly owned by a number of its participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange,
Inc., and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.  The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Clearstream, Luxembourg

         Clearstream, Luxembourg is registered as a bank in Luxembourg and is regulated by the Banque Centrale du
Luxembourg, the Luxembourg Central Bank, which supervises Luxembourg banks.  Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities for
its customers and facilitates the clearing and settlement of securities transactions by electronic book-entry transfers
between their accounts.  Clearstream, Luxembourg provides various services, including safekeeping, administration,
clearing and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing.  Clearstream,
Luxembourg also deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries through established depository and custodial
relationships.  Clearstream, Luxembourg has established an electronic bridge with Euroclear in Brussels to facilitate
settlement of trades between Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear.  Clearstream, Luxembourg currently accepts over
110,000 securities issues on its books.

         Clearstream, Luxembourg's customers are worldwide financial institutions including underwriters, securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations.  Clearstream, Luxembourg's U.S. customers are
limited to securities brokers and dealers and banks.  Currently, Clearstream, Luxembourg has approximately 2,000
customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European countries, Canada, and the United States.  Indirect
access to Clearstream, Luxembourg is available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with an account holder of Clearstream, Luxembourg.

Euroclear System

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of Euroclear and to clear and settle
transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book- entry delivery against payment.  This
system eliminates the need for physical movement of securities and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of
securities and cash.  Euroclear includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries.  The Euroclear operator is Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.  The Euroclear
operator conducts all operations.  All Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear operator.  The Euroclear operator establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear
participants.  Euroclear participants



                                                            84

include banks, including central banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries
and may include the underwriters.  Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator are governed by the Terms and
Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System, and applicable
Belgian law.  These Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of
securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments for securities in Euroclear.  All securities in Euroclear
are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific securities to specific securities clearance accounts.  The
Euroclear operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants, and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

         This information about DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear has been provided by each of them for
informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any
kind.

Distributions on Book-Entry Notes

         The issuing entity will make distributions of principal of and interest on book-entry notes to DTC.  These
payments will be made in immediately available funds by the issuing entity's paying agent, The Bank of New York Mellon,
at the office of the paying agent in New York City that the issuing entity designates for that purpose.

         In the case of principal payments, the global notes must be presented to the paying agent in time for the paying
agent to make those payments in immediately available funds in accordance with its normal payment procedures.

         Upon receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on a global note, DTC will immediately credit the
accounts of its participants on its book-entry registration and transfer system.  DTC will credit those accounts with
payments in amounts proportionate to the participants' respective beneficial interests in the stated principal amount of
the global note as shown on the records of DTC.  Payments by participants to beneficial owners of book-entry notes will
be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of
customers in bearer form or registered in "street name," and will be the responsibility of those participants.

         Distributions on book-entry notes held beneficially through Clearstream, Luxembourg will be credited to cash
accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg participants in accordance with its rules and procedures, to the extent received by
its U.S. depository.

         Distributions on book-entry notes held beneficially through Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of
Euroclear participants in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, to the extent received by its U.S. depository.



                                                            85

         In the event Definitive Notes are issued, distributions of principal and interest on Definitive Notes will be
made directly to the holders of the Definitive Notes in whose names the Definitive Notes were registered at the close of
business on the related record date.

Global Clearing and Settlement Procedures

         Initial settlement for the notes will be made in immediately available funds.  Secondary market trading between
DTC participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC's rules and will be settled in immediately
available funds using DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System.  Secondary market trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg
participants and/or Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with the applicable rules and
operating procedures of Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear and will be settled using the procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds in immediately available funds.

         Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly
or indirectly through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by the U.S. depositories.
However, cross-market transactions of this type will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within
its established deadlines, European time.  The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its U.S. depository to take action to effect final settlement
on its behalf by delivering or receiving notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal
procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC.  Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and Euroclear
participants may not deliver instructions directly to DTC.

         Because of time-zone differences, credits to notes received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result
of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and will be
credited the business day following a DTC settlement date.  The credits to or any transactions in the notes settled
during processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participants on that business
day.  Cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of sales of notes by or through a Clearstream,
Luxembourg participant or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement
date, but will be available in the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC.

         Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to these procedures in order to facilitate
transfers of notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to
perform or continue to perform these procedures and these procedures may be discontinued at any time.

Definitive Notes

         Beneficial owners of book-entry notes may exchange those notes for Definitive Notes registered in their name only
if:



                                                            86

                  o   DTC is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global notes or ceases to be a
                      registered "clearing agency" and the issuing entity is unable to find a qualified replacement for
                      DTC;

                  o   the issuing entity, in its sole discretion, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC;
                      or

                  o   any event of default has occurred relating to those book-entry notes and beneficial owners
                      evidencing not less than 50% of the unpaid outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of that
                      class advise the indenture trustee and DTC that the continuation of a book-entry system is no
                      longer in the best interests of those beneficial owners.

         If any of these three events occurs, DTC is required to notify the beneficial owners through the chain of
intermediaries that the Definitive Notes are available.  The appropriate global note will then be exchangeable in whole
for Definitive Notes in registered form of like tenor and of an equal aggregate stated principal amount, in specified
denominations.  Definitive Notes will be registered in the name or names of the person or persons specified by DTC in a
written instruction to the registrar of the notes.  DTC may base its written instruction upon directions it receives from
its participants.  Thereafter, the holders of the Definitive Notes will be recognized as the "holders" of the notes under
the indenture.

Replacement of Notes

         The issuing entity will replace at the expense of the holder any mutilated note upon surrender of that note to
the indenture trustee.  The issuing entity will replace at the expense of the holder any notes that are destroyed, lost
or stolen upon delivery to the indenture trustee of evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of those notes
satisfactory to the issuing entity and the indenture trustee.  In the case of a destroyed, lost or stolen note, the
issuing entity and the indenture trustee may require the holder of the note to provide an indemnity satisfactory to the
indenture trustee and the issuing entity before a replacement note will be issued, and the issuing entity may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge, and any other expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the indenture trustee) in connection with the issuance of a replacement note.

                                             Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes

The Collateral Certificate

         The primary source of funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes will be the collateral
certificate issued by master trust II to the issuing entity.  The following discussion and certain discussions in the
related prospectus supplement summarize the material terms of the collateral certificate.  These summaries do not purport
to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II agreement and
the collateral certificate.  For a description of master trust II and its assets, see "Master Trust II."  The collateral
certificate and the Class D certificate are the only master trust II investor certificates issued pursuant to
Series 2001-D.



                                                            87

         The collateral certificate represents an undivided interest in master trust II.  The assets of master trust II
consist primarily of credit card receivables arising in selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express revolving credit
card accounts owned by FIA.  The amount of credit card receivables in master trust II will fluctuate from day to day as
new receivables are generated or added to or removed from master trust II and as other receivables are collected, charged
off as uncollectible, or otherwise adjusted.

         The collateral certificate has no specified interest rate.  The issuing entity, as holder of the collateral
certificate, is entitled to receive its allocable share of uncovered Investor Default Amounts and of collections of
finance charge receivables and principal receivables payable by master trust II.

         Finance charge receivables are all periodic finance charges, cash advance fees and late charges on amounts
charged for merchandise and services and some other fees designated by FIA, annual membership fees, recoveries on
receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount option receivables.  Principal receivables are all amounts charged by
cardholders for merchandise and services, amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and all other fees billed to
cardholders that are not considered finance charge receivables.  Interchange, which represents fees received by FIA from
MasterCard, Visa and American Express as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding
receivables for a limited period before initial billing, is treated as collections of finance charge receivables.
Interchange varies from approximately 1% to 2% of the transaction amount, but these amounts may be changed by MasterCard,
Visa or American Express.

         Each month, master trust II will allocate collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables and
defaults to the investor certificates outstanding under master trust II, including Series 2001-D.

         Allocations of defaults and collections of finance charge receivables are made pro rata among each series of
investor certificates issued by master trust II, including Series 2001-D, based on its respective Investor Interest, and
Funding, as transferor, based on the Transferor Interest.  In general, the Investor Interest of each series of investor
certificates (including Series 2001-D) issued by master trust II will equal the stated dollar amount of the investor
certificates (including Series 2001-D) issued to investors in that series, less unreimbursed charge-offs for uncovered
defaults on principal receivables in master trust II allocated to those investors, reallocations of collections of
principal receivables to cover certain shortfalls in collections of finance charge receivables and principal payments
deposited to a master trust II principal funding account or made to those investors.

         Series 2001-D has a fluctuating Investor Interest, representing the investment of that series in principal
receivables.  The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D equals the total nominal liquidation amount of the outstanding notes
secured by the collateral certificate plus the Class D Investor Interest.  For a discussion of Investor Interest, see the
definition of "Investor Interest" in the glossary.  The Transferor Interest, which is owned by Funding, represents the
interest in the principal receivables in master trust II not represented by any master trust II series of investor
certificates.  For example, if the total principal receivables in master trust II at the end of the month is 500, the
Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is 100, the Investor Interests of the other




                                                            88

investor certificates are 200 and the Transferor Interest is 200, Series 2001-D is entitled, in general, to 1/5—or
100/500—of the defaults and collections of finance charge receivables for the applicable month.

         Collections of principal receivables are allocated similarly to the allocation of collections of finance charge
receivables when no principal amounts are needed for deposit into a principal funding account or needed to pay principal
to investors.  However, collections of principal receivables are allocated differently when principal amounts need to be
deposited into master trust II principal funding accounts or paid to master trust II investors.  When the principal
amount of a series of certificates other than Series 2001-D begins to accumulate or amortize, collections of principal
receivables continue to be allocated to that series as if the Investor Interest of that series had not been reduced by
principal collections deposited to a master trust II principal funding account or paid to master trust II investors.
During this time, allocations of collections of principal receivables to the investors in a series of certificates issued
by master trust II, other than Series 2001-D, is based on the Investor Interest of the series "fixed" at the time
immediately before the first deposit of principal collections into a principal funding account or the time immediately
before the first payment of principal collections to investors.

         As a part of Series 2001-D, the collateral certificate is allocated collections of principal receivables at all
times based on the Series 2001-D Investor Interest calculation which is an aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts
for each individual class or tranche of notes plus the Class D Investor Interest.  For classes and tranches of notes
which do not require principal amounts to be deposited into a principal funding account or paid to noteholders, the
nominal liquidation amount calculation will be "floating," i.e. calculated as of the end of the prior month.  For classes
or tranches of notes which require principal amounts to be deposited into a principal funding account or paid to
noteholders, the nominal liquidation amount will be "fixed" immediately before the issuing entity begins to allocate
Available Principal Amounts to the principal funding subaccount for that class or tranche, i.e. calculated as of the end
of the month prior to any reductions for deposits or payments of principal. Principal amounts allocated in respect of the
Class D certificate will be based on the Class D Investor Interest as of the end of the prior month, plus any increases
in the required Class D Investor Interest due to additional issuances of notes, and will be used to pay principal or
interest amounts in respect of the notes, as described further below under "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate."

         For a detailed description of the percentage used in allocating finance charge collections and defaults to Series
2001-D, see the definition of "Floating Investor Percentage" in the glossary.  For a detailed description of the
percentage used in allocating principal collections to Series 2001-D, see the definition of "Principal Investor
Percentage" in the glossary.

         If collections of principal receivables allocated to Series 2001-D are needed for reallocation to cover certain
shortfalls in Available Funds, to pay the notes, or to make a deposit into the issuing entity accounts within a month,
they will be deposited into the issuing entity's collection account.  Otherwise, collections of principal receivables
allocated to Series 2001-D will be reallocated to other series of master trust II investor certificates which have
principal collection shortfalls—which does not reduce the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D—or reinvested in master
trust II to maintain the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.  If Series 2001-D has a shortfall in collections of
principal receivables and other series of investor certificates



                                                            89

issued by master trust II have excess collections of principal receivables, a portion of the excess collections of
principal receivables allocated to other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II will be reallocated to
Series 2001-D and any other master trust II investor certificate which may have a shortfall in collections of principal
receivables.  Series 2001-D's share of the excess collections of principal receivables from the other series will be paid
to the issuing entity and treated as Available Principal Amounts.

         Series 2001-D will also be allocated a portion of the net investment earnings, if any, on amounts in the master
trust II finance charge account and the master trust II principal account, as more specifically described below in
"—Deposit and Application of Funds."  Such net investment earnings will be treated as Available Funds.

         Upon a sale of credit card receivables, or interests therein, following an insolvency of Funding, following an
event of default and acceleration, or on the applicable legal maturity date for a series, class or tranche of notes, as
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the portion of the nominal liquidation amount, and thereby the
portion of the Investor Interest, related to that series, class or tranche will be reduced to zero and that series, class
or tranche will no longer receive any allocations of collections of finance charge receivables or principal receivables
from master trust II and any allocations of Available Funds or Available Principal Amounts from the issuing entity.

         Following a Pay Out Event with respect to Series 2001-D, which is an early redemption event for the notes, all
collections of principal receivables for any month allocated to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D will be used to
cover principal payments on the notes.

         For a detailed description of the application of collections and allocation of defaults by master trust II, see
"Master Trust II—Application of Collections" and "—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges" in this
prospectus.

Deposit and Application of Funds

         Collections of finance charge receivables allocated and paid to the issuing entity, as holder of the collateral
certificate, as described in "—The Collateral Certificate" above and "Master Trust II—Application of Collections" in this
prospectus, will be treated as Available Funds.  Those Available Funds will be allocated pro rata to each series of notes
in an amount equal to the sum of:

                  o   the sum of the Daily Available Funds Amounts for each day during such month for that series of
                      notes,

                  o   that series's pro rata portion of the net investment earnings, if any, in the master trust II
                      finance charge account that are allocated to Series 2001-D with respect to the related Transfer
                      Date, based on the ratio of the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II finance charge
                      account for that series of notes to the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II finance
                      charge account for all series of notes, and



                                                            90

                  o   that series's pro rata portion of the net investment earnings, if any, in the master trust II
                      principal account that are allocated to Series 2001-D with respect to the related Transfer Date,
                      based on the ratio of the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II principal account for
                      that series of notes to the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II principal account
                      for all series of notes.

         Collections of principal receivables allocated and paid to the issuing entity, as holder of the collateral
certificate, as described in "—The Collateral Certificate" above and "Master Trust II—Application of Collections" in this
prospectus, will be treated as Available Principal Amounts.  Such Available Principal Amounts, after any reallocations of
Available Principal Amounts, will be allocated to each series of notes with a monthly principal payment for such month in
an amount equal to:

                  o   such series's monthly principal payment; or

                  o   in the event that Available Principal Amounts for any month are less than the aggregate monthly
                      principal payments for all series of notes, Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to each
                      series of notes with a monthly principal payment for such month to the extent needed by each such
                      series to cover its monthly principal payment in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of
                      the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such month for such series of notes and (b) the
                      monthly principal payment for such series of notes for such month.

         If Available Principal Amounts for any month are less than the aggregate monthly principal payments for all
series of notes, and any series of notes has excess Available Principal Amounts remaining after its application of its
allocation described above, then any such excess will be applied to each series of notes to the extent such series still
needs to cover a monthly principal payment pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Principal Allocation
Amount for the related series of notes for such month to the Weighted Average Principal Allocation Amount for all
series of notes with an unpaid monthly principal payment for such month.

         In the case of a series of notes having more than one class or tranche, Available Principal Amounts and Available
Funds allocated to that series will be further allocated and applied to each class or tranche in the manner and order of
priority described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries

         The indenture specifies how Available Funds (primarily consisting of collections of finance charge receivables
allocated and paid to the collateral certificateholder) and Available Principal Amounts (primarily consisting of
collections of principal receivables allocated and paid to the collateral certificateholder) will be allocated among the
multiple series of notes secured by the collateral certificate.  The BAseries indenture supplement specifies how
BAseries Available Funds (which are the BAseries's share of Available Funds plus other amounts treated as



                                                            91

BAseries Available Funds) and BAseries Available Principal Amounts (which are the BAseries's share of Available Principal
Amounts plus other amounts treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts) will be deposited into the issuing entity
accounts established for the BAseries to provide for the payment of interest on and principal of BAseries notes as
payments become due.  In addition, the BAseries indenture supplement specifies how Investor Default Amounts and the
master trust II servicing fee will be allocated to the collateral certificate and the BAseries.  The following sections
summarize those provisions.

         BAseries Available Funds

         BAseries Available Funds will consist of the following amounts:

                  o   The BAseries's share of collections of finance charge receivables allocated and paid to the
                      collateral certificateholder and investment earnings on funds held in the collection account.  See
                      "—Deposit and Application of Funds" above.

                  o   Withdrawals from the accumulation reserve subaccount.  If the number of months targeted to
                      accumulate budgeted deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts for the payment of principal
                      on a tranche of notes is greater than one month, then the issuing entity will begin to fund an
                      accumulation reserve subaccount for such tranche.  See "—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available
                      Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account" below.  The amount targeted to be deposited in
                      the accumulation reserve account for each month, beginning with the third month prior to the first
                      Transfer Date on which BAseries Available Principal Amounts are to be accumulated for such tranche,
                      will be an amount equal to 0.5% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes.

              On each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate the targeted amount of principal funding subaccount
              earnings for each tranche of notes, which will be equal to the amount that the funds (other than prefunded
              amounts) on deposit in each principal funding subaccount would earn at the interest rate payable by the
              issuing entity—taking into account payments due under applicable derivative agreements—on the related
              tranche of notes.  As a general rule, if the amount actually earned on such funds on deposit is less than
              the targeted amount of earnings, then the amount of such shortfall will be withdrawn from the applicable
              accumulation reserve subaccount and treated as BAseries Available Funds for such month.



                                                            92

                  o   Additional finance charge collections allocable to the BAseries.  The issuing entity will notify
                      the servicer from time to time of the aggregate prefunded amount on deposit in the principal
                      funding account.  Whenever there are any prefunded amounts on deposit in any principal funding
                      subaccount, master trust II will designate an amount of the Transferor Interest equal to such
                      prefunded amounts.  On each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate the targeted amount of
                      principal funding subaccount prefunded amount earnings for each tranche of notes, which will be
                      equal to the amount that the prefunded amounts on deposit in each principal funding subaccount
                      would earn at the interest rate payable by the issuing entity—taking into account payments due
                      under applicable derivative agreements—on the related tranche of notes.  As a general rule, if the
                      amount actually earned on such funds on deposit is less than the targeted amount of earnings,
                      collections of finance charge receivables allocable to such designated portion of the Transferor
                      Interest up to the amount of the shortfall will be treated as BAseries Available Funds.  See
                      "Master Trust II—Application of Collections" in this prospectus.

                  o   Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the principal funding account, interest funding
                      account, and accumulation reserve account for the BAseries.

                  o   Any shared excess available funds allocable to the BAseries.  See "—Shared Excess Available Funds"
                      below.

                  o   Amounts received from derivative counterparties.  Payments received under derivative agreements for
                      interest on notes of the BAseries payable in U.S. dollars will be treated as BAseries Available
                      Funds.

         Application of BAseries Available Funds

         On each Transfer Date, the indenture trustee will apply BAseries Available Funds as follows:

                  o   first, to make the targeted deposits to the interest funding account to fund the payment of
                      interest on the notes and certain payments due to derivative counterparties;

                  o   second, to pay the BAseries's share of the master trust II servicing fee, plus any previously due
                      and unpaid master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, to the servicer;

                  o   third, to be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts in an amount equal to the amount of
                      Investor Default Amounts allocated to the BAseries for the preceding month;

                  o   fourth, to be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts in an amount equal to the Nominal
                      Liquidation Amount Deficits, if any, of BAseries notes;

                  o   fifth, to make the targeted deposit to the accumulation reserve account, if any;



                                                            93

                  o   sixth, to make the targeted deposit to the Class C reserve account, if any;

                  o   seventh, to make any other payment or deposit required by any class or tranche of BAseries notes;

                  o   eighth, to be treated as Available Principal Amounts used to reimburse any reductions in the Class
                      D Investor Interest due to Class D Investor Charge-Offs or reallocations of collections of
                      principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate to pay interest on the notes or a
                      portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to Series 2001-D;

                  o   ninth, to be treated as shared excess available funds; and

                  o   tenth, to the issuing entity.

         See the chart titled "Application of BAseries Available Funds" after the "Prospectus Summary" for a depiction of
the application of BAseries Available Funds.

         Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Funds to the Interest Funding Account

         The aggregate deposit targeted to be made each month to the interest funding account will be equal to the sum of
the interest funding account deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of notes set forth below.  The deposit
targeted for any month will also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit from any prior month which has not been
previously deposited.

                  o   Interest Payments.  The deposit targeted for any tranche of outstanding interest-bearing notes on
                      each Transfer Date will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the outstanding dollar
                      principal amount of that tranche during the period from and including the first Monthly Interest
                      Accrual Date in the prior month to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for the
                      current month.

                  o   Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties.  If a tranche of notes has a Performing or
                      non-Performing derivative agreement for interest that provides for payments to the applicable
                      derivative counterparty, in addition to any applicable stated interest as determined under the item
                      above, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes on each Transfer Date for any payment to the
                      derivative counterparty will be specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

                  o   Discount Notes.  The deposit targeted for a tranche of discount notes on each Transfer Date is the
                      amount of accretion of principal of that tranche of notes from and including the prior Monthly
                      Principal Accrual Date—or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Accrual Date, from and
                      including the date of issuance of that tranche—to but excluding the first Monthly Principal Accrual
                      Date for the next month.



                                                            94

                  o   Specified Deposits.  If any tranche of notes provides for deposits in addition to or different from
                      the deposits described above to be made to the interest funding subaccount for that tranche, the
                      deposits targeted for that tranche each month are the specified amounts.

                  o   Additional Interest.  The deposit targeted for any tranche of notes that has previously due and
                      unpaid interest for any month will include the interest accrued on that overdue interest during the
                      period from and including the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the prior month to but
                      excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for the current month.

         Each deposit to the interest funding account for each month will be made on the Transfer Date in such month.  A
tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the preceding deposits.

         A class or tranche of notes for which credit card receivables have been sold by master trust II as described
below in "—Sale of Credit Card Receivables" will not be entitled to receive any of the preceding deposits to be made from
BAseries Available Funds after the sale has occurred.

         Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts

         The aggregate amount to be deposited in the interest funding account will be allocated, and a portion deposited
in the interest funding subaccount established for each tranche of notes, as follows:

                  o   BAseries Available Funds are at least equal to targeted amounts.  If BAseries Available Funds are
                      at least equal to the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes as described above,
                      then that targeted amount will be deposited in the interest funding subaccount established for each
                      tranche.

                  o   BAseries Available Funds are less than targeted amounts.  If BAseries Available Funds are less than
                      the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes as described above, then
                      BAseries Available Funds will be allocated to each tranche of notes as follows:

              —first, to cover the deposits for the Class A notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty
               payments),

              —second, to cover the deposits for the Class B notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty
               payments), and

              —third, to cover the deposits for the Class C notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty
               payments).

              In each case, BAseries Available Funds allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of notes
              within such class pro rata based on the ratio of:



                                                            95

              —the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted for that tranche of notes, to

              —the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted for all tranches of notes in such class.

         Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest on Foreign Currency Notes

         Payments received under derivative agreements for interest on foreign currency notes in the BAseries will be
applied as specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

         Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Interest Funding Account

         Withdrawals made from any Class C reserve subaccount will be deposited into the applicable interest funding
subaccount to the extent described below under "—Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account."

         Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs

         On each Transfer Date when there is a charge-off for uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocable to the
BAseries for the prior month, that reduction will be allocated (and reallocated) on that date to each tranche of notes as
set forth below:

         Initially, the amount of such charge-off will be allocated to each tranche of outstanding notes pro rata based on
the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche for the prior month to the Weighted
Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for the prior month.

         Immediately afterwards, the amount of charge-offs allocated to the Class A notes and Class B notes will be
reallocated to the Class C notes as set forth below, and the amount of charge-offs allocated to the Class A notes and not
reallocated to the Class C notes because of the limits set forth below will be reallocated to the Class B notes as set
forth below.  In addition, charge-offs initially allocated to Class A notes which are reallocated to Class B notes
because of Class C usage limitations can be reallocated to Class C notes if permitted as described below.  Any amount of
charge-offs which cannot be reallocated to a subordinated class as a result of the limits set forth below will reduce the
nominal liquidation amount of the tranche of notes to which it was initially allocated.

         Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class C Notes from Tranches of Class A and Class B

         No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class A notes to Class C notes may cause that tranche's Class A
Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche's Class A required subordinated amount of Class C
notes.

         No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class B notes to Class C notes may cause that tranche's Class B
Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche's Class B required subordinated amount of Class C
notes.



                                                            96

         The amount of charge-offs permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class C notes will be applied to each
tranche of Class C notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of such
tranche of Class C notes for the prior month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all Class C
notes in the BAseries for the prior month.

         No such reallocation of charge-offs will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class C notes
below zero.

         Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class B Notes from Tranches of Class A Notes

         No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class A notes to Class B notes may cause that tranche's Class A
Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche's Class A required subordinated amount of Class B
notes.

         The amount of charge-offs permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class B notes will be applied to each
tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for that
tranche of Class B notes for the prior month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class B
notes in the BAseries for the prior month.

         No such reallocation of charge-offs will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class B notes
below zero.

         For each tranche of notes, the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be reduced by an amount equal to
the charge-offs which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche of notes less the amount of charge-offs that are
reallocated from that tranche of notes to a subordinated class of notes.

         Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits

         If there are BAseries Available Funds available to reimburse any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on any
Transfer Date, such funds will be allocated to each tranche of notes as follows:

                  o   first, to each tranche of Class A notes,

                  o   second, to each tranche of Class B notes, and

                  o   third, to each tranche of Class C notes.

         In each case, BAseries Available Funds allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of notes within
such class pro rata based on the ratio of:

         —the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of such tranche of notes, to

         —the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all tranches of such class.



                                                            97

         In no event will the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche.

         Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts

         On each Transfer Date, the indenture trustee will apply BAseries Available Principal Amounts as follows:

                  o   first, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to make the full targeted
                      deposit into the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class A notes, then
                      BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage
                      of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for
                      each day during such month) will be allocated to the interest funding subaccount of each such
                      tranche of Class A notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such tranche of Class A notes, the
                      lesser of:

              —the amount of the deficiency of the targeted amount to be deposited into the interest funding subaccount of
               such tranche of Class A notes, and

              —an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes plus the Class A
               Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (determined after giving
               effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts);

                  o   second, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to make the full targeted
                      deposit into the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes, then
                      BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage
                      of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for
                      each day during such month minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts
                      reallocated as described in the first clause above) will be allocated to the interest funding
                      subaccount of each such tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such
                      tranche of Class B notes, the lesser of:

              —the amount of the deficiency of the targeted amount to be deposited into the interest funding subaccount of
               such tranche of Class B notes, and

              —an amount equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B
               notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default
               Amounts and the reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the first clause
               above);



                                                            98

                  o   third, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to pay the portion of the
                      master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts
                      (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal
                      receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month
                      minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated as described in the
                      first and second clauses above) will be paid to the servicer in an amount equal to, and allocated
                      to each such tranche of Class A notes pro rata based on, in the case of each tranche of Class A
                      notes, the lesser of:

              —the amount of the deficiency times the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for
               such tranche for such month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the
               BAseries for such month, and

              —an amount equal to the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes plus the Class A Unused
               Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (determined after giving effect to
               the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and the reallocation of
               BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the first and second clauses above);

                  o   fourth, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to pay the portion of the
                      master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts
                      (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal
                      receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month
                      minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated as described in the
                      first, second and third clauses above) will be paid to the servicer in an amount equal to, and
                      allocated to each tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such tranche of
                      Class B notes, the lesser of:

              —the amount of the deficiency times the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for
               such tranche for such month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the
               BAseries for such month, and

              —an amount equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B
               notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default
               Amounts and the reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the preceding
               clauses);

                  o   fifth, to make the targeted deposits to the principal funding account as described below under
                      "—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account;" and

                  o   sixth, to the issuing entity for reinvestment in the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.



                                                            99

         See the chart titled "Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" after the "Prospectus Summary" for a
depiction of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts.

         A tranche of notes for which credit card receivables have been sold by master trust II as described in "—Sale of
Credit Card Receivables" below will not be entitled to receive any further allocations of BAseries Available Funds or
BAseries Available Principal Amounts.

         The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is determined in part by the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of
each tranche of notes issued by the issuing entity and outstanding and, therefore, will be reduced by the amount of
BAseries Available Principal Amounts used to make deposits into the interest funding account, payments to the servicer
and deposits into the principal funding account.  If the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is reduced because
BAseries Available Principal Amounts have been used to make deposits into the interest funding account or payments to the
servicer or because of charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts, the amount of Available Funds and Available
Principal Amounts allocated to the collateral certificate and the amount of BAseries Available Funds and
BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be reduced unless the reduction in the Investor Interest is reimbursed from
amounts described above in the fourth item in "—Application of BAseries Available Funds."

         Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of BAseries Available
         Principal Amounts

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the interest funding subaccount of a
tranche of Class A notes as described in the first clause of
"—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes.
However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused
Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class A notes.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the interest funding subaccount of a
tranche of Class A notes as described in the first clause of
"—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" which does not reduce the nominal liquidation amount of Class C
notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes.  However, the
amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes, and such reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B
notes may be reallocated to the Class C notes if permitted as described below.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the interest funding subaccount of a
tranche of Class B notes as described in the second clause of
"—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after
giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the third clause
of "—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" will



                                                            100

reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes.
However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused
Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class A notes (after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs).

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the third clause
of "—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" which does not reduce the nominal liquidation amount of Class C
notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding
paragraphs) of the Class B notes.  However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not
exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (after giving effect to
the preceding paragraphs), and such reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes may be reallocated
to the Class C notes if permitted as described below.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the fourth clause
of "—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts" will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after
giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes.

         Subject to the following paragraph, each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the
nominal liquidation amount of Class B notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche
of the Class B notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such
tranche of Class B notes for the related month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class B
notes for the related month.  However, any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the nominal
liquidation amount of a tranche of Class B notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class B
notes in the manner set forth in this paragraph.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the nominal liquidation amount of Class B
notes as described in the preceding paragraph may be reallocated to the Class C notes and such reallocation will reduce
the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes.  However, the amount of such reallocation from each tranche of Class
B notes will not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B notes.

         Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the nominal liquidation amount of Class C
notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of the Class C notes pro rata based
on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche of Class C notes for the related
month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class C notes for the related month.  However,
any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of
Class C notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C notes in the manner set forth in this
paragraph.



                                                            101

         None of such reallocations will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class B or Class C notes
below zero.

         For each tranche of notes, the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be reduced by the amount of
reductions which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche less the amount of reductions which are reallocated from
that tranche to notes of a subordinated class.

         Limit on Allocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts and BAseries Available Funds

         Each tranche of notes will be allocated BAseries Available Principal Amounts and BAseries Available Funds solely
to the extent of its nominal liquidation amount.  Therefore, if the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of notes
has been reduced due to reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to cover payments of interest or the master
trust II servicing fee or due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, such tranche of notes will not be
allocated BAseries Available Principal Amounts or BAseries Available Funds to the extent of such reductions.  However,
any funds in the applicable principal funding subaccount, any funds in the applicable interest funding subaccount, any
amounts payable from any applicable derivative agreement, any funds in the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount,
and in the case of Class C notes, any funds in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount, will still be available to pay
principal of and interest on that tranche of notes.  If the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of notes has been
reduced due to reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the
master trust II servicing fee, or due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, it is possible for that
tranche's nominal liquidation amount to be increased by allocations of BAseries Available Funds.  However, there are no
assurances that there will be any BAseries Available Funds for such allocations.

         Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account

         The amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding account in any month will be the highest of the
following amounts.  However, no amount will be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for any subordinated note
unless following such deposit the remaining available subordinated amount is equal to the aggregate unused subordinated
amount for all outstanding senior notes.

                  o   Principal Payment Date.  For the month before any principal payment date of a tranche of notes, the
                      deposit targeted for that tranche of notes for that month is equal to the nominal liquidation
                      amount of that tranche of notes as of the close of business on the last day of such month,
                      determined after giving effect to any charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and any
                      reallocations, payments or deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts occurring on the
                      following Transfer Date.



                                                            102

                  o   Budgeted Deposits.  Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, for each month
                      beginning with the twelfth month before the expected principal payment date of a tranche of notes,
                      the deposit targeted to be made into the principal funding subaccount for a tranche of notes will
                      be one-twelfth of the expected outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of notes as of
                      its expected principal payment date.

              The issuing entity may postpone the date of the targeted deposits described in the previous sentence.  If
              the issuing entity determines that fewer months than expected would be required to accumulate
              BAseries Available Principal Amounts necessary to pay a tranche of notes on its expected principal payment
              date, using conservative historical information about payment rates of principal receivables under master
              trust II and after taking into account all of the other expected payments of principal of master trust II
              investor certificates and notes to be made in the next twelve months, then the start of the targeted
              deposits may be postponed each month by one month, with proportionately larger targeted deposits for each
              month of postponement.

                  o   Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes.  If the issuing entity determines
                      that any date on which principal is payable or to be deposited into a principal funding subaccount
                      for any tranche of Class C notes will occur at a time when the payment or deposit of all or part of
                      that tranche of Class C notes would be prohibited because it would cause a deficiency in the
                      remaining available subordination for the Class A notes or Class B notes, the targeted deposit
                      amount for the Class A notes and Class B notes will be an amount equal to the portion of the
                      Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes and Class B notes that would have
                      to cease to be outstanding in order to permit the payment of or deposit for that tranche of Class C
                      notes.

              If the issuing entity determines that any date on which principal is payable or to be deposited into a
              principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes will occur at a time when the payment or
              deposit of all or part of that tranche of Class B notes would be prohibited because it would cause a
              deficiency in the remaining available subordination for the Class A notes, the targeted deposit amount for
              the Class A notes will be an amount equal to the portion of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
              of the Class A notes that would have to cease to be outstanding in order to permit the payment of or deposit
              for that tranche of Class B notes.

              Prefunding of the principal funding subaccount for the senior tranches of the BAseries will continue until:

              —enough senior notes are repaid so that the subordinated notes that are payable are no longer necessary to
              provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes;



                                                            103

              —new subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that are payable are no longer necessary
              to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes; or

              —the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes are prefunded so that the subordinated notes that
              are payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes.

              For purposes of calculating the prefunding requirements, the required subordinated amount of a tranche of a
              senior class of notes of the BAseries will be calculated as described under "The Notes—Required Subordinated
              Amount" based on its Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount on such date.  However, if any early
              redemption event has occurred relating to the subordinated notes or if the usage of the subordinated notes
              relating to such senior notes is greater than zero, the required subordinated amount will be calculated
              based on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of the close of business on the
              day immediately preceding the occurrence of such early redemption event or the date on which the usage of
              the subordinated notes exceeds zero.

              When the prefunded amounts are no longer necessary, they will be withdrawn from the principal funding account
              and applied in accordance with the description under "—Withdrawals from Principal Funding
              Account—Withdrawals of Prefunded Amounts." The nominal liquidation amount of the prefunded tranches will
              be increased by the amount removed from the principal funding account.

              If any tranche of senior notes becomes payable as a result of an early redemption event, event of default or
              other optional or mandatory redemption, or upon reaching its expected principal payment date, any prefunded
              amounts on deposit in its principal funding subaccount will be paid to noteholders of that tranche and
              deposits to pay the notes will continue as necessary to pay that tranche.

                  o   Event of Default, Early Redemption Event or Other Optional or Mandatory Redemption.  If any tranche
                      of notes has been accelerated after the occurrence of an event of default during that month, or an
                      early redemption event or other optional or mandatory redemption has occurred relating to any
                      tranche of notes, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes for that month and each following
                      month will equal the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche of notes as of the close of
                      business on the last day of the preceding month, determined after giving effect to reallocations,
                      payments or deposits occurring on the Transfer Date for that month.

                  o   Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties.  If a tranche of U.S. dollar notes or foreign currency
                      notes that has a Performing or non-Performing derivative agreement for principal that provides for
                      a payment to the applicable derivative counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes
                      on each Transfer Date for any payment to the derivative counterparty will be specified in the
                      BAseries indenture supplement.



                                                            104

         Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts, after any reallocation to cover BAseries Available Funds shortfalls, if
any, will be allocated each month, and a portion deposited in the principal funding subaccount established for each
tranche of notes, as follows:

                  o   BAseries Available Principal Amounts Equal Targeted Amounts.  If BAseries Available Principal
                      Amounts remaining after giving effect to clauses one through four under "—Application of
                      BAseries Available Principal Amounts" are equal to the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche
                      of notes, then the applicable targeted amount will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount
                      established for each tranche.

                  o   BAseries Available Principal Amounts Are Less Than Targeted Amounts.  If BAseries Available
                      Principal Amounts remaining after giving effect to clauses one through four under "—Application of
                      BAseries Available Principal Amounts" are less than the sum of the deposits targeted by each
                      tranche of notes, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal
                      funding subaccounts for each tranche in the following priority:

              —first, the amount available will be allocated to the Class A notes,

              —second, the amount available after the application above will be allocated to the Class B notes, and

              —third, the amount available after the applications above will be allocated to the Class C notes.

         In each case, BAseries Available Principal Amounts allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of
notes within such class pro rata based on the ratio of:

              —the amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for the applicable tranche of
               such class, to

              —the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for all tranches of
               such class.

         If the restrictions described in "—Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes;
Limit on Repayments of all Tranches" prevent the deposit of BAseries Available Principal Amounts into the principal
funding subaccount of any subordinated note, the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts available to
make the targeted deposit for such subordinated tranche will be allocated first to the Class A notes and then to the
Class B notes, in each case pro rata based on the dollar amount of subordinated notes required to be outstanding for the
related senior notes.  See "—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account."



                                                            105

         Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches

         Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes.  No BAseries Available Principal
Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of any tranche of Class B notes unless, following such
deposit, the available subordinated amount of Class B notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of
Class B notes for all outstanding Class A notes minus the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount for all
Class A notes.  For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class B notes is equal to the aggregate nominal
liquidation amount of all other Class B notes of the BAseries which will be outstanding after giving effect to the
deposit into the principal funding subaccount of such tranche of Class B notes and all other Class B notes which have a
targeted deposit into the principal funding account for such month.

         No BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of any tranche of
Class C notes unless, following such deposit:

         —the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of
          Class C notes for all outstanding Class A notes minus the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated
          Amount for all Class A notes; and

         —the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of
          Class C notes for all outstanding Class B notes minus the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated
          Amount for all Class B notes.

         For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is equal to the aggregate nominal
liquidation amount of all other Class C notes of the BAseries which will be outstanding after giving effect to the
deposit into the principal funding subaccount of such tranche of Class C notes and all other Class C notes which have a
targeted deposit into the principal funding account for such month.

         BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of a subordinated note
if and only to the extent that such deposit is not contrary to either of the preceding two paragraphs and the prefunding
target amount for each senior note is zero.

         Limit on Repayments of all Tranches.  No amounts on deposit in a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of
Class A notes or Class B notes will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a derivative
agreement with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of that
tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be specified in the BAseries indenture
supplement).  In the case of any tranche of Class C notes, no amounts on deposit in a principal funding subaccount or, if
applicable, a Class C reserve subaccount for any such tranche will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make
a payment under a derivative agreement with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest outstanding
dollar principal amount of that tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be
specified in the BAseries indenture supplement).



                                                            106

         Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal

         Unless otherwise specified in the related indenture supplement, dollar payments for principal received under
derivative agreements of U.S. dollar notes in the BAseries will be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts.
Payments received under derivative agreements for principal of foreign currency notes in the BAseries will be applied as
specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

         Payments Received from Supplemental Credit Enhancement Providers or Supplemental Liquidity Providers for Principal

         Unless otherwise specified in the related indenture supplement, payments for principal received from supplemental
credit enhancement providers or supplemental liquidity providers for BAseries notes will be treated as BAseries Available
Principal Amounts.

         Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Principal Funding Account

         Withdrawals from any Class C reserve subaccount will be deposited into the applicable principal funding
subaccount for the applicable tranche of Class C notes to the extent described under "—Withdrawals from the Class C
Reserve Account."

         Withdrawals from Interest Funding Subaccounts

         After giving effect to all deposits of funds to the interest funding account in a month, the following
withdrawals from the applicable interest funding subaccount may be made, to the extent funds are available, in the
applicable interest funding subaccount.  A tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals
in a particular month:

                  o   Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes.  On each applicable interest payment date for each tranche of
                      U.S. dollar notes, an amount equal to interest due on the applicable tranche of notes on the
                      applicable interest payment date (including any overdue interest payments and additional interest
                      on overdue interest payments) will be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and paid to
                      the applicable paying agent.

                  o   Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a Non-Performing Derivative Agreement.  On each
                      applicable interest payment date for a tranche of foreign currency notes that has a non-Performing
                      derivative agreement for interest, the amount specified in the BAseries indenture supplement will
                      be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and, if so specified in the applicable indenture
                      supplement, converted to the applicable foreign currency at the applicable spot exchange rate and
                      remitted to the applicable paying agent.



                                                            107

                  o   Withdrawals for Discount Notes.  On each applicable principal payment date, for each tranche of
                      discount notes, an amount equal to the amount of the accretion of principal of that tranche of
                      notes from the prior principal payment date—or, in the case of the first principal payment date,
                      the date of issuance of that tranche—to but excluding the applicable principal payment date will be
                      withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and invested in the Investor Interest of Series
                      2001-D.

                  o   Withdrawals for Payments to Derivative Counterparties.  On each date on which a payment is required
                      under the applicable derivative agreement, for any tranche of notes that has a Performing or
                      non-Performing derivative agreement for interest, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to
                      be made under the applicable derivative agreement (including, if applicable, any overdue payment
                      and any additional interest on overdue payments) will be withdrawn from that interest funding
                      subaccount and paid in accordance with the BAseries indenture supplement.

         If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an interest funding subaccount is less than all withdrawals
required to be made from that subaccount in a month after giving effect to all deposits, then the amounts on deposit in
that interest funding subaccount will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one person, applied pro rata based on the
amounts of the withdrawals required to be made.  After payment in full of any tranche of notes, any amount remaining on
deposit in the applicable interest funding subaccount will be first applied to cover any interest funding subaccount
shortfalls for other tranches of notes in the manner described in "—Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts," second
applied to cover any principal funding subaccount shortfalls in the manner described in "—Allocation to Principal Funding
Subaccounts," and third paid to the issuing entity.

         Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account

         After giving effect to all deposits of funds to the principal funding account in a month, the following
withdrawals from the applicable principal funding subaccount will be made to the extent funds are available in the
applicable principal funding subaccount.  A tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the following
withdrawals in a particular month:

                  o   Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Principal.  On each applicable
                      principal payment date, for each tranche of U.S. dollar notes that has no derivative agreement for
                      principal, an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable tranche of notes on the
                      applicable principal payment date will be withdrawn from the applicable principal funding
                      subaccount and paid to the applicable paying agent.

                  o   Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar or Foreign Currency Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for
                      Principal.  On each date on which a payment is required under the applicable derivative agreement
                      for any tranche of U.S. dollar or foreign currency notes that has a Performing derivative agreement
                      for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made under



                                                            108

                      the applicable derivative agreement will be withdrawn from the applicable principal funding
                      subaccount and paid to the applicable derivative counterparty.  The issuing entity will direct the
                      applicable derivative counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable derivative agreement
                      to the applicable paying agent.

                  o   Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal.
                      On each principal payment date for a tranche of foreign currency notes that has a non-Performing
                      derivative agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount specified in the applicable
                      indenture supplement will be withdrawn from that principal funding subaccount and, if so specified
                      in the applicable indenture supplement, converted to the applicable foreign currency at the
                      prevailing spot exchange rate and paid to the applicable paying agent.

                  o   Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal.  On
                      each principal payment date for a tranche of U.S. dollar notes with a non-Performing derivative
                      agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable indenture supplement will be
                      withdrawn from the applicable principal funding subaccount and paid to the applicable paying agent.

                  o   Withdrawals of Prefunded Amounts.  If prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for senior
                      classes of notes is no longer necessary as a result of payment of senior notes or issuance of
                      additional subordinated notes, as described under
                      "—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding
                      Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes," the prefunded amounts will
                      be withdrawn from the principal funding account and first, allocated among and deposited to the
                      principal funding subaccounts of the Class A notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit
                      in such principal funding subaccount; second, allocated among and deposited to the principal
                      funding subaccounts of the Class B notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such
                      principal funding subaccount; third, allocated among and deposited to the principal funding
                      subaccount of the Class C notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such principal
                      funding subaccount; and fourth, any remaining amounts paid to master trust II to increase the
                      Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

                  o   Withdrawals on the Legal Maturity Date.  On the legal maturity date of any tranche of notes,
                      amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount of such tranche may be applied to pay
                      principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a derivative agreement with respect to
                      principal of that tranche.

         If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of notes is
less than all withdrawals required to be made from that principal funding



                                                            109

subaccount for that tranche in a month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and applied pro rata based on the
amounts of the withdrawals required to be made.  Upon payment in full of any tranche of notes, any remaining amount on
deposit in the applicable principal funding subaccount will be first applied to cover any interest funding subaccount
shortfalls for other tranches of notes, second applied to cover any principal funding subaccount shortfalls, and third
paid to the issuing entity.

         Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account

         The Class C reserve account will be funded on each Transfer Date, as necessary, from BAseries Available Funds as
described under "—Application of BAseries Available Funds."  The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Class C
reserve account in each month will be the sum of the Class C reserve subaccount deposits targeted to be made for each
tranche of Class C notes as required under the BAseries indenture supplement.  The deposit targeted to be made to the
Class C reserve subaccount in each month for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will be described in the applicable
prospectus supplement.

         If the aggregate deposit made to the Class C reserve account is less than the sum of the targeted deposits for
each tranche of Class C notes, then the amount available will be allocated to each tranche of Class C notes up to the
targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of that tranche
for such month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all tranches of Class C notes for such month
that have a targeted amount to be deposited in their Class C reserve subaccounts for that month.  After the initial
allocation, any excess will be further allocated in a similar manner to those Class C reserve subaccounts which still
have an uncovered targeted deposit.

         Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account

         Withdrawals will be made from the Class C reserve account in the amount and manner required under the
BAseries indenture supplement.

         Unless otherwise described in the applicable prospectus supplement, withdrawals will be made from the Class C
reserve subaccounts, but in no event more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount, in the
following order:

                  o   Payments of Interest, Payments Relating to Derivative Agreements for Interest and Accretion on
                      Discount Notes.  If the amount on deposit in the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of
                      Class C notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required, the
                      amount of the deficiency will be withdrawn from the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and
                      deposited into the applicable interest funding subaccount.

                  o   Payments of Principal and Payments Relating to Derivative Agreements for Principal.  If, on and
                      after the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which any tranche of Class C notes is accelerated
                      pursuant to the indenture following an event of default relating to such tranche, (ii) any date on
                      or after the Transfer Date immediately preceding the expected principal payment date on which the
                      amount on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for any tranche of



                                                            110

                      Class C notes plus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class C reserve subaccount for such
                      tranche of Class C notes equals or exceeds the outstanding dollar principal amount of such Class C
                      notes and (iii) the legal maturity date for any tranche of Class C notes, the amount on deposit in
                      the principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class C notes is insufficient to pay in full
                      the amounts for which withdrawals are required, the amount of the deficiency will be withdrawn from
                      the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and deposited into the applicable principal funding
                      subaccount.

                  o   Excess Amounts.  If on any Transfer Date the aggregate amount on deposit in any Class C reserve
                      subaccount is greater than the amount required to be on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve
                      subaccount and such Class C notes have not been accelerated, the excess will be withdrawn and first
                      allocated among and deposited to the other Class C reserve subaccounts in a manner similar to that
                      described in the second paragraph of "—Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account" and
                      then paid to the issuing entity.  In addition, after payment in full of any tranche of Class C
                      notes, any amount remaining on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount will be applied
                      in accordance with the preceding sentence.

         Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account

         If more than one budgeted deposit is targeted for a tranche, the accumulation reserve subaccount will be funded
for such tranche no later than three months prior to the date on which a budgeted deposit is first targeted for such
tranche as described under "—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding
Account."  The accumulation reserve subaccount for a tranche of notes will be funded on each Transfer Date, as necessary,
from BAseries Available Funds as described under "—Application of BAseries Available Funds."  The aggregate deposit
targeted to be made to the accumulation reserve account in each month will be the sum of the accumulation reserve
subaccount deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of notes.

         If the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Funds available for deposit to the accumulation reserve account is
less than the sum of the targeted deposits for each tranche of notes, then the amount available will be allocated to each
tranche of notes up to the targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds
Allocation Amount for that tranche for that month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all
tranches of notes that have a targeted deposit to their accumulation reserve subaccounts for that month.  After the
initial allocation, any excess will be further allocated in a similar manner to those accumulation reserve subaccounts
which still have an uncovered targeted deposit.

         Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve Account

         Withdrawals will be made from the accumulation reserve subaccounts, but in no event more than the amount on
deposit in the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount, in the following order:



                                                            111

                  o   Interest.  On or prior to each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate for each tranche of
                      notes the amount of any shortfall of net investment earnings for amounts on deposit in the
                      principal funding subaccount for that tranche (other than prefunded amounts) over the amount of
                      interest that would have accrued on such deposit if that tranche had borne interest at the
                      applicable note interest rate (or other rate specified in the BAseries indenture supplement) for
                      the prior month.  If there is any such shortfall for that Transfer Date, or any unpaid shortfall
                      from any earlier Transfer Date, the issuing entity will withdraw the sum of those amounts from the
                      accumulation reserve subaccount, to the extent available, for treatment as BAseries Available Funds
                      for such month.

                  o   Payment to Issuing Entity.  Upon payment in full of any tranche of notes, any amount on deposit in
                      the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount will be paid to the issuing entity.

         Final Payment of the Notes

         Noteholders are entitled to payment of principal in an amount equal to the outstanding dollar principal amount of
their respective notes.  However, BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to pay principal on the notes
only up to their nominal liquidation amount, which will be reduced for charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default
Amounts and reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or a portion
of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to such notes.  In addition, if a sale of receivables occurs, as described
in "—Sale of Credit Card Receivables," the amount of receivables sold will be limited to the nominal liquidation amount
of, plus any accrued, past due or additional interest on, the related tranche of notes.  If the nominal liquidation
amount of a tranche has been reduced, noteholders of such tranche will receive full payment of principal only to the
extent proceeds from the sale of receivables are sufficient to pay the full principal amount, amounts are received from
an applicable derivative agreement or amounts have been previously deposited in an issuing entity account for such
tranche of notes.

         On the date of a sale of receivables, the proceeds of such sale will be available to pay the outstanding dollar
principal amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, that tranche.

         A tranche of notes will be considered to be paid in full, the holders of those notes will have no further right
or claim, and the issuing entity will have no further obligation or liability for principal or interest, on the earliest
to occur of:

                  o   the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued, past due and
                      additional interest on that tranche of notes;

                  o   the date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of notes is reduced to
                      zero, and all accrued, past due or additional interest on that tranche of notes is paid in full;



                                                            112

                  o   the legal maturity date of that tranche of notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations,
                      reallocations, sales of credit card receivables and payments to be made on that date; or

                  o   the date on which a sale of receivables has taken place for such tranche, as described in "—Sale of
                      Credit Card Receivables."

         Pro Rata Payments Within a Tranche

         All notes of a tranche will receive payments of principal and interest pro rata based on the stated principal
amount of each note in that tranche.

         Shared Excess Available Funds

         BAseries Available Funds for any month remaining after making the seventh application described under
"—Application of BAseries Available Funds" will be available for allocation to other series of notes in Group A.  Such
excess including excesses, if any, from other series of notes in Group A, called shared excess available funds, will be
allocated to cover certain shortfalls in Available Funds for the series in Group A, if any, which have not been covered
out of Available Funds allocable to such series.  If these shortfalls exceed shared excess available funds for any month,
shared excess available funds will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series in Group A based on the relative
amounts of those shortfalls in Available Funds.  To the extent that shared excess available funds exceed those
shortfalls, the balance will be paid to the issuing entity.  For the BAseries, shared excess available funds, to the
extent available and allocated to the BAseries, will cover shortfalls in the first four applications described in
"—Application of BAseries Available Funds."

Issuing Entity Accounts

         The issuing entity has established a collection account for the purpose of receiving payments of finance charge
collections and principal collections and other amounts from master trust II payable under the collateral certificate.

         If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may direct the indenture trustee to
establish and maintain in the name of the indenture trustee supplemental accounts for any series, class or tranche of
notes for the benefit of the related noteholders.

         Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into one or more supplemental accounts,
to make payments of interest on and principal of the notes, to make payments under any applicable derivative agreements,
and for the other purposes as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         The supplemental accounts described in this section are referred to as issuing entity accounts.  Amounts
maintained in issuing entity accounts may only be invested by the indenture trustee at the written direction of the
issuing entity, without independent verification of its authority, in Permitted Investments.



                                                            113

         Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into the collection account, and then
allocated to each series of notes (including the BAseries), and then allocated to the applicable series principal funding
account, the interest funding account, the accumulation reserve account, the Class C reserve account and any other
supplemental account, to make payments under any applicable derivative agreements and additionally as specified in
"—Deposit and Application of Funds."

         For the BAseries notes, the issuing entity will also establish a principal funding account, an interest funding
account and an accumulation reserve account for the benefit of the BAseries, which will have subaccounts for each tranche
of notes of the BAseries, and a Class C reserve account, which will have subaccounts for each tranche of Class C notes of
the BAseries.

         For the BAseries funds on deposit in the principal funding account and the interest funding account will be used
to make payments of principal of and interest on the BAseries notes when such payments are due.  Payments of interest and
principal will be due in the month when the funds are deposited into the accounts, or in later months.  If interest on a
note is not scheduled to be paid every month—for example, if interest on that note is payable quarterly, semiannually or
at another interval less frequently than monthly—the issuing entity will deposit accrued interest amounts funded from
BAseries Available Funds into the interest funding subaccount for that note to be held until the interest is due.  See
"—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Funds to the Interest Funding
Account."

         If the issuing entity anticipates that BAseries Available Principal Amounts will not be enough to pay the stated
principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date, the issuing entity may begin to apply
BAseries Available Principal Amounts in months before the expected principal payment date and deposit those funds into the
principal funding subaccount established for that tranche to be held until the expected principal payment date of that
note.  However, since funds in the principal funding subaccount for tranches of subordinated notes will not be available
for credit enhancement for any senior classes of notes, BAseries Available Principal Amounts will not be deposited into
the principal funding subaccount for a tranche of subordinated notes if such deposit would reduce the available
subordination below the required subordination.

         If the earnings on funds in the principal funding subaccount are less than the interest payable on the portion of
principal in the principal funding subaccount for the applicable tranche of notes, the amount of such shortfall will be
withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account to the extent available, unless the amounts on deposit in the principal
funding subaccount are prefunded amounts, in which case additional finance charge collections will be allocable to the
collateral certificate and the BAseries and will be treated as BAseries Available Funds as described under "Deposit and
Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available Funds" and "Master Trust II—Application of Collections" in this
prospectus.

Derivative Agreements

         Some notes may have the benefits of one or more derivative agreements, such as a currency swap, an interest rate
swap, a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all



                                                            114

interest in excess of a specified percentage rate), a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest
below a specified percentage rate and above a higher specified percentage rate) or a guaranteed investment contract
(obligating a derivative counterparty to pay a guaranteed rate of return over a specified period) with various
counterparties.  In general, the issuing entity will receive payments from counterparties to the derivative agreements in
exchange for the issuing entity's payments to them, to the extent required under the derivative agreements.  Payments
received from derivative counterparties with respect to interest payments on dollar notes in a series, class or tranche
will generally be treated as Available Funds for such series, class or tranche.  The specific terms of a derivative
agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a description of the related counterparty will be
included in the related prospectus supplement.  Funding or its affiliates may be derivative counterparties for any
series, class or tranche of notes.

Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements

         Some notes may have the benefit of one or more additional forms of credit enhancement agreements—referred to
herein as "supplemental credit enhancement agreements" —such as letters of credit, cash collateral guarantees or
accounts, surety bonds or insurance policies with various credit enhancement providers.  In addition, some notes may have
the benefit of one or more forms of supplemental liquidity agreements—referred to herein as "supplemental liquidity
agreements" —such as a liquidity facility with various liquidity providers.  The specific terms of any supplemental
credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a
description of the related provider will be included in the prospectus supplement for a series, class or tranche of
notes.  Funding or its affiliates may be providers of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental
liquidity agreement.

Sale of Credit Card Receivables

         In addition to a sale of receivables following an insolvency of Funding, if a series, class or tranche of notes
has an event of default and is accelerated before its legal maturity date, master trust II will sell credit card
receivables, or interests therein, if the conditions described in "The Indenture—Events of Default" and "—Events of
Default Remedies" are satisfied, and for subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment
is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.  This sale will take place at the
direction of the indenture trustee or at the direction of the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar
principal amount of notes of that series, class or tranche.

         Any sale of receivables for a subordinated tranche of notes in a multiple tranche series may be delayed until the
senior classes of notes of the same series are prefunded, enough notes of senior classes are repaid, or new subordinated
notes have been issued, in each case, to the extent that the subordinated tranche is no longer needed to provide the
required subordination for the senior notes of that series.  In a multiple tranche series, if a senior tranche of notes
directs a sale of credit card receivables, then after the sale that tranche will no longer be entitled to subordination
from subordinated classes of notes of the same series.



                                                            115

         If principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in full on its legal maturity date, the sale
will automatically take place on that date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes.
Proceeds from such sale will be immediately paid to the noteholders of the related tranche.

         The amount of credit card receivables sold will be up to the nominal liquidation amount of, plus any accrued,
past due and additional interest on, the related notes.  The nominal liquidation amount of such notes will be
automatically reduced to zero upon such sale.  No more Available Principal Amounts or Available Funds will be allocated
to those notes.  Noteholders will receive the proceeds of such sale in an amount not to exceed the outstanding principal
amount of, plus any past due, accrued and additional interest on, such notes.  Such notes are no longer outstanding under
the indenture once the sale occurs.

         After giving effect to a sale of receivables for a series, class or tranche of notes, the amount of proceeds on
deposit in a principal funding account or subaccount may be less than the outstanding dollar principal amount of that
series, class or tranche.  This deficiency can arise because the nominal liquidation amount of that series, class or
tranche was reduced before the sale of receivables or because the sale price for the receivables was less than the
outstanding dollar principal amount and accrued, past due and additional interest.  These types of deficiencies will not
be reimbursed.

         Sale of Credit Card Receivables for BAseries Notes

         Credit card receivables may be sold upon the insolvency of Funding, upon an event of default and acceleration
relating to a tranche of notes, and on the legal maturity date of a tranche of notes.  See "The Indenture—Events of
Default" and "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events" in this prospectus.

         If a tranche of notes has an event of default and is accelerated before its legal maturity date, master trust II
may sell credit card receivables in an amount up to the nominal liquidation amount of the affected tranche plus any
accrued, past due or additional interest on the affected tranche if the conditions described in "The Indenture—Events of
Default Remedies" are satisfied.  This sale will take place at the option of the indenture trustee or at the direction of
the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of that tranche.  However, a sale
will only be permitted if at least one of the following conditions is met:

                  o   the holders of 90% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the accelerated tranche
                      of notes consent;

                  o   the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts and payments
                      to be received from any applicable derivative agreement) would be sufficient to pay all amounts due
                      on the accelerated tranche of notes; or



                                                            116

                  o   if the indenture trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated tranche of
                      notes, including BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts allocable to the
                      accelerated tranche of notes, payments to be received from any applicable derivative agreement and
                      amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts, may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make
                      all payments on the accelerated tranche of notes as such payments would have become due if such
                      obligations had not been declared due and payable, and 66 (2)/3% of the noteholders of the
                      accelerated tranche of notes consent to the sale.

         Any sale of receivables for a subordinated tranche of notes will be delayed if the subordination provisions
prevent payment of the accelerated tranche until a sufficient amount of senior classes of notes are prefunded, or a
sufficient amount of senior notes have been repaid, or a sufficient amount of subordinated tranches have been issued, in
each case, to the extent that the accelerated tranche of notes is no longer needed to provide the required subordination
for the senior classes.

         If principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in full on its legal maturity date (after
giving effect to any allocations, deposits and distributions to be made on such date), the sale will automatically take
place on that date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes.  Proceeds from such a
sale will be immediately paid to the noteholders of the related tranche.

         The amount of credit card receivables sold will be up to the nominal liquidation amount of, plus any accrued,
past due and additional interest on, the tranches of notes that directed the sale to be made.  The nominal liquidation
amount of any tranche of notes that directed the sale to be made will be automatically reduced to zero upon such sale.
After such sale, no more BAseries Available Principal Amounts or BAseries Available Funds will be allocated to that
tranche.

         If a tranche of notes directs a sale of credit card receivables, then after the sale that tranche will no longer
be entitled to credit enhancement from subordinated classes of notes of the same series.  Tranches of notes that have
directed sales of credit card receivables are not outstanding under the indenture.

         After giving effect to a sale of receivables for a tranche of notes, the amount of proceeds may be less than the
outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche.  This deficiency can arise because of a Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficit or if the sale price for the receivables was less than the outstanding dollar principal amount.  These types of
deficiencies will not be reimbursed unless, in the case of Class C notes only, there are sufficient amounts in the
related Class C reserve subaccount.

         Any amount remaining on deposit in the interest funding subaccount for a tranche of notes that has received final
payment as described in "—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Final Payment of the Notes" and that has
caused a sale of receivables will be treated as BAseries Available Funds and be allocated as described in "—Application
of BAseries Available Funds."



                                                            117

Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity; Security for the Notes

         Only the portion of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocable to a series, class or tranche of
notes after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations thereof, funds on deposit in the applicable issuing entity
accounts, any applicable derivative agreement and proceeds of sales of credit card receivables provide the source of
payment for principal of or interest on any series, class or tranche of notes.  Noteholders will have no recourse to any
other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the notes.

         The notes of all series are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the
collection account, but each series, class or tranche of notes is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of those
assets allocated to it under the indenture and the related indenture supplement.  See "The Indenture—Issuing Entity
Covenants" and "Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties" for a discussion of covenants regarding the perfection of
security interests.  Each series, class or tranche of notes is also secured by a security interest in any applicable
supplemental account and any applicable derivative agreement.

         Series 2001-D, and therefore the collateral certificate, is allocated a portion of collections of finance charge
receivables, collections of principal receivables, its share of the payment obligation on the master trust II servicing
fee and its share of defaults on principal receivables in master trust II based on the investor percentage.  The
BAseries and the other series of notes are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the
collection account of the issuing entity, but each series of notes (including the BAseries) is entitled to the benefits
of only that portion of those assets allocable to it under the indenture and the applicable indenture supplement.
Therefore, only a portion of the collections allocated to the collateral certificate are available to the BAseries.
Similarly, BAseries notes are entitled only to their allocable share of BAseries Available Funds, BAseries Available
Principal Amounts, amounts on deposit in the applicable issuing entity accounts, any payments received from derivative
counterparties (to the extent not included in BAseries Available Funds) and proceeds of the sale of credit card
receivables by master trust II.  Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other
person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the notes.

         Each tranche of notes of the BAseries is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of the issuing entity's
assets allocated to that tranche under the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement.  Each tranche of notes is
also secured by a security interest in the applicable principal funding subaccount, the applicable interest funding
subaccount, the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount, in the case of a tranche of Class C notes, the applicable
Class C reserve subaccount and any other applicable supplemental account, and by a security interest in any applicable
derivative agreement.

                                                       The Indenture

         The notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the indenture and a related indenture supplement.  The
following discussion and the discussions under "The Notes" in this prospectus and certain sections in the prospectus
summary summarize the material terms of the notes, the



                                                            118

indenture and the indenture supplements.  These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the provisions of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements.

Indenture Trustee

         The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the
notes.  See "Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon" for a description of The Bank of New York Mellon.

         Under the terms of the indenture, the issuing entity has agreed to pay to the indenture trustee reasonable
compensation for performance of its duties under the indenture.  The indenture trustee has agreed to perform only those
duties specifically set forth in the indenture.  Many of the duties of the indenture trustee are described throughout
this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement.  Under the terms of the indenture, the indenture trustee's limited
responsibilities include the following:

                  o   to deliver to noteholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by the
                      indenture trustee, as required under the indenture;

                  o   to authenticate, deliver, cancel and otherwise administer the notes;

                  o   to maintain custody of the collateral certificate pursuant to the terms of the indenture;

                  o   to establish and maintain necessary issuing entity accounts and to maintain accurate records of
                      activity in those accounts;

                  o   to serve as the initial transfer agent, paying agent and registrar, and, if it resigns these
                      duties, to appoint a successor transfer agent, paying agent and registrar;

                  o   to invest funds in the issuing entity accounts at the direction of the issuing entity;

                  o   to represent the noteholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar organizations;

                  o   to distribute and transfer funds at the direction of the issuing entity, as applicable, in
                      accordance with the terms of the indenture;

                  o   to periodically report on and notify noteholders of certain matters relating to actions taken by
                      the indenture trustee, property and funds that are possessed by the indenture trustee, and other
                      similar matters; and

                  o   to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the indenture.



                                                            119

         In addition, the indenture trustee has the discretion to require the issuing entity to cure a potential event of
default and to institute and maintain suits to protect the interest of the noteholders in the collateral certificate.
The indenture trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith and the
indenture trustee was not negligent.  The indenture trustee is not responsible for any investment losses to the extent
that they result from Permitted Investments.

         If an event of default occurs, in addition to the responsibilities described above, the indenture trustee will
exercise its rights and powers under the indenture to protect the interests of the noteholders using the same degree of
care and skill as a prudent man would exercise in the conduct of his own affairs.  If an event of default occurs and is
continuing, the indenture trustee will be responsible for enforcing the agreements and the rights of the noteholders.
See "The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies."  The indenture trustee may, under certain limited circumstances, have the
right or the obligation to do the following:

                  o   demand immediate payment by the issuing entity of all principal and accrued interest on the notes;

                  o   enhance monitoring of the securitization;

                  o   protect the interests of the noteholders in the collateral certificate or the receivables in a
                      bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

                  o   prepare and send timely notice to noteholders of the event of default;

                  o   institute judicial proceedings for the collection of amounts due and unpaid;

                  o   rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration of the notes by the noteholders following an event
                      of default; and

                  o   cause master trust II to sell credit card receivables (see "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale
                      of Credit Card Receivables").

         Following an event of default, the majority holders of any series, class or tranche of notes will have the right
to direct the indenture trustee to exercise certain remedies available to the indenture trustee under the indenture.  In
such case, the indenture trustee may decline to follow the direction of the majority holders only if it determines that:
(1) the action so directed is unlawful or conflicts with the indenture, (2) the action so directed would involve it in
personal liability, or (3) the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the noteholders not taking part in
such direction.

         The issuing entity has agreed to pay the indenture trustee for all services rendered.  The issuing entity will
also indemnify the indenture trustee for any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its
part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the issuing entity.  In certain instances, this
indemnification will be higher in priority than payments to noteholders.  See "The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies."



                                                            120

         The indenture trustee may resign at any time.  The indenture trustee may be removed from any series, class or
tranche of notes at any time by majority of the noteholders of that series, class or tranche.  The issuing entity may
also remove the indenture trustee if, among other things, the indenture trustee is no longer eligible to act as trustee
under the indenture or if the indenture trustee becomes insolvent.  In all circumstances, the issuing entity must appoint
a successor indenture trustee for the notes.  Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a
successor indenture trustee will not become effective until the successor indenture trustee accepts the appointment.

         Any successor indenture trustee will execute and deliver to the issuing entity and its predecessor indenture
trustee an instrument accepting such appointment.  The successor trustee must (1) be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state, (2) be authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers, (3) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or
examination by federal or state authority, and (4) have a rating of at least BBB- by Standard & Poor's and at least BBB
by Fitch.  The issuing entity may not, nor may any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under
common control with the issuing entity, serve as indenture trustee.

         The issuing entity or its affiliates may maintain accounts and other banking or trustee relationships with the
indenture trustee and its affiliates.

Owner Trustee

         Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, is the owner trustee for the issuing entity.  See
"Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust" for a description of the ministerial nature of the owner trustee's duties and
"Transaction Parties—Wilmington Trust Company" for a description of Wilmington Trust Company.

         The owner trustee will be indemnified from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
taxes, claims, actions, investigations, proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind arising out of, among
other things, the trust agreement or any other related documents (or the enforcement thereof), the administration of the
issuing entity's assets or the action or inaction of the owner trustee under the trust agreement, except for (1) its own
willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, or (2) the inaccuracy of certain of its representations and warranties in
the trust agreement.

         The owner trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days' prior written notice to the beneficiary.  The owner
trustee may also be removed as owner trustee if it becomes insolvent, it is no longer eligible to act as owner trustee
under the trust agreement or by a written instrument delivered by the beneficiary to the owner trustee.  The beneficiary
must appoint a successor owner trustee.  If a successor owner trustee has not been appointed within 30 days after giving
notice of resignation or removal, the owner trustee or the beneficiary may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction
to appoint a successor owner trustee.  This court-appointed owner trustee will only act in such capacity until the time,
if any, as a successor owner trustee is appointed by the beneficiary.



                                                            121

         Any owner trustee will at all times (1) be a trust company or a banking corporation under the laws of its state
of incorporation or a national banking association, having all corporate powers and all material government licenses,
authorization, consents and approvals required to carry on a trust business in the State of Delaware, (2) comply with the
relevant provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, (3) have a combined capital and surplus of not less than
$50,000,000 (or have its obligations and liabilities irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by an affiliated person
having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000), and (4) have (or have a parent which has) a rating of at
least Baa3 by Moody's, at least BBB- by Standard & Poor's or, if not rated, otherwise satisfactory to each rating agency
rating the outstanding notes.  The owner trustee or the beneficiary may also deem it necessary or prudent to appoint a
co-trustee or separate owner trustee for the owner trustee under the trust agreement.

Issuing Entity Covenants

         The issuing entity will not, among other things:

                  o   claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and interest payable on the notes,
                      other than amounts withheld in good faith from such payments under the Internal Revenue Code or
                      other applicable tax law,

                  o   voluntarily dissolve or liquidate, or

                  o   permit (A) the validity or effectiveness of the indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien
                      created by the indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or
                      permit any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the notes under
                      the indenture except as may be expressly permitted by the indenture, (B) any lien, charge, excise,
                      claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien created by the
                      indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the collateral securing
                      the notes or proceeds thereof, or (C) the lien of the indenture not to constitute a valid first
                      priority security interest in the collateral securing the notes.

         The issuing entity may not engage in any activity other than the activities described in "Transaction Parties—BA
Credit Card Trust" in this prospectus.  The issuing entity will not incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable,
directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except for the notes.

         The issuing entity will also covenant that if:

                  o   the issuing entity defaults in the payment of interest on any series, class or tranche of notes
                      when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 35 days
                      following the date on which such interest became due and payable, or

                  o   the issuing entity defaults in the payment of the principal of any series, class or tranche of
                      notes on its legal maturity date,



                                                            122

and any such default continues beyond any specified period of grace provided for such series, class or tranche of notes,
the issuing entity will, upon demand of the indenture trustee, pay to the indenture trustee, for the benefit of the
holders of any such notes of the affected series, class or tranche, the whole amount then due and payable on any such
notes for principal and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest will be legally enforceable,
upon the overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest.  In addition, the issuing entity will pay an amount
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the indenture trustee, its agents and counsel and all other compensation due to the indenture trustee.
If the issuing entity fails to pay such amounts upon such demand, the indenture trustee may institute a judicial
proceeding for the collection of the unpaid amounts described above.

Early Redemption Events

         The issuing entity will be required to redeem in whole or in part, to the extent that funds are available for
that purpose and, for subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, to the extent payment is permitted by the
subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series, each affected series, class or tranche of notes upon the
occurrence of an early redemption event.  Early redemption events include the following:

                  o   for any tranche of notes, the occurrence of such note's expected principal payment date;

                  o   each of the Pay Out Events applicable to Series 2001-D, as described under "Master Trust II—Pay Out
                      Events";

                  o   the issuing entity becoming an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company
                      Act of 1940, as amended; and

                  o   for any series, class or tranche of notes, any additional early redemption event specified in the
                      accompanying prospectus supplement.

In addition, for a tranche of BAseries notes, if for any date the amount of Excess Available Funds averaged over the
three preceding calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds for such date, an early redemption event
for that tranche of BAseries notes will occur.

         The redemption price of a note so redeemed will be the outstanding principal amount of that note, plus accrued,
past due and additional interest to but excluding the date of redemption, which will be the next payment date.  If the
amount of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocable to the series, class or tranche of notes to be
redeemed, together with funds on deposit in the applicable principal funding subaccount, interest funding subaccount and
Class C reserve subaccount, and any amounts payable to the issuing entity under any applicable derivative agreement, are
insufficient to pay the redemption price in full on the next payment date after giving effect to the subordination
provisions and allocations to any other notes ranking equally with that note, monthly payments on the notes to be
redeemed will thereafter be made on each principal payment date until the outstanding principal amount of the notes plus
all accrued, past due and additional interest are paid in full, or the legal maturity date of the notes occurs,



                                                            123

whichever is earlier.  However, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, subject to certain exceptions,
any notes that have the benefit of a derivative agreement will not be redeemed prior to such notes' expected principal
payment date.

         No Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to a series, class or tranche of notes with a nominal
liquidation amount of zero, even if the stated principal amount of that series, class or tranche has not been paid in
full.  However, any funds previously deposited in the applicable principal funding subaccount, interest funding
subaccount and Class C reserve subaccount and any amounts received from an applicable derivative agreement will still be
available to pay principal of and interest on that series, class or tranche of notes.  In addition, if Available Funds
are available, they can be applied to reimburse reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of that series, class or
tranche resulting from reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the
master trust II servicing fee, or from charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts.

         Payments on redeemed notes will be made in the same priority as described in the related prospectus supplement.
The issuing entity will give notice to holders of the affected notes before an early redemption date.

Events of Default

         Each of the following events is an event of default for any affected series, class or tranche of notes:

                  o   for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity's failure, for a period of 35 days, to pay interest on
                      such notes when such interest becomes due and payable;

                  o   for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity's failure to pay the principal amount of such notes on
                      the applicable legal maturity date;

                  o   the issuing entity's default in the performance, or breach, of any other of its covenants or
                      warranties in the indenture, for a period of 60 days after either the indenture trustee or the
                      holders of at least 25% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding
                      notes of the affected series, class or tranche has provided written notice requiring remedy of such
                      breach, and, as a result of such default, the interests of the related noteholders are materially
                      and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60 day
                      period;

                  o   the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the
                      issuing entity; and

                  o   for any series, class or tranche, any additional events of default specified in the prospectus
                      supplement relating to the series, class or tranche.

         Failure to pay the full stated principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date will not
constitute an event of default.  An event of default relating to one series, class or



                                                            124

tranche of notes will not necessarily be an event of default relating to any other series, class or tranche of notes.

Events of Default Remedies

         The occurrence of some events of default involving the bankruptcy or insolvency of the issuing entity results in
an automatic acceleration of all of the notes.  If other events of default occur and are continuing for any series, class
or tranche, either the indenture trustee or the holders of more than a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal
amount of the notes of that series, class or tranche may declare by written notice to the issuing entity the principal of
all those outstanding notes to be immediately due and payable.  This declaration of acceleration may generally be
rescinded by the holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of outstanding notes of that
series, class or tranche.

         If a series, class or tranche of notes is accelerated before its legal maturity date, the indenture trustee may
at any time thereafter, and at the direction of the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar principal
amount of notes of that series, class or tranche at any time thereafter will, direct master trust II to sell credit card
receivables, in an amount up to the nominal liquidation amount of the affected series, class or tranche of notes plus any
accrued, past due and additional interest on the affected series, class or tranche, as described in "Sources of Funds to
Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables," but only if at least one of the following conditions is met:

                  o   the noteholders of 90% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the accelerated
                      series, class or tranche of notes consent; or

                  o   the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts and payments
                      to be received from any applicable derivative agreement) would be sufficient to pay all outstanding
                      amounts due on the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes; or

                  o   if the indenture trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated series, class
                      or tranche of notes may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on such notes as
                      such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and
                      the holders of not less than 66 (2)/3% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of
                      notes of the accelerated series, class or tranche, as applicable, consent to the sale.

         In addition, a sale of receivables following the occurrence of an event of default and acceleration of a
subordinated tranche of notes of a multiple tranche series may be delayed as described under "Sources of Funds to Pay the
Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables" if the payment is not permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior
notes of the same series.

         If an event of default occurs relating to the failure to pay principal of or interest on a series, class or
tranche of notes in full on the legal maturity date, the issuing entity will automatically direct master trust II to sell
credit card receivables on that date, as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables."



                                                            125

         Any money or other property collected by the indenture trustee for a series, class or tranche of notes in
connection with a sale of credit card receivables following an event of default will be applied in the following
priority, at the dates fixed by the indenture trustee:

                  o   first, to pay all compensation owed to the indenture trustee for services rendered in connection
                      with the indenture, reimbursements to the indenture trustee for all reasonable expenses,
                      disbursements and advances incurred or made in accordance with the indenture, or indemnification of
                      the indenture trustee for any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred without negligence
                      or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with its administration of the issuing
                      entity;

                  o   second, to pay the amounts of interest and principal then due and unpaid on the notes of that
                      series, class or tranche; and

                  o   third, any remaining amounts will be paid to the issuing entity.

         If a sale of credit card receivables does not take place following an acceleration of a series, class or tranche
of notes, then:

                  o   The issuing entity will continue to hold the collateral certificate, and distributions on the
                      collateral certificate will continue to be applied in accordance with the distribution provisions
                      of the indenture and the indenture supplement.

                  o   Principal will be paid on the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes to the extent funds are
                      received from master trust II and available to the accelerated series, class or tranche after
                      giving effect to all allocations and reallocations and payment is permitted by the subordination
                      provisions of the senior notes of the same series.

                  o   If the accelerated notes are a subordinated tranche of notes of a multiple tranche series, and the
                      subordination provisions prevent the payment of the accelerated subordinated tranche, prefunding of
                      the senior classes of that series will begin, as provided in the applicable indenture supplement.
                      Thereafter, payment will be made to the extent provided in the applicable indenture supplement.

                  o   On the legal maturity date of the accelerated notes, if the notes have not been paid in full, the
                      indenture trustee will direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables as provided in the
                      applicable indenture supplement.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of any accelerated series, class or
tranche of notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the indenture trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the indenture trustee.  However, this
right may be exercised only if the direction provided by the noteholders does not conflict with applicable law or the
indenture or the related indenture supplement or have a substantial likelihood of involving the indenture



                                                            126

trustee in personal liability.  The holder of any note will have the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
payment of principal of and interest on such note on the legal maturity date expressed in such note.

         Generally, if an event of default occurs and any notes are accelerated, the indenture trustee is not obligated to
exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture unless the holders of affected notes offer the indenture trustee
reasonable indemnity.  Upon acceleration of the maturity of a series, class or tranche of notes following an event of
default, the indenture trustee will have a lien on the collateral for those notes ranking senior to the lien of those
notes for its unpaid fees and expenses.

         The indenture trustee has agreed, and the noteholders will agree, that they will not at any time institute
against the issuing entity, Funding, BACCS or master trust II any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding under
any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Meetings

         The indenture trustee may call a meeting of the holders of notes of a series, class or tranche at any time.  The
indenture trustee will call a meeting upon request of the issuing entity or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate
outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of the series, class or tranche.  In any case, a meeting
will be called after notice is given to holders of notes in accordance with the indenture.

         The quorum for a meeting is a majority of the holders of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the related
series, class or tranche of notes, as the case may be, unless a higher percentage is specified for approving action taken
at the meeting, in which case the quorum is the higher percentage.

Voting

         Any action or vote to be taken by the holders of a majority, or other specified percentage, of any series, class
or tranche of notes may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority, or the applicable other
specified percentage, of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of that series, class
or tranche, as the case may be.  For a description of the noteholders' actions and voting as they relate to master trust
II, see "Risk Factors—You may have limited or no ability to control actions under the indenture and the master trust II
agreement.  This may result in, among other things, accelerated payment of principal when it is in your interest to
receive payment of principal on the expected principal payment date, or it may result in payment of principal not being
accelerated when it is in your interest to receive early payment of principal," "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events,"
"—Representations and Warranties," "—Servicer Default" and "—Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement."

         Any action or vote taken at any meeting of holders of notes duly held in accordance with the indenture will be
binding on all holders of the affected notes or the affected series, class or tranche of notes, as the case may be.



                                                            127

         Notes held by the issuing entity, Funding or their affiliates will not be deemed outstanding for purposes of
voting or calculating a quorum at any meeting of noteholders.

Amendments to the Indenture and Indenture Supplements

         The issuing entity and the indenture trustee may amend, supplement or otherwise modify the indenture or any
indenture supplement without the consent of any noteholders to provide for the issuance of any series, class or tranche
of notes (as described under "The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes") and to set forth the
terms thereof.

         In addition, upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under
"—Tax Opinions for Amendments" below, and upon delivery by the issuing entity to the indenture trustee of an officer's
certificate to the effect that the issuing entity reasonably believes that such amendment will not and is not reasonably
expected to (i) result in the occurrence of an early redemption event or event of default, (ii) adversely affect the
amount of funds available to be distributed to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes or the timing of
such distributions, or (iii) adversely affect the security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral securing
the notes, the indenture or any indenture supplement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the
consent of any noteholders to:

                  o   evidence the succession of another entity to the issuing entity, and the assumption by such
                      successor of the covenants of the issuing entity in the indenture and the notes;

                  o   add to the covenants of the issuing entity, or have the issuing entity surrender any of its rights
                      or powers under the indenture, for the benefit of the noteholders of any or all series, classes or
                      tranches;

                  o   cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the indenture which may be inconsistent
                      with any other provision in the indenture, or make any other provisions for matters or questions
                      arising under the indenture;

                  o   add to the indenture certain provisions expressly permitted by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
                      amended;

                  o   establish any form of note, or to add to the rights of the holders of the notes of any series,
                      class or tranche;

                  o   provide for the acceptance of a successor indenture trustee under the indenture for one or more
                      series, classes or tranches of notes and add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture as
                      will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts under the indenture
                      by more than one indenture trustee;

                  o   add any additional early redemption events or events of default relating to the notes of any or all
                      series, classes or tranches;



                                                            128

                  o   provide for the consolidation of master trust II and the issuing entity or the transfer of assets
                      in master trust II to the issuing entity after the termination of all series of master trust II
                      investor certificates (other than Series 2001-D);

                  o   if one or more transferors are added to, or replaced under, the master trust II agreement, or one
                      or more beneficiaries are added to, or replaced under, the trust agreement, make any necessary
                      changes to the indenture or any other related document;

                  o   provide for the addition of collateral securing the notes and the issuance of notes backed by any
                      such additional collateral;

                  o   provide for additional or alternative credit enhancement for any tranche of notes; or

                  o   qualify for sale treatment under generally accepted accounting principles.

         The indenture or any indenture supplement may also be amended without the consent of the indenture trustee or any
noteholders upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under "—Tax
Opinions for Amendments" below, for the purpose of adding provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of
the provisions of, the indenture or any indenture supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of
the notes under the indenture or any indenture supplement, provided, however, that the issuing entity shall (i) deliver
to the indenture trustee and the owner trustee an officer's certificate to the effect that the issuing entity reasonably
believes that such amendment will not and is not reasonably expected to (a) result in the occurrence of an early
redemption event or event of default, (b) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to the
noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes or the timing of such distributions, or (c) adversely affect the
security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral securing the notes, and (ii) receive written confirmation
from each rating agency that such amendment will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings
of any outstanding notes which it has rated.

         The issuing entity and the indenture trustee, upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity
tax opinion, as described under "—Tax Opinions for Amendments," may modify and amend the indenture or any indenture
supplement, for reasons other than those stated in the prior paragraphs, with prior notice to each rating agency and the
consent of the holders of not less than 66 (2)/3% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of each class or tranche of
notes affected by that modification or amendment.  However, if the modification or amendment would result in any of the
following events occurring, it may be made only with the consent of the holders of 100% of each outstanding series, class
or tranche of notes affected by the modification or amendment:

                  o   a change in any date scheduled for the payment of interest on any note, or the expected principal
                      payment date or legal maturity date of any note;



                                                            129

                  o   a reduction of the stated principal amount of, or interest rate on, any note, or a change in the
                      method of computing the outstanding dollar principal amount, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar
                      Principal Amount, or the nominal liquidation amount in a manner that is adverse to any noteholder;

                  o   a reduction of the amount of a discount note payable upon the occurrence of an early redemption
                      event or other optional or mandatory redemption or upon the acceleration of its maturity;

                  o   an impairment of the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any note;

                  o   a reduction of the percentage in outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of any
                      outstanding series, class or tranche, the consent of whose holders is required for modification or
                      amendment of any indenture supplement or for waiver of compliance with provisions of the indenture
                      or for waiver of defaults and their consequences provided for in the indenture;

                  o   a modification of any of the provisions governing the amendment of the indenture, any indenture
                      supplement or the issuing entity's agreements not to claim rights under any law which would affect
                      the covenants or the performance of the indenture or any indenture supplement, except to increase
                      any percentage of noteholders required to consent to any such amendment or to provide that certain
                      other provisions of the indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of
                      each outstanding note affected by such modification;

                  o   permission being given to create any lien or other encumbrance on the collateral securing any notes
                      ranking senior to the lien of the indenture;

                  o   a change in the city or political subdivision so designated for any series, class or tranche of
                      notes where any principal of, or interest on, any note is payable;

                  o   a change in the method of computing the amount of principal of, or interest on, any note on any
                      date; or

                  o   any other amendment other than those explicitly permitted by the indenture without the consent of
                      noteholders.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of a series, class or
tranche, may waive, on behalf of the holders of all the notes of that series, class or tranche, compliance by the issuing
entity with specified restrictive provisions of the indenture or the related indenture supplement.

         The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of an affected series,
class or tranche may, on behalf of all holders of notes of that series, class or tranche, waive any past default under
the indenture or the indenture supplement relating to notes of that series, class or tranche.  However, the consent of
the holders of all outstanding notes of a



                                                            130

series, class or tranche is required to waive any past default in the payment of principal of, or interest on, any note
of that series, class or tranche or in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of the holders of each outstanding note of that series, class or tranche.

Tax Opinions for Amendments

         No amendment to the indenture, any indenture supplement or the trust agreement will be effective unless the
issuing entity has delivered to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of counsel
that:

                  o   for federal income tax purposes (1) the amendment will not adversely affect the tax
                      characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor certificates issued by
                      master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) the amendment
                      will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of
                      investor certificates issued by master trust II, and (3) following the amendment, master trust II
                      will not be an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation; and

                  o   for federal income tax purposes (1) the amendment will not adversely affect the tax
                      characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes that were
                      characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) following the amendment, the issuing
                      entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a
                      corporation, and (3) the amendment will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss
                      would be recognized by any holder of any such note.

Addresses for Notices

         Notices to holders of notes will be given by mail sent to the addresses of the holders as they appear in the note
register.

Issuing Entity's Annual Compliance Statement

         The issuing entity will be required to furnish annually to the indenture trustee a statement concerning its
performance or fulfillment of covenants, agreements or conditions in the indenture as well as the presence or absence of
defaults under the indenture.

Indenture Trustee's Annual Report

         To the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the indenture trustee will mail each year
to all registered noteholders a report concerning:

                  o   its eligibility and qualifications to continue as trustee under the indenture,

                  o   any amounts advanced by it under the indenture,



                                                            131

                  o   the amount, interest rate and maturity date or indebtedness owing by the issuing entity to it in
                      the indenture trustee's individual capacity,

                  o   the property and funds physically held by it as indenture trustee,

                  o   any release or release and substitution of collateral subject to the lien of the indenture that has
                      not previously been reported, and

                  o   any action taken by it that materially affects the notes and that has not previously been reported.

List of Noteholders

         Three or more holders of notes of any series, each of whom has owned a note for at least six months, may, upon
written request to the indenture trustee, obtain access to the current list of noteholders of the issuing entity for
purposes of communicating with other noteholders concerning their rights under the indenture or the notes.  The indenture
trustee may elect not to give the requesting noteholders access to the list if it agrees to mail the desired
communication or proxy to all applicable noteholders.

Reports

         Monthly reports containing information on the notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These reports will be delivered to the master trust II trustee and the indenture
trustee, as applicable, on or before each Transfer Date.  These reports will not be sent to noteholders.  See "Where You
Can Find More Information" for information as to how these reports may be accessed.

         Monthly reports, which will be prepared by FIA as servicer of master trust II, will contain the following
information regarding Series 2001-D for the related month:

                  o   the amount of the current monthly distribution which constitutes Available Funds;

                  o   the amount of the current monthly distribution which constitutes principal collections;

                  o   the aggregate amount of principal collections processed during the related monthly period and
                      allocated to Series 2001-D;

                  o   the aggregate amount of collections of finance charge receivables processed during the related
                      monthly period and allocated to Series 2001-D;

                  o   the aggregate amount of principal receivables in master trust II as of the end of the day on the
                      last day of the related monthly period;



                                                            132

                  o   the amount of principal receivables in master trust II represented by the Investor Interest of
                      Series 2001-D as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

                  o   the floating allocation investor interest (as defined in the master trust II agreement) as of the
                      end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

                  o   the principal allocation investor interest (as defined in the master trust II agreement) as of the
                      end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

                  o   the floating investor percentage for Series 2001-D for the related monthly period;

                  o   the principal investor percentage for Series 2001-D for the related monthly period;

                  o   the aggregate amount of shared principal collections applied as available investor principal
                      collections;

                  o   the aggregate amount of outstanding balances in the accounts consisting of the Master Trust II
                      Portfolio which were delinquent as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly
                      period;

                  o   the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount and the Aggregate Investor Default Amount for the
                      related monthly period;

                  o   the amount of the Investor Servicing Fee payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related
                      monthly period;

                  o   the amount of the Net Servicing Fee payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related
                      monthly period;

                  o   the amount of the servicer interchange payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related
                      monthly period;

                  o   any material breaches of pool asset representations and warranties or transaction covenants, if
                      applicable;

                  o   any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments
                      during the distribution period or that have cumulatively become material over time, if applicable;
                      and

                  o   any material changes in the solicitation, credit granting, underwriting, origination, acquisition
                      or pool selection criteria or procedures, as applicable, to acquire new pool assets, if applicable.



                                                            133

         Monthly reports, which will be prepared by FIA as servicer, will contain the following information for each
tranche of BAseries notes for the related month:

                  o   targeted deposits to interest funding sub-accounts;

                  o   interest to be paid on the corresponding Distribution Date;

                  o   targeted deposits to Class C reserve sub-accounts, if any;

                  o   withdrawals to be made from Class C reserve sub-accounts, if any;

                  o   targeted deposits to principal funding sub-accounts;

                  o   principal to be paid on the Distribution Date, if any;

                  o   stated principal amount, outstanding dollar principal amount and nominal liquidation amount for the
                      related monthly period;

                  o   Class A Usage Amount of Class B notes and Class A Usage Amount of Class C notes;

                  o   Class B Usage Amount of Class C notes;

                  o   the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of BAseries notes outstanding;

                  o   Excess Available Funds and three-month average Excess Available Funds;

                  o   the occurrence of any early redemption events;

                  o   payments to enhancement providers, if any; and

                  o   any new issuances of BAseries notes as applicable.

         On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the paying agent, on behalf of the indenture trustee, will furnish
to each person who at any time during the prior calendar year was a noteholder of record a statement containing the
information required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Internal Revenue Code.  See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences" in this prospectus.

                                               FIA's Credit Card Activities

General

         The receivables conveyed or to be conveyed to master trust II by Funding pursuant to the master trust II
agreement have been or will be generated from transactions made by holders of selected MasterCard, Visa and American
Express credit card accounts from the portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express accounts owned by FIA, called
the Bank Portfolio.  FIA currently services the Bank Portfolio in the manner described below.  FIA has delegated



                                                            134

certain of its servicing functions to Banc of America Card Servicing Corporation (referred to as Servicing Corp.), an
affiliate of FIA.  See "Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates."

Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts

         FIA primarily uses direct mail, person-to-person marketing (such as event marketing), telesales, Internet, and
banking-center marketing to market its credit card products.  Each year, FIA develops numerous marketing campaigns
generating direct mail pieces designed to originate accounts and promote account usage.  FIA conducts Internet marketing
through a combination of banner, e-mail, search engine and other advertisements.

         In addition, FIA markets its credit card products extensively through endorsements from membership associations,
financial institutions, commercial firms and others.  These marketing efforts are directed to members and customers of
these endorsing organizations, and to targeted lists of people with a strong common interest.  FIA is the recognized
leader in endorsed marketing, with endorsements from thousands of organizations and businesses, including professional
associations, financial institutions, colleges and universities, sports teams, and major retailers.

         Currently, the credit risk of lending to each applicant is evaluated through the combination of human judgment
and the application of various credit scoring models and other statistical techniques.  For credit card credit
determinations, FIA considers an applicant's capacity and willingness to repay, stability and other factors.  Important
information in performing this credit assessment may include an applicant's income, debt-to-income levels, residence and
employment stability, the rate at which new credit is being acquired, and the manner in which the applicant has handled
the repayment of previously granted credit.  An applicant who has favorable credit capacity and credit history
characteristics is more likely to be approved and to receive a relatively higher credit line assignment.  Favorable
characteristics may include appropriate debt-to-income levels, a long history of steady employment, and little to no
history of delinquent payments on other debt.  FIA develops credit scoring models to evaluate common applicant
characteristics and their correlation to credit risk and utilizes models in making credit assessments.  The scoring models
use the information available about the applicant on his or her application and in his or her credit report to provide a
general indication of the applicant's credit risk.  Models for credit scoring are developed and modified using statistics
to evaluate common applicant characteristics and their correlation to credit risk.  Periodically, the scoring models are
validated and, if necessary, realigned to maintain their accuracy and reliability.

         As stated, FIA utilizes both automated and judgmental underwriting in evaluating applications for credit.
Automated credit decisions are primarily based upon credit scoring models, credit bureau criteria, and application
information that assess the applicant's ability, stability, and willingness to pay debt.  In general, automated credit
decisions are applied most often in the low- and high-risk application populations while the mid-risk applicant
population may be routed to a credit analyst for evaluation along with applicants with limited bureau data and or
multiple/premier relationships.  Judgmental lending is a key strategic capability for FIA.  Credit analysts have the
ability to utilize all the data provided to the automated decision plus, when appropriate, can call applicants to further
develop the application information.  The



                                                            135

discussion with the applicant can help explain prior delinquencies or existing debt levels and thereby assist the credit
analyst in making the appropriate credit decision. Credit analysts undergo a comprehensive education program that focuses
on evaluating an applicant's creditworthiness.

         Once the credit analyst makes a decision, further levels of review are automatically triggered based on an
analysis of the risk of each decision.  This analysis is derived from previous experiential data and makes use of credit
scores and other statistical techniques.  Credit analysts also review applications obtained through pre-approved offers
to ensure adherence to credit standards and assign an appropriate credit limit as an additional approach to managing
credit risk.  Some credit applications that present low risk are approved through an automated decisioning process.

         Credit limits are primarily determined based on income level, customer credit bureau history, and relationship
information, if applicable.  Credit lines for existing customers are regularly reviewed for credit line increases, and
when appropriate, credit line decreases.  FIA's Portfolio Risk Management division independently assesses credit quality
through review of new and existing extensions of credit and trend reporting to ensure quality and consistency.

         FIA and its affiliates have made portfolio acquisitions in the past and may make additional acquisitions in the
future.  Prior to acquiring a portfolio, FIA reviews the historical performance and seasoning of the portfolio (including
the portfolio's delinquency and loss characteristics, average balances, attrition rates, yield and collection
performance) and reviews the account management and underwriting policies and procedures of the entity selling the
portfolio.  Credit card accounts that have been purchased by FIA were originally opened using criteria established by
institutions other than FIA and may not have been subject to the same credit review as accounts originated by FIA.  Once
these accounts have been purchased and transferred to FIA for servicing, they are generally managed in accordance with
the same policies and procedures as accounts originated by FIA.  It is expected that portfolios of credit card accounts
purchased by FIA from other credit card issuers will be added to master trust II from time to time.

         Each cardholder is subject to an agreement with FIA setting forth the terms and conditions of the related
MasterCard, Visa or American Express account.  FIA reserves the right to add or to change any terms, conditions, services
or features of its MasterCard, Visa or American Express accounts at any time by giving notice to the customer, including
increasing or decreasing periodic finance charges, other charges and payment terms.  The agreement with each cardholder
provides that FIA may apply such changes, when applicable, to current outstanding balances as well as to future
transactions.  In some cases, the cardholder may continue to use the account under previous terms; in others, continued
use of the card ratifies the changes and makes them current.

Interchange

         Member banks participating in the Visa, MasterCard and American Express associations receive certain fees called
interchange from Visa, MasterCard and American Express when the banks' cardholders use the cards issued with these brands
for transactions at merchants.



                                                            136

Interchange is paid as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a
limited period prior to initial billing and payment by cardholders.  Under the Visa, MasterCard and American Express
systems, a portion of this interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is passed from banks
which clear the transactions for merchants to credit card issuing banks.  Interchange fees are set semi-annually by Visa,
MasterCard and American Express and are based on the number of credit card transactions, type of card used, type of
merchant, and the amount charged per transaction.  The percentage of the interchange attributed to cardholder charges for
goods and services in the related accounts in master trust II will be transferred to master trust II.  Interchange varies
from approximately 1% to 2% of the transaction amount, or may be fixed amounts per transaction, and these amounts may be
changed by MasterCard, Visa or American Express.  Interchange arising under the related accounts will be transferred from
FIA, through BACCS and Funding, to master trust II and allocated to Series 2001-D for treatment as collections of finance
charge receivables.

                                                FIA's Credit Card Portfolio

         FIA primarily relies on endorsement marketing in the acquisition of credit card accounts, but also engages in
targeted direct response marketing and portfolio acquisitions.  For a description of FIA's marketing, underwriting and
credit risk control policies, see "FIA's Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of
Credit Card Accounts."

Billing and Payments

         FIA and its service bureaus, as applicable, generate and mail to cardholders monthly statements summarizing
account activity and processes cardholder monthly payments.

         Cardholders generally are required to make a monthly minimum payment at least equal to (i) interest and late fees
assessed that month plus 1% of the current principal balance or (ii) $15, whichever is greater.  However, certain
eligible cardholders are given the option periodically to take a payment deferral.

         The finance charges on purchases, which are assessed monthly, are calculated by multiplying the account's average
daily purchase balance by the applicable daily periodic rate, and multiplying the result by the number of days in the
billing cycle.  Finance charges are calculated on purchases from the date of the purchase or the first day of the billing
cycle in which the purchase is posted to the account, whichever is later.  Monthly periodic finance charges are generally
not assessed on new purchases if, for each billing cycle, all balances shown on the previous billing statement are paid
by the due date, which is generally at least 20 days after the billing date.  Monthly periodic finance charges are not
assessed in most circumstances on previous purchases if all balances shown on the two previous billing statements are
paid by their respective due dates.

         The finance charges, which are assessed monthly on cash advances (including balance transfers), are calculated by
multiplying the account's average cash advance balance by the applicable daily periodic rate, and multiplying the result
by the number of days in the billing cycle.  Finance charges are calculated on cash advances (including balance
transfers) from the



                                                            137

date of the transaction.  Currently, FIA generally treats the day on which a cash advance check is deposited or cashed as
the transaction date for such check.

         During 2004, FIA implemented strategies to decrease the number of accounts that have been overlimit for
consecutive periods.  These strategies included eliminating charging overlimit fees for accounts that have been overlimit
for consecutive periods and holding the minimum payment constant (assuming the fee had been billed), thereby shifting
payment dollars to principal, thus accelerating the rate at which outstanding balances on these overlimit accounts are
reduced below the credit limit.

         FIA assesses fees on its credit card accounts which may include late fees, overlimit fees, returned check
charges, cash advance and check fees and fees for certain purchase transactions.  These fees are a significant part of
income generated by the credit card accounts.

Risk Control and Fraud

         FIA manages risk at the account level through sophisticated analytical techniques combined with regular
judgmental review.  High risk transactions are evaluated at the point of sale, where risk levels are balanced with
profitability and cardholder satisfaction.  In addition, cardholders showing signs of financial stress are periodically
reviewed, a process that includes an examination of the cardholder's credit file, the cardholder's behavior with FIA
accounts, and, at times, a phone call to the cardholder for clarification of the situation.  FIA may block use of certain
accounts, reduce credit lines on certain accounts, and increase the annual percentage rates on certain accounts (after
giving the cardholder notice and an opportunity to reject the rate increase, unless the increase was triggered by an
event set out in the credit agreement as a specific basis for a rate increase).

         A balanced approach is also used when stimulating portfolio growth.  Risk levels are measured through statistical
models that incorporate payment behavior, credit usage and transaction activity.  In addition, credit bureau scores and
attributes are obtained and combined with internal information to allow FIA to increase credit lines and promote account
usage while balancing additional risk.

         FIA manages fraud risk through a combination of judgmental reviews and sophisticated technology to detect and
prevent fraud as early as possible.  Technologies and strategies utilized include a neural net-based fraud score, expert
systems and fraud specified authorization strategies.  Address and other demographic discrepancies are investigated as
part of the credit decision to identify and prevent identity theft.

Delinquencies and Collection Efforts

         An account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the due date indicated on the
monthly billing statement.  For collection purposes, however, an account is considered delinquent if the minimum payment
required to be made is not received by FIA generally within 5 days after the due date reflected in the respective monthly
billing statement.  Efforts to collect delinquent credit card receivables currently are made by FIA's Customer Assistance
personnel.  Collection activities include statement messages, telephone calls and formal collection letters.  FIA employs
two principal computerized systems for



                                                            138

collecting past due accounts.  The predictive management system analyzes each cardholder's purchase and repayment habits
and selects accounts for initial contact with the objective of contacting the highest risk accounts first.  The accounts
selected are queued to FIA's proprietary Outbound Call Management System.  This system sorts accounts by a number of
factors, including time zone, degree of delinquency and dollar amount due, and automatically dials delinquent accounts in
order of priority.  Representatives are automatically linked to the cardholder's account information and voice line when
a contact is established.

Charge-Off Policy

         FIA charges off open-end delinquent loans by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days
contractually past due.  Delinquent bankrupt accounts are charged off by the end of the second calendar month following
receipt of notification of filing from the applicable court, but not later than the applicable 180-day timeframe
described above.  Following receipt of notification of a deceased cardholder, the related account is charged off by the
end of the third calendar month following such receipt of notification, unless a payment equal to or greater than 1.75%
of the outstanding account balance is received within the past 35 days or the account is less than 30 days contractually
past due, but not later than the applicable 180-day timeframe described above.  Fraudulent accounts are charged off by
the end of the calendar month of the 90th day after identifying the account as fraudulent, but not later than the
applicable 180-day timeframe described above.  Accounts failing to make a payment within charge-off policy timeframes are
written off.  Managers may on an exception basis defer charge-off of a non-bankrupt account for another month, pending
continued payment activity or other special circumstances.  Senior manager approval is required, and may be required in
certain instances with regard to certain accounts, on all such exceptions to the charge-off policies described above.  If
an account has been charged-off, it may be sold to a third party or retained by FIA for recovery.

Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts

         FIA may modify the terms of its credit card agreements with cardholders who have experienced financial
difficulties by offering them renegotiated loan programs, which include placing them on nonaccrual status, reducing their
interest rate or providing any other concession in terms.  When accounts are classified as nonaccrual, interest is no
longer billed to the cardholder.  In future periods, when a payment is received, it is recorded as a reduction of the
interest and fee amount that was billed to the cardholder prior to placing the account on nonaccrual status.  Once the
original interest and fee amount or subsequent fees have been paid, payments are recorded as a reduction of principal.
Other restructured loans are loans for which the interest rate was reduced or loans that have received any other type of
concession in terms because of the inability of the cardholder to comply with the original terms and conditions.  Income
is accrued at the reduced rate as long as the cardholder complies with the revised terms and conditions.  In addition,
accounts may be re-aged to remove existing delinquency.  Generally, the intent of a re-age is to assist cardholders who
have recently overcome temporary financial difficulties, and have demonstrated both the ability and willingness to resume
regular payments, but may be unable to pay the entire past due amount.  To qualify for re-aging, the account must have
been open for at least one year and cannot have been re-aged during the preceding 365 days.  An account may not be
re-aged more than two times in a five-year period.



                                                            139

To qualify for re-aging, the cardholder must also have made three regular minimum monthly payments within the last 90
days.  In addition, FIA may re-age the account of a cardholder who is experiencing long-term financial difficulties and
apply modified, concessionary terms and conditions to the account.  Such additional re-ages are limited to one in a five
year period and must meet the qualifications for re-ages described above, except that the cardholder's three consecutive
minimum monthly payments may be based on the modified terms and conditions applied to the account.  All re-age strategies
are approved by FIA's senior management and FIA's Loan Review Department.  Re-ages may have the effect of delaying
charge-offs.  If charge-offs are delayed, certain events related to the performance of the receivables, such as Pay Out
Events, events of default and early redemption events, may be delayed, resulting in the delay of principal payments to
noteholders.  See "The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes," "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events," "—Events of Default,"
"—Events of Default Remedies" and "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events."

                                         Receivables Transfer Agreements Generally

         FIA originates and owns credit card accounts from which receivables may be transferred to BACCS pursuant to an
agreement between FIA and BACCS.  Certain of the receivables transferred to BACCS have been sold, and may continue to be
sold, to Funding by BACCS.  These receivables have been, and will be, sold pursuant to a receivables purchase agreement
between BACCS and Funding.  As described above under "Master Trust II—The Receivables" and "—Addition of Master Trust II
Assets," Funding has the right (or in certain circumstances, the obligation) to designate to master trust II, from time
to time, additional credit card accounts for the related receivables to be included as receivables transferred to master
trust II.  Funding will convey to master trust II its interest in all receivables of such additional credit card
accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created, pursuant to the master trust II agreement.

                                            The Receivables Purchase Agreement

Sale of Receivables

         FIA is the owner of the accounts which generate the receivables that are purchased by the transferor under the
receivables purchase agreement between BACCS and Funding and then transferred by Funding to master trust II.  In
connection with the sale of receivables to Funding, BACCS has:

                  o   filed appropriate UCC financing statements to evidence the sale to Funding and to perfect Funding's
                      right, title and interest in those receivables; and

                  o   indicated in its computer files that the receivables have been sold to Funding.

         Pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS:



                                                            140

                  o   sold all of its right, title and interest in the receivables existing in the initial accounts at
                      the close of business on the initial cut-off date and receivables arising thereafter in those
                      accounts, in each case including all interchange, insurance proceeds and recoveries allocable to
                      such receivables, all monies due or to become due, all amounts received or receivable, all
                      collections and all proceeds, each as it relates to such receivables; and

                  o   will sell all of its right, title and interest in the receivables existing in the additional
                      accounts at the close of business on the date of designation for inclusion in master trust II and
                      receivables arising thereafter in those accounts, in each case including all interchange, insurance
                      proceeds and recoveries, all monies due or to become due, all amounts received or receivable, all
                      collections and all proceeds, each as it relates to such receivables.

         Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, those receivables are then transferred immediately by Funding, subject
to certain conditions, to master trust II, and Funding has assigned to master trust II its rights under the receivables
purchase agreement.

Representations and Warranties

         In the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS represents and warrants to Funding to the effect that, among other
things:

                  o   it is validly existing in good standing under the applicable laws of the applicable jurisdiction
                      and has full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business;

                  o   the execution and delivery of the receivables purchase agreement and the performance of the
                      transactions contemplated by that document will not conflict with or result in any breach of any of
                      the terms of any material agreement to which BACCS is a party or by which its properties are bound
                      and will not conflict with or violate any requirements of law applicable to BACCS; and

                  o   all governmental authorizations, consents, orders, approvals, registrations or declarations
                      required to be obtained by BACCS in connection with the execution and delivery of, and the
                      performance of the receivables purchase agreement have been obtained.

Repurchase Obligations

         In the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS makes the following representations and warranties, among others:

                  o   as of October 20, 2006 with respect to the initial accounts, and as of the date of designation for
                      sale to Funding with respect to additional accounts, the list of accounts identifies all accounts
                      the receivables of which are to be sold by BACCS to Funding;



                                                            141

                  o   each receivable conveyed to Funding has been conveyed free and clear of any lien or encumbrance,
                      other than liens for municipal and other local taxes;

                  o   all government authorizations, consents, orders, approvals, registrations or declarations required
                      to be obtained, effected or given by BACCS in connection with the conveyance of receivables to
                      Funding have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

                  o   on the initial cut-off date, each account is an Eligible Account and, on the date of designation
                      for inclusion in master trust II, each additional account is an Eligible Account;

                  o   on the initial cut-off date, each receivable then existing in an initial account is an Eligible
                      Receivable and, on the applicable additional cut-off date, each receivable then existing in the
                      related additional account is an Eligible Receivable; and

                  o   as of the date of the creation of any new receivable sold to Funding by BACCS, such receivable is
                      an Eligible Receivable.

         Similar representations and warranties are made by Funding under the master trust II agreement.  The receivables
purchase agreement provides that if BACCS breaches any of the representations and warranties described above and, as a
result, Funding is required under the master trust II agreement to accept a reassignment of the related Ineligible
Receivables transferred to master trust II by Funding or sold to master trust II by FIA prior to the date Funding became
the transferor, then BACCS will accept reassignment of such Ineligible Receivables and pay to Funding an amount equal to
the unpaid balance of such Ineligible Receivables.  See "Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties."

Reassignment of Other Receivables

         BACCS also represents and warrants in the receivables purchase agreement that (a) the receivables purchase
agreement and any supplemental conveyances each constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of BACCS and (b) the
receivables purchase agreement and any supplemental conveyance constitute a valid sale to Funding of the related
receivables, and that the sale is perfected under the applicable UCC.  If a representation described in (a) or (b) of the
preceding sentence is not true and correct in any material respect and as a result of the breach Funding is required
under the master trust II agreement to accept a reassignment of all of the receivables previously sold by BACCS pursuant
to the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS will accept a reassignment of those receivables.  See "Master Trust
II—Representations and Warranties."  If BACCS is required to accept reassignment under the preceding paragraph, BACCS will
pay to Funding an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the reassigned receivables.

Amendments

         The receivables purchase agreement may be amended by BACCS and Funding without consent of any investor
certificateholders or noteholders.  No amendment, however, may be



                                                            142

effective unless written confirmation has been received by Funding from each rating agency that the amendment will not
result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the respective ratings of each rating agency for any securities
issued by master trust II.

Termination

         The receivables purchase agreement will terminate upon either (a) the termination of master trust II pursuant to
the master trust II agreement, or (b) an amendment to the master trust II agreement to replace Funding as transferor
under the master trust II agreement.  In addition, if BACCS or Funding becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case or certain
other liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events occur, BACCS will cease to transfer receivables to Funding
and promptly give notice of that event to Funding and the master trust II trustee.

                                                      Master Trust II

         The following discussion summarizes the material terms of the master trust II agreement—dated August 4, 1994,
among FIA, as servicer, Funding, as transferor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as master trust II trustee, which has
been and may be amended from time to time, and is referred to in this prospectus as the master trust II agreement—and the
series supplements to the master trust II agreement.  The summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II agreement and the series supplements.

General

         Master trust II has been formed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.  Master trust II is
governed by the master trust II agreement.  Master trust II will only engage in the following business activities:

                  o   acquiring and holding master trust II assets;

                  o   issuing series of certificates and other interests in master trust II;

                  o   receiving collections and making payments on Series 2001-D, other series of investor certificates,
                      and other interests in master trust II; and

                  o   engaging in related activities (including, for any series, obtaining any enhancement and entering
                      into an enhancement agreement relating thereto).

         As a consequence, master trust II is not expected to have any need for additional capital resources other than
the assets of master trust II.

Master Trust II Trustee

         The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the master trust II trustee under the master
trust II agreement.  See "Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon" for a description of The Bank of New York
Mellon.  The master trust II trustee, FIA, Funding and any of their respective affiliates may hold certificates in their
own names.  For



                                                            143

purposes of meeting the legal requirements of certain local jurisdictions, the master trust II trustee will have the
power to appoint a co-master trust II trustee or separate master trust II trustees of all or any part of master trust
II.  In the event of such appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the master
trust II trustee by the master trust II agreement will be conferred or imposed upon the master trust II trustee and such
separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which the master trust II trustee shall be incompetent
or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise and perform
such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the master trust II trustee.

         Under the terms of the master trust II agreement, the servicer agrees to pay to the master trust II trustee
reasonable compensation for performance of its duties under the master trust II agreement.  The master trust II trustee
has agreed to perform only those duties specifically set forth in the master trust II agreement.  Many of the duties of
the master trust II trustee are described in "Master Trust II" and throughout this prospectus and the related prospectus
supplement.  Under the terms of the master trust II agreement, the master trust II trustee's limited responsibilities
include the following:

                  o   to deliver to certificateholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by
                      the master trust II trustee, as required under the master trust II agreement;

                  o   to authenticate, deliver, cancel and otherwise administer the investor certificates;

                  o   to remove and reassign ineligible receivables and accounts from master trust II;

                  o   to establish and maintain necessary master trust II accounts and to maintain accurate records of
                      activity in those accounts;

                  o   to serve as the initial transfer agent, paying agent and registrar, and, if it resigns these
                      duties, to appoint a successor transfer agent, paying agent and registrar;

                  o   to invest funds in the master trust II accounts at the direction of the servicer;

                  o   to represent the certificateholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar
                      organizations;

                  o   to distribute and transfer funds at the direction of the servicer, as applicable, in accordance
                      with the terms of the master trust II agreement;

                  o   to file with the appropriate party all documents necessary to protect the rights and interests of
                      the certificateholders;

                  o   to enforce the rights of the certificateholders against the servicer, if necessary;



                                                            144

                  o   to notify the certificateholders and other parties, to sell the receivables, and to allocate the
                      proceeds of such sale, in the event of the termination of master trust II;

                  o   to cause a sale of receivables on the legal maturity date of any accelerated tranche of notes; and

                  o   to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the master trust II agreement.

         In addition to the responsibilities described above, the master trust II trustee has the discretion to require
Funding to cure a potential Pay Out Event and to declare a Pay Out Event.  See "Master Trust II—Pay Out Events."

         In the event that Funding becomes insolvent, if any series of investor certificates issued on or prior to
April 25, 2001 is outstanding, the master trust II trustee shall: (1) notify the certificateholders of the insolvency,
(2) dispose of the receivables in a commercially reasonable manner, and (3) allocate the proceeds of such sale.  See
"Master Trust II—Pay Out Events."

         If a servicer default occurs, in addition to the responsibilities described above, the master trust II trustee
may be required to appoint a successor servicer or to take over servicing responsibilities under the master trust II
agreement.  See "Master Trust II—Servicer Default."  In addition, if a servicer default occurs, the master trust II
trustee, in its discretion, may proceed to protect its rights or the rights of the investor certificateholders under the
master trust II agreement by a suit, action or other judicial proceeding.

         The master trust II trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith
and the master trust II trustee was not negligent.  The master trust II trustee may resign at any time, and it may be
forced to resign if the master trust II trustee fails to meet the eligibility requirements specified in the master trust
II agreement.

         The holders of a majority of investor certificates have the right to direct the time, method or place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee under the master trust II agreement.

         The master trust II trustee may resign at any time, in which event the transferor will be obligated to appoint a
successor master trust II trustee.  The transferor may also remove the master trust II trustee if the master trust II
trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the master trust II agreement or if the master trust II trustee
becomes insolvent.  In such circumstances, the transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor master trust II
trustee.  Any resignation or removal of the master trust II trustee and appointment of a successor master trust II
trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor master trust II trustee.

         Any successor trustee will execute and deliver to the transferor, FIA and its predecessor master trust II trustee
an instrument accepting the appointment.  Any successor trustee must: (1) be a corporation organized and doing business
under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof; (2) be authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust powers;



                                                            145

(3) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's, BBB- by Standard & Poor's and BBB by Fitch;
(4) have, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at
least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, have a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authority; (5) be approved by Standard & Poor's to act as the master trust II trustee; (6) service a portfolio of
consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts; (7) be legally qualified and have
the capacity to service the Master Trust II Portfolio; (8) be qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the
servicer is then currently using to service the Master Trust II Portfolio or obtains the right to use, or has its own,
software which is adequate to perform its duties under the master trust II agreement; (9) have, in the reasonable
judgment of the master trust II trustee, demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio
of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and care; and (10) have a net worth of at least
$50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter.

         The master trust II trustee may appoint one or more co-trustees and vest in that co-trustee or those co-trustees,
for the benefit of the certificateholders, such title to the assets in master trust II or part thereof.  No co-trustee
appointed in such manner will be subject to the eligibility requirements discussed in the preceding paragraph.

         The servicer has agreed to pay the master trust II trustee's fees and expenses.  The payment of those fees and
expenses by the servicer will be made without reimbursement from any master trust II account.  See "The Indenture—Events
of Default Remedies."

The Receivables

         The Master Trust II Portfolio consists of receivables which arise in credit card accounts selected from the Bank
Portfolio on the basis of criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement as applied on the Cut-Off Date or, for
additional accounts, as of the date of their designation.  The receivables in master trust II may include receivables
that are contractually delinquent.  Funding will have the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth
therein), and in some circumstances will be obligated, to designate from time to time additional eligible revolving
credit card accounts to be included as accounts and to transfer to master trust II all receivables of such additional
accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created, or to transfer to master trust II
participations in receivables instead.

         Funding, as transferor, will be required to designate additional credit card accounts, to the extent available:

                  (a) to maintain the Transferor Interest so that, during any period of 30 consecutive days, the
         Transferor Interest averaged over that period equals or exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest for the same
         period; and

                  (b) to maintain, for so long as master trust II investor certificates of any series (including Series
         2001-D) remain outstanding, an aggregate amount of principal receivables equal to or greater than the Minimum
         Aggregate Principal Receivables.  Any



                                                            146

         additional credit card accounts designated by Funding must meet certain eligibility requirements on the date of
         designation.

         Funding also has the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to require the master trust II trustee
to reconvey all receivables in credit card accounts designated by Funding for removal, whether such receivables are then
existing or thereafter created.  Once a credit card account is removed, receivables existing or arising under that credit
card account are not transferred to master trust II.

         Throughout the term of master trust II, the credit card accounts from which the receivables arise will be the
credit card accounts designated by Funding on the Cut-Off Date plus any additional credit card accounts minus any removed
credit card accounts.  For each series of certificates issued by master trust II, Funding will represent and warrant to
master trust II that, as of the date of issuance of the related series and the date receivables are conveyed to master
trust II, such receivables meet certain eligibility requirements.  See "—Representations and Warranties" below.

         With 30 days' prior written notice to the servicer, the master trust II trustee and each rating agency, Funding
may designate a percentage (referred to as the discount percentage), which may be a fixed percentage or a variable
percentage based on a formula, of the amount of principal receivables to be treated after such designation, or for the
period specified, as finance charge receivables, so long as:

         o    Funding delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that,
              in the reasonable belief of Funding, the designation of the discount percentage will not cause a Pay Out
              Event to occur or cause an event which with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a Pay Out
              Event; and

         o    written confirmation that the designation of the discount percentage will not result in the reduction or
              withdrawal by any rating agency of its rating of any outstanding series of investor certificates.

After satisfaction of these conditions, the product of the discount percentage and newly-generated principal receivables
will be treated as finance charge receivables and referred to as discount option receivables, and in processing
collections of principal receivables, the product of the discounted percentage and collections of principal receivables
will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

         The prospectus supplement relating to each series, class or tranche of notes will provide certain information
about the Master Trust II Portfolio as of the date specified.  Such information will include, but not be limited to, the
amount of principal receivables, the amount of finance charge receivables, the range of principal balances of the credit
card accounts and the average thereof, the range of credit limits of the credit card accounts and the average thereof,
the range of ages of the credit card accounts and the average thereof, the geographic distribution of the credit card
accounts, the types of credit card accounts and delinquency statistics relating to the credit card accounts.



                                                            147

Investor Certificates

         Each series of master trust II certificates will represent interests in certain assets of master trust II,
including the right to the applicable investor percentage of all cardholder payments on the receivables in master trust
II.  For Series 2001-D, the Investor Interest on any date will be equal to the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of
all notes secured by the collateral certificate plus the Class D Investor Interest.

         Funding owns the Transferor Interest which represents the interest in master trust II not represented by the
investor certificates issued and outstanding under master trust II or the rights, if any, of any credit enhancement
providers to receive payments from master trust II.  The holder of the Transferor Interest, subject to certain
limitations, will have the right to the Transferor Percentage of all cardholder payments from the receivables in master
trust II.  The Transferor Interest may be transferred in whole or in part subject to certain limitations and conditions
set forth in the master trust II agreement.  At the discretion of Funding, the Transferor Interest may be held either in
an uncertificated form or in the form of a certificate representing the Transferor Interest, called a transferor
certificate.  See "—Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Transferor" below.

         The amount of principal receivables in master trust II will vary each day as new principal receivables are
created and others are paid or charged-off as uncollectible.  The amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate each
day, therefore, to reflect the changes in the amount of the principal receivables in master trust II.  As a result, the
Transferor Interest will generally increase to reflect reductions in the Investor Interest for such series and will also
change to reflect the variations in the amount of principal receivables in master trust II.  The Transferor Interest will
generally decrease as a result of the issuance of a new series of investor certificates by master trust II or as a result
the issuance of a new series, class or tranche of notes or otherwise.  See "—New Issuances" below and "The
Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes" in this prospectus.

Conveyance of Receivables

         Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, each of FIA and Funding, during the period it was the seller or the
transferor, as applicable, has assigned to master trust II its interest in all receivables arising in the initial
accounts, as of the Cut-Off Date, and has assigned and will assign its interest in all of the receivables in the
additional accounts, as of the related account addition date.  In addition, FIA or Funding, as applicable, has assigned
to master trust II all of its interest in all receivables thereafter created under such accounts, all interchange,
recoveries and insurance proceeds allocable to master trust II, any participations in receivables added to master trust
II and the proceeds of all of the foregoing.

         In connection with each previous transfer of the receivables to master trust II, FIA and Funding have
respectively indicated, and in connection with each subsequent transfer of receivables to master trust II, Funding will
indicate, in its computer files that the receivables have been conveyed to master trust II.  In addition, Funding has
provided or will provide to the master trust II trustee computer files or microfiche lists, containing a true and
complete list showing each credit card account, identified by account number and by total outstanding balance



                                                            148

on the date of transfer.  FIA, as servicer, will not deliver to the master trust II trustee any records or agreements
relating to the credit card accounts or the receivables.

         Except as stated above, the records and agreements relating to the credit card accounts and the receivables in
master trust II maintained by Funding or the servicer are not and will not be segregated by Funding or the servicer from
other documents and agreements relating to other credit card accounts and receivables and are not and will not be stamped
or marked to reflect the transfer of the receivables to master trust II.  However, the computer records of BACCS are
marked to evidence the transfer of the receivables to Funding and the computer records of Funding are marked to evidence
the transfer of the receivables to master trust II.  BACCS has filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for the
transfer of the receivables to Funding, as transferor, and Funding has filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
for the transfer of the receivables to master trust II.  In the case of the transfer of the receivables from BACCS to
Funding, such financing statements must meet the requirements of North Carolina state law.  In the case of the transfer
of the receivables from Funding to master trust II, such financing statements must meet the requirements of Delaware
state law.

Addition of Master Trust II Assets

         As described above under "—The Receivables," Funding has the right (or in certain circumstances, the obligation)
to designate to master trust II, from time to time, additional credit card accounts for the related receivables to be
included as receivables transferred to master trust II.  Funding will convey to master trust II its interest in all
receivables of such additional credit card accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created.

         Each additional account must be an Eligible Account at the time of its designation.  However, additional credit
card accounts may not be of the same credit quality as other credit card accounts transferred to master trust II.
Additional credit card accounts may have been originated by FIA using credit criteria different from those which were
applied by FIA to the other credit card accounts transferred to master trust II.  For example, additional credit card
accounts may have been acquired by FIA from an institution which may have had different credit criteria.

         In addition to or in lieu of additional credit card accounts, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II
participations representing interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving
credit card accounts owned by FIA or an affiliate of FIA.  Participations may be evidenced by one or more certificates of
ownership issued under a separate pooling and servicing agreement or similar agreement entered into by Funding which
entitles the certificateholder to receive percentages of collections generated by the pool of assets subject to such
participation agreement from time to time and to certain other rights and remedies specified therein.  Participations may
have their own credit enhancement, pay out events, servicing obligations and servicer defaults, all of which are likely
to be enforceable by a separate trustee under the participation agreement and may be different from those specified in
this prospectus.  The rights and remedies of master trust II as the holder of a participation (and therefore the
certificateholders) will be subject to all the terms and provisions of the related participation agreement.  The master
trust II agreement may be amended to permit the addition of a participation in master trust II without the consent of the
related certificateholders if:



                                                            149

                  o   Funding delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the
                      effect that, in the reasonable belief of Funding, such amendment will not as of the date of such
                      amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders; and

                  o   such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding
                      series under master trust II by any rating agency.

         A conveyance by Funding to master trust II of receivables in additional credit card accounts or participations is
subject to the following conditions, among others:

                  o   Funding shall give the master trust II trustee, each rating agency and the servicer written notice
                      that such additional accounts or participations will be included, which notice shall specify the
                      approximate aggregate amount of the receivables or interests therein to be transferred;

                  o   Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee a written assignment (including an
                      acceptance by the master trust II trustee on behalf of master trust II for the benefit of the
                      certificateholders) as provided in the assignment agreement relating to such additional accounts or
                      participations, and Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee a computer file or
                      microfiche list, dated as of the Addition Date, containing a true and complete list of such
                      additional accounts or participations transferred to master trust II;

                  o   Funding shall represent and warrant that:

              —each additional credit card account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Account, and each receivable
               in such additional credit card account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable;

              —no selection procedures believed by the transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the
               certificateholders were utilized in selecting the additional credit card accounts; and

              —as of the Addition Date, Funding is not insolvent;

                  o   Funding shall deliver certain opinions of counsel with respect to the transfer of the receivables
                      in the additional credit card accounts or the participations to master trust II; and

                  o   where the additional credit card accounts are greater than the Maximum Addition Amount for the
                      related three-month period, each rating agency then rating any series of certificates outstanding
                      under master trust II shall have previously consented to the addition of such additional credit
                      card accounts or participations.

         In addition to the periodic reports otherwise required to be filed by the servicer with the SEC pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the servicer intends to file,



                                                            150

on behalf of master trust II, a report on Form 8-K with respect to any addition to master trust II of receivables in
additional credit card accounts or participations that would have a material effect on the composition of the assets of
master trust II.

Removal of Accounts

         Funding may, but shall not be obligated to, designate from time to time certain credit card accounts to be
removed accounts, all receivables in which shall be subject to removal from master trust II.  Funding, however, may not
make more than one such designation in any month.  Funding will be permitted to designate and require reassignment to it
of the receivables from removed accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions, among others:

                  o   the removal of any receivables of any removed accounts shall not, in the reasonable belief of
                      Funding, cause a Pay Out Event to occur;

                  o   Funding shall have delivered to master trust II for execution a written assignment and an updated
                      account list, dated as of the Removal Date, containing a true and complete list of all removed
                      accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the receivables in such removed
                      accounts;

                  o   Funding shall represent and warrant that it has not used any selection procedures believed by
                      Funding to be materially adverse to the interests of the holders of any series of certificates
                      outstanding under master trust II in selecting the related removed accounts;

                  o   each rating agency then rating each series of investor certificates outstanding under master trust
                      II shall have received notice of such proposed removal of accounts and Funding shall have received
                      notice from each such rating agency that such proposed removal will not result in a downgrade or
                      withdrawal of its then-current rating for any such series;

                  o   the aggregate amount of principal receivables of the accounts then existing in master trust II less
                      the aggregate amount of principal receivables of the removed accounts shall not be less than the
                      amount specified, if any, for any period specified;

                  o   the principal receivables of the removed accounts shall not equal or exceed 5% of the aggregate
                      amount of the principal receivables in master trust II at such time; except, that if any series of
                      master trust II investor certificates or tranche of notes has been paid in full, the principal
                      receivables in such removed accounts may not equal or exceed the sum of:

              —the initial Investor Interest or the aggregate principal amount of the certificates of such series or
               tranche, as applicable, of such series; plus



                                                            151

              —5% of the aggregate amount of the principal receivables in master trust II at such time after giving effect
               to the removal of accounts in an amount approximately equal to the initial Investor Interest of such
               series; and

                  o   Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee an officer's certificate confirming the
                      items set forth above.

         In addition, Funding's designation of any account as a removed account shall be random, unless Funding's
designation of any such account is in response to a third-party action or decision not to act and not the unilateral
action of the transferor.

         Funding will be permitted to designate as a removed account without the consent of the master trust II trustee,
certificateholders, noteholders or rating agencies, and without having to satisfy the conditions described above, any
account that has a zero balance and which Funding will remove from its computer file.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         The servicer will be responsible for servicing and administering the receivables in accordance with the
servicer's policies and procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables.  FIA has been
servicing credit card receivables in connection with securitizations since 1986.  See "Transaction Parties—FIA and
Affiliates" for a discussion of FIA.  Servicing activities to be performed by the servicer include collecting and
recording payments, communicating with accountholders, investigating payment delinquencies, evaluating the increase of
credit limits and the issuance of credit cards, providing billing and tax records to accountholders and maintaining
internal records for each account.  Managerial and custodial services performed by the servicer on behalf of master trust
II include providing assistance in any inspections of the documents and records relating to the accounts and receivables
by the master trust II trustee pursuant to the master trust II agreement, maintaining the agreements, documents and files
relating to the accounts and receivables as custodian for master trust II and providing related data processing and
reporting services for investor certificateholders of any series and on behalf of the master trust II trustee.

         If FIA became insolvent, a Pay Out Event and a Servicer Default would occur.  If a Pay Out Event occurs, this
could cause an early redemption of the notes, and payments on your notes could be accelerated, delayed or reduced.  See
"—Pay Out Events" below.  Furthermore, if a Servicer Default occurs, FIA could be removed as servicer for master trust II
and a successor servicer would be appointed.  See "—Servicer Default" below for more information regarding the
appointment of a successor servicer.

         Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, FIA, as servicer, has the right to delegate its duties as servicer to
any person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the master trust II agreement and FIA's lending
guidelines.  FIA, as servicer, has delegated certain duties relating to the servicing of credit card accounts owned by FIA
to Servicing Corp.  However, such delegation will not relieve FIA of its obligations as servicer under the master trust
II agreement.  See "Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates" for a description of Servicing Corp.



                                                            152

         The servicer will be required to maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of
its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such
amounts as the servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.

         The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the master trust II agreement, except upon
determination that performance of its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law.  No such resignation will
become effective until the master trust II trustee or a successor to the servicer has assumed the servicer's
responsibilities and obligations under the master trust II agreement.

Master Trust II Accounts

         The servicer will establish and maintain, in the name of master trust II, for the benefit of certificateholders
of all series, an account established for the purpose of holding collections of receivables, called a master trust II
collection account, which will be a non-interest bearing segregated account established and maintained with the servicer
or with a Qualified Institution.  A Qualified Institution may also be a depository institution, which may include the
master trust II trustee, which is acceptable to each rating agency.

         In addition, for the benefit of the investor certificateholders of certificates issued by master trust II, the
master trust II trustee will establish and maintain in the name of master trust II two separate accounts, called a
finance charge account and a principal account, in segregated master trust II accounts (which need not be deposit
accounts) with a Qualified Institution (other than FIA, BACCS or the transferor).  Funds in the principal account and the
finance charge account for master trust II will be invested, at the direction of the servicer, in Permitted Investments.

         Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds in the finance charge account or the principal
account allocable to Series 2001-D will be included in collections of finance charge receivables allocable to Series
2001-D.  The servicer will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the master trust II collection account and to
instruct the master trust II trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the finance charge account and the principal
account for the purpose of carrying out the servicer's duties.

Investor Percentage

         The servicer will allocate between the Investor Interest of each series issued and outstanding and the Transferor
Interest, all amounts collected on finance charge receivables, all amounts collected on principal receivables and all
receivables in Defaulted Accounts, based on a varying percentage called the investor percentage.  The servicer will make
each allocation by reference to the applicable investor percentage of each series and the Transferor Percentage, and, in
certain circumstances, the percentage interest of certain credit enhancement providers, for such series.  For a
description of how allocations will be made to Series 2001-D, the collateral certificate and the Class D certificate by
master trust II, see "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate" and "Master Trust II—The Class D
Certificate."



                                                            153

Application of Collections

         Except as otherwise provided below, the servicer will deposit into the master trust II collection account, no
later than the second Business Day following the date of processing, any payment collected by the servicer on the
receivables in master trust II.  On the same day as any such deposit is made, the servicer will make the deposits and
payments to the accounts and parties as indicated below.  FIA, as servicer, may make such deposits and payments on a
monthly or other periodic basis on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments
which would have been made on a daily basis if:

                  o   (i) the servicer provides to the master trust II trustee and Funding a letter of credit covering
                      collection risk of the servicer acceptable to the specified rating agency, and

              (ii) Funding shall not have received a notice from such rating agency that such letter of credit would
              result in the lowering of such rating agency's then-existing rating of any series of certificates previously
              issued by master trust II and then-outstanding; or

                  o   the servicer has and maintains a certificate of deposit or short-term deposit rating of P-1 by
                      Moody's, of A-1 by Standard & Poor's, and of F1 by Fitch.

         Whether the servicer is required to make monthly or daily deposits from the master trust II collection account
into the finance charge account or the principal account, for any month:

                  o   the servicer will only be required to deposit collections from the master trust II collection
                      account into the finance charge account, the principal account or any series account established by
                      a related series supplement up to the required amount to be deposited into any such deposit account
                      or, without duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date to
                      certificateholders; and

                  o   if at any time prior to such Distribution Date the amount of collections deposited in the master
                      trust II collection account exceeds the amount required to be deposited pursuant to this section,
                      the servicer, subject to certain limitations, will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the
                      master trust II collection account.

         The servicer will withdraw the following amounts from the master trust II collection account for application as
indicated:

                  (a) An amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits in respect of
         principal receivables will be:

                     —paid to the holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor
                      Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest; or

                     —deposited in the principal account and treated as Unallocated Principal Collections.



                                                            154

                  (b) An amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits in respect of
         finance charge receivables will be:

                     —deposited in the finance charge account (in an amount equal to the amount of such deposits times the
                      aggregate prefunded amount, if any, on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for any tranche
                      of notes divided by the Transferor Interest) and paid to the issuing entity on the following
                      Transfer Date (in an amount not to exceed the positive difference, if any, between (i) the amount
                      of interest payable to noteholders and derivative counterparties, if any, on such prefunded amount
                      and (ii) the net investment earnings on such prefunded amounts for such month); or

                     —otherwise paid to the holder of the Transferor Interest.

                  (c) For series of master trust II certificates other than Series 2001-D, an amount equal to the
         applicable investor percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits relating to the finance charge
         receivables will be deposited into the finance charge account and the aggregate amount of such deposits relating
         to principal receivables will be deposited into the principal account, in each case, for application and
         distribution in accordance with the related series supplement.  However, so long as certain conditions are
         satisfied, including that no Pay Out Event has occurred or is continuing, collections of principal receivables
         allocable to subordinated classes of investor certificates will be deposited in the principal account only up to
         an amount (not less than zero) equal to:

                  —   1.5 times the total monthly interest to be deposited during the current month for all classes of
                      investor certificates described in the related series supplement, plus

                  —   if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, the monthly servicing fee, minus

                  —   the preceding month's finance charge collections allocated to the related investor certificates
                      (unless the transferor or the servicer has knowledge that the current month's finance charge
                      collections will be materially less than the finance charge collections for the prior month, in
                      which case, the lesser amount will be used).

         Any collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of investor certificates in excess of
         such amount will be commingled with FIA's other funds until the following Transfer Date.

                  (d) For Series 2001-D, deposits in respect of finance charge receivables and principal receivables will
         be allocated to Series 2001-D as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate" in
         this prospectus.  However, so long as certain conditions are satisfied, including that no Pay Out Event relating
         to Series 2001-D has occurred or is continuing, and that neither an early redemption event nor an event of
         default relating to the notes has occurred or is continuing, collections of



                                                            155

         principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of notes will be deposited in the principal account only
         up to an amount (not less than zero) equal to:

                  —   1.5 times the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding account during the
                      current month and, following any issuance of notes during such month, the aggregate amount targeted
                      to be deposited in the interest funding account for such newly issued notes during the following
                      month, plus

                  —   if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, the monthly servicing fee, minus

                  —   the preceding month's finance charge collections allocated to Series 2001-D (unless the transferor
                      or the servicer has knowledge that the current month's finance charge collections will be
                      materially less than the finance charge collections for the prior month, in which case, the lesser
                      amount will be used).

         Any collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of notes in excess of such amount will
         be commingled with FIA's other funds until the following Transfer Date.

         The amount of collections of principal receivables to be deposited in the principal account for subordinated
classes of investor certificates described in clause (c) above, or subordinated classes of notes as described in clause
(d) above, is subject to amendment with rating agency approval.

         Any Unallocated Principal Collections will be held in the principal account and paid to the holder of the
Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor
Interest.  Unallocated Principal Collections will be held for or distributed to investor certificateholders of the
series of certificates issued by master trust II (including Series 2001-D) in accordance with related series supplements.

         The servicer's compliance with its obligations under the master trust II agreement and each series supplement
will be independently verified as described under "—Evidence as to Compliance" below.

Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges

         On each Determination Date, the servicer will calculate the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for the
preceding month, which will be equal to the aggregate amount of the investor percentage of principal receivables in
Defaulted Accounts; that is, credit card accounts which in such month were written off as uncollectible in accordance
with the servicer's policies and procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables in master
trust II.  The Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount, and thus the entire investor percentage of principal
receivables in Defaulted Accounts allocable to Series 2001-D, will be allocated only to the Class D Investor Interest,
unless the Class D Investor Interest has been reduced to zero by unreimbursed Class D Investor Charge-Offs or
reallocations of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate.  See "—The Class D
Certificate" below for a description of the ways in which the Class D Investor Interest can be reduced.



                                                            156

         Recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts (net of expenses) will be included as finance charge collections
payable to master trust II, provided that if any of such recoveries relates to both receivables in Defaulted Accounts and
other receivables, and it cannot be determined with objective certainty whether such recoveries relate to receivables in
Defaulted Accounts or other receivables, the amount of recoveries included as finance charge collections payable to
master trust II will be the servicer's reasonable estimate of the amount recovered in respect of receivables in Defaulted
Accounts.

         If the servicer adjusts the amount of any principal receivable because of transactions occurring in respect of a
rebate or refund to a cardholder, then the Transferor Interest will be reduced by the amount of the adjustment.  In
addition, the Transferor Interest will be reduced as a result of transactions in respect of any principal receivable
which was discovered as having been created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge.

         If the servicer makes a deposit into the collection account of a receivable that was received in the form of a
check which is not honored for any reason or if the servicer makes a mistake in the amount of any deposit of any
collection, then the servicer will appropriately adjust subsequent deposits into the collection account to reconcile the
dishonored check or mistake.  Any payment received in the form of a dishonored check is deemed not to have been paid.

Master Trust II Termination

         Master trust II will terminate on the Master Trust II Termination Date.  Upon the termination of master trust II
and the surrender of the Transferor Interest, the master trust II trustee shall convey to the holder of the Transferor
Interest all right, title and interest of master trust II in and to the receivables and other funds of master trust II.

Pay Out Events

         A Pay Out Event will cause the early redemption of the notes.  A Pay Out Event refers to any of the following
events:

         (a)      failure on the part of Funding (i) to make any payment or deposit on the date required under the master
                  trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement (or within the applicable grace period which shall
                  not exceed 5 days) or (ii) to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or
                  agreements of Funding set forth in the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement, which
                  failure has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders (determined without reference to whether
                  any funds are available under the Class D certificate) and which continues unremedied for a period of 60
                  days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, and continues to
                  materially and adversely affect the interests of the certificateholders (determined without reference to
                  whether any funds are available under the Class D certificate) for such period;

         (b)      any representation or warranty made by Funding in the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D
                  supplement, or any information required to be given by Funding to the master trust II trustee to
                  identify the credit card accounts, proves to



                                                            157

                  have been incorrect in any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be incorrect
                  in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same
                  to be remedied, and as a result of which the interests of the certificateholders (determined without
                  reference to whether any funds are available under the Class D certificate) are materially and adversely
                  affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for such period, except that a Pay Out
                  Event described in this clause (b) will not occur if Funding has accepted reassignment of the related
                  receivable or all such receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions
                  of the master trust II agreement;

         (c)      (i) Funding becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to master trust II in accordance with
                  the master trust II agreement, (ii) BACCS becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to
                  Funding in accordance with the provisions of the receivables purchase agreement between BACCS and
                  Funding, or (iii) FIA becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to BACCS in accordance with
                  the provisions of the applicable agreement between FIA and BACCS;

         (d)      any Servicer Default occurs which would have a material adverse effect on the certificateholders;

         (e)      certain events of insolvency, conservatorship, receivership or bankruptcy relating to Funding, BACCS, or
                  FIA;

         (f)      Funding fails to convey receivables arising under additional credit card accounts, or participations, to
                  master trust II when required by the master trust II agreement; or

         (g)      master trust II becomes an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
                  1940, as amended.

         In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, a Pay Out Event will occur only if, after any
applicable grace period, either the master trust II trustee or the noteholders evidencing interests aggregating not less
than 50% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the outstanding notes, by written notice to Funding and
the servicer (and to the master trust II trustee if given by the noteholders) declare that a Pay Out Event has occurred
as of the date of such notice.

         In the case of any event described in clause (c), (e), (f) or (g), a Pay Out Event will occur without any notice
or other action on the part of the master trust II trustee or the noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such
event.

         In addition to the consequences of a Pay Out Event discussed above and solely to the extent the investor
certificates of any series issued on or prior to April 25, 2001 are outstanding, if pursuant to certain provisions of
federal law, Funding voluntarily enters liquidation or a receiver is appointed for Funding, on the day of such event
Funding will immediately cease to transfer principal receivables to master trust II and promptly give notice to the
master trust II

                                                            158

trustee of such event.  Within 15 days, the master trust II trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation or the
appointment stating that the master trust II trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the receivables
in master trust II.  Unless otherwise instructed within a specified period by certificateholders representing interests
aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of each series issued and outstanding, the master trust II trustee
will use its best efforts to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the receivables in master trust II through the
solicitation of competitive bids and on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer, as determined by the master trust II
trustee.  The noteholders will be deemed to have disapproved of such sale, liquidation or disposition.  However, neither
Funding, nor any affiliate or agent of Funding, may purchase the receivables of master trust II in the event of such
sale, liquidation or disposition.  The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of such receivables will be
treated as collections of the receivables and applied as specified above in "—Application of Collections."

         If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either (i) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Funding, BACCS, or FIA, or (ii)
the appointment of a conservator or receiver for FIA, the related conservator, receiver or bankruptcy court may have the
power to prevent the early sale, liquidation or disposition of the receivables in master trust II and the commencement of
a Rapid Amortization Period.  In addition, a conservator, receiver or bankruptcy court may have the power to cause the
early sale of the receivables in master trust II and the early retirement of the certificates.  See "Risk Factors" in
this prospectus and any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

         On the date on which a Pay Out Event occurs, the Rapid Amortization Period will commence.  A Pay Out Event for
Series 2001-D is also an early redemption event for the notes.  See "The Indenture—Early Redemption Events."

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         The share of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to Series 2001-D for any Transfer Date, called the
Investor Servicing Fee, will equal one-twelfth of the product of (i) 2.00% and (ii) the Weighted Average Floating
Allocation Investor Interest for Series 2001-D for the month preceding such Transfer Date.  On each Transfer Date, if FIA
or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, servicer interchange for the related month that is on deposit in the
finance charge account will be withdrawn from the finance charge account and paid to the servicer in payment of a portion
of the Investor Servicing Fee for such month.

         The servicer interchange for any month for which FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer will be an
amount equal to the portion of collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the Investor Interest for Series
2001-D for such month that is attributable to interchange.  However, servicer interchange for a month will not exceed
one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for Series 2001-D for such
month and (ii) 0.75%.  In the case of any insufficiency of servicer interchange on deposit in the finance charge account,
a portion of the Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D for such month will not be paid to the extent of such
insufficiency and in no event shall master trust II, the master trust II trustee or the collateral certificateholder be
liable for the share of the servicing fee to be paid out of servicer interchange.



                                                            159

         The share of the Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D for any Transfer Date, called the Net
Servicing Fee, is equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest
for Series 2001-D and (ii) 1.25%, or if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, 2.00%.

         The Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D will be funded from collections of finance charge
receivables allocated to Series 2001-D.  The remainder of the servicing fee for master trust II will be allocable to the
Transferor Interest, the Investor Interests of any other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II and
any other interests in master trust II, if any, for such series.  Neither master trust II, the master trust II trustee
nor the certificateholders of any series of investor certificates issued by master trust II (including Series 2001-D)
will have any obligation to pay the portion of the servicing fee allocable to the Transferor Interest.

         In connection with servicing the receivables, the servicer may incur certain expenses.  The Investor Servicing
Fee that is paid to the servicer is intended, in part, to compensate the servicer for these expenses.  The servicer will
pay from its servicing compensation these expenses which may include, without limitation, payment of the fees and
disbursements of the master trust II trustee, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee and independent certified public
accountants and other fees which are not expressly stated in the master trust II agreement, the trust agreement or the
indenture to be payable by master trust II or the investor certificateholders other than federal, state and local income
and franchise taxes, if any, of master trust II.  See the chart entitled "Fees and Expenses Payable from
BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts."

The Class D Certificate

         The following discussion summarizes the material terms of the Class D certificate.  These summaries do not
purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II
agreement and the Class D certificate.  The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are the only master trust
II investor certificates issued pursuant to Series 2001-D.

         The Class D certificate represents an undivided interest in master trust II, but is not entitled to receive any
payments of interest.  The Class D Investor Interest, or the size of the Class D certificate's undivided interest in
master trust II, is determined primarily by the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the issuing entities
notes.  See  "Prospectus Summary—Required Subordinated Amount and Required Class D Investor Interest," "The
Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate,"and the definition of  "Class D Investor Interest" in the
glossary for a description of how the amount of the Class D Investor Interest is determined.

         The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes, in
two ways.  First, when Series 2001-D is allocated principal receivables in Defaulted Accounts as described above in
"—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges," the related Defaulted Amounts allocable to Series 2001-D will
reduce the Class D Investor Interest prior to any reduction to the nominal liquidation amounts of notes due to uncovered
Investor Default Amounts.  On each Transfer Date, if the Aggregate Class D Investor



                                                            160

Default Amount for such Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Available Funds which is allocated and available following
the payment of the amounts described in clauses first through seventh under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit
and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds," the Class D Investor Interest will be
reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more than the lesser of the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount and
the Class D Investor Interest for such Transfer Date. This reduction in the Class D Investor Interest is called a "Class
D Investor Charge-Off."  On any Transfer Date, to the extent that the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount is
greater than the Class D Investor Interest, the Class D Investor Interest will be reduced to zero, and the amount of such
excess will be applied as Investor Default Amounts that can reduce the nominal liquidation amounts of the notes if
BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to cover such Investor Default Amounts, as described in "Sources of Funds to
Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs."

         Second, collections on principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate can be reallocated to make
interest payments on the notes or pay the BAseries's share of the master trust II servicing fee.  On any Transfer Date,
to the extent that the amount of BAseries Available Funds which is allocated and available is insufficient to pay the
amounts described in clauses first and second under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds
for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds," collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D
Certificate will be applied as Available Funds, but not in an amount to exceed the lesser of:

                  o   the Class D Investor Interest (after giving effect to any Class D Investor Charge-Offs on such
                      Transfer Date); and

                  o   the sum the following calculation for each day in the preceding month: for any day, the product of
                      (i) the aggregate amount of collections of principal receivables on such day times (ii) the
                      percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of
                      which is the Class D Investor Interest as of such day and the denominator of which is equal to the
                      Investor Interest of Series 2001-D as of such day.

So long as the Class D Investor Interest is greater than zero, this reallocation of collections on principal receivables
allocable to the Class D certificate will occur prior to any reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts used
to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee.  If any such reallocation reduces the
Class D Investor Interest to zero, or if the Class D Investor Interest has already been reduced to zero, and the amount
of BAseries Available Funds which is allocated and available is insufficient to pay the amounts described in clauses
first and second under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application
of BAseries Available Funds," BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be reallocated to cover such deficiency, as
described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries— Application of
BAseries Available Principal Amounts."

         Any reductions to the Class D Investor Interest due to Class D Investor Charge-Offs or reallocations of
collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D Certificate will be



                                                            161

reiumbursed through Available Funds remaining after payment of the amounts described in clauses first through seventh
under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries
Available Funds."

New Issuances

         The master trust II agreement provides that the holder of the Transferor Interest, without independent
verification of its authority, may cause the master trust II trustee to issue one or more new series of certificates and
may define all principal terms of such series.  Each series issued may have different terms and enhancements than any
other series.  None of the transferor, the servicer, the master trust II trustee or master trust II is required or
intends to provide prior notice to or obtain the consent of any certificateholder of any other series previously issued
by master trust II or any noteholder of a series previously issued by the issuing entity prior to the issuance of a new
series of master trust II investor certificates.  However, as a condition of a new issuance, the holder of the Transferor
Interest will deliver to the master trust II trustee written confirmation that the new issuance will not result in the
reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of its rating of any outstanding series.

         Under the master trust II agreement, the holder of the Transferor Interest may cause a new issuance by notifying
the master trust II trustee at least three days in advance of the date upon which the new issuance is to occur.  The
notice will state the designation of any series to be issued and:

                  o   its initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount) which amount may not be
                      greater than the current principal amount of the Transferor Interest;

                  o   its certificate rate (or method of calculating such rate); and

                  o   the provider of any credit enhancement.

         The master trust II trustee will authenticate a new series only if it receives the following, among others:

                  o   a series supplement specifying the principal terms of such series;

                  o   an opinion of counsel to the effect that, unless otherwise stated in the related series supplement,
                      the certificates of such series will be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax
                      purposes;

                  o   a master trust II tax opinion;

                  o   if required by the related series supplement, the form of credit enhancement;

                  o   if credit enhancement is required by the series supplement, an appropriate credit enhancement
                      agreement executed by Funding and the credit enhancer;



                                                            162

                  o   written confirmation from each rating agency that the new issuance will not result in such rating
                      agency's reducing or withdrawing its rating on any then outstanding series rated by it; and

                  o   an officer's certificate of Funding to the effect that after giving effect to the new issuance
                      Funding would not be required to add additional accounts pursuant to the master trust II agreement
                      and the Transferor Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest.

Representations and Warranties

         Funding has made in the master trust II agreement certain representations and warranties to master trust II to
the effect that, among other things, that as of the Substitution Date:

                  o   as of the issuance date, Funding is duly incorporated and in good standing and that it has the
                      authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by the master trust II agreement; and

                  o   as of the date of the designation of the related accounts to master trust II, each account is an
                      Eligible Account.

         Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made similar representations and warranties relating to receivables that were
transferred by FIA to master trust II.  For so long as such receivables are assets of master trust II, then the
representations and warranties made by FIA regarding those receivables will be in effect and enforceable.

         If,

                  o   any of these representations and warranties proves to have been incorrect in any material respect
                      when made by either FIA with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the
                      Substitution Date or by Funding, and continues to be incorrect for 60 days after notice to Funding
                      by the master trust II trustee or to the transferor and the master trust II trustee by the
                      certificateholders holding more than 50% of the Investor Interest of the related series; and

                  o   as a result the interests of the certificateholders are materially and adversely affected, and
                      continue to be materially and adversely affected during such period;

then the master trust II trustee or certificateholders holding more than 50% of the Investor Interest may give notice to
Funding (and to the master trust II trustee in the latter instance) declaring that a Pay Out Event has occurred, thereby
causing an early redemption event to occur relating to the notes.

         Funding has also made representations and warranties to master trust II relating to the receivables in master
trust II to the effect that, among other things:



                                                            163

                  o   as of the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio, each of the
                      receivables then existing in such account is an Eligible Receivable; and

                  o   as of the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio, each
                      receivable then existing in such account was transferred to master trust II free and clear of any
                      lien (except for certain tax, governmental or other nonconsensual liens).

         Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made similar representations and warranties relating to the receivables as of
the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio.  For so long as receivables transferred
by FIA prior to the Substitution Date are assets of master trust II, then the representations and warranties made by FIA
with respect to the receivables will be in effect and enforceable.

         In the event of a breach of any representation and warranty set forth in the preceding paragraph, within 60 days,
or such longer period (not to exceed 120 days) as may be agreed to by the master trust II trustee, of the earlier to
occur of the discovery of such breach by Funding or FIA, as applicable, or receipt by Funding of written notice of such
breach given by the master trust II trustee, or, for certain breaches relating to prior liens, immediately upon the
earlier to occur of such discovery or notice and as a result of such breach, the receivables in the accounts of master
trust II are charged-off as uncollectible, master trust II's rights in, to or under the receivables or their proceeds are
impaired or the proceeds of such receivables are not available for any reason to master trust II free and clear of any
lien (except for certain tax, governmental and other nonconsensual liens), then Funding or FIA, with respect to
receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, will be obligated to accept reassignment of
each related principal receivable as an ineligible receivable.  Such reassignment will not be required to be made,
however, if, on any day within the applicable period, or such longer period, the representations and warranties shall
then be true and correct in all material respects.

         Funding or FIA, as applicable, will accept reassignment of each applicable ineligible receivable by directing the
servicer to deduct the amount of each such ineligible receivable from the aggregate amount of principal receivables used
to calculate the Transferor Interest.  In the event that the exclusion of an ineligible receivable from the calculation
of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor Interest to be a negative number, on the date of reassignment of
such ineligible receivable Funding shall make a deposit in the collection account in immediately available funds in an
amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below zero.  Any such deduction or deposit
shall be considered a repayment in full of the ineligible receivable.  The obligation of Funding to accept reassignment
of any ineligible receivable transferred to master trust II after the Substitution Date is the sole remedy respecting any
breach of the representations and warranties made by Funding with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II
after the Substitution Date relating to that receivable available to the certificateholders or the master trust II
trustee on behalf of certificateholders.  The obligation of FIA to accept reassignment of any ineligible receivable
transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the surviving
representations and warranties made by FIA with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the



                                                            164

Substitution Date relating to that receivable available to the certificateholders or the master trust II trustee on
behalf of the certificateholders.

         Funding, as of the date it became transferor, has also represented and warranted to master trust II to the effect
that, among other things, as of the Substitution Date:

                  o   the receivables purchase agreement and the master trust II agreement each constitutes a legal,
                      valid and binding obligation of Funding; and

                  o   the transfer of receivables by it to master trust II under the master trust II agreement will
                      constitute either:

              —a valid sale to the master trust II trustee of receivables; or

              —the grant of a security interest in such receivables, and that sale or security interest is perfected.

         In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties described in the preceding paragraph,
either the master trust II trustee or the holders of certificates evidencing interests in master trust II aggregating
more than 50% of the aggregate Investor Interest of all series outstanding under master trust II may direct FIA (with
respect to receivables transferred prior to the Substitution Date) or Funding (with respect to receivables transferred
after the Substitution Date) to accept reassignment of the Master Trust II Portfolio within 60 days of such notice, or
within such longer period specified in such notice.  FIA or Funding, as applicable, will be obligated to accept
reassignment of such receivables in master trust II on a Distribution Date occurring within such applicable period.  Such
reassignment will not be required to be made, however, if at any time during such applicable period, or such longer
period, the representations and warranties shall then be true and correct in all material respects.  The deposit amount
for such reassignment will be equal to:

                  o   the Investor Interest for each series outstanding under master trust II on the last day of the
                      month preceding the Distribution Date on which the reassignment is scheduled to be made; minus

                  o   the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of principal to such certificateholders (or
                      other interest holders) on such Distribution Date; plus

                  o   an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest less the amount, if any, previously allocated
                      for payment of such interest on such Distribution Date.

         The payment of this reassignment deposit amount and the transfer of all other amounts deposited for the preceding
month in the distribution account will be considered a payment in full of the Investor Interest for each such
series required to be repurchased and will be distributed upon presentation and surrender of the certificates for each
such series.  If the master trust II trustee or certificateholders give a notice as provided above, the obligation of FIA
or Funding, as applicable, to make any such deposit will constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the
representations and warranties available to the master trust II trustee or such certificateholders.



                                                            165

         It is not required or anticipated that the master trust II trustee will make any initial or periodic general
examination of the receivables or any records relating to the receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or
absence of defects, compliance with FIA's or Funding's representations and warranties, or for any other purpose.
Funding, however, will deliver to the master trust II trustee on or before March 31 of each year (or such other date
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement), an opinion of counsel with respect to the validity of the security
interest of master trust II in and to the receivables and certain other components of master trust II.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Transferor

         The master trust II agreement provides that the servicer will indemnify the transferor, master trust II and the
master trust II trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason
of any acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the servicer for the activities of master trust II or the master
trust II trustee.  The servicer, however, will not indemnify:

                  o   the master trust II trustee or the transferor for liabilities imposed by reason of fraud,
                      negligence, or willful misconduct by the master trust II trustee or the transferor in the
                      performance of its duties under the master trust II agreement;

                  o   master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for liabilities arising from
                      actions taken by the master trust II trustee at the request of certificateholders;

                  o   master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for any losses, claims, damages
                      or liabilities incurred by any of them in their capacities as investors, including without
                      limitation, losses incurred as a result of defaulted receivables or receivables which are written
                      off as uncollectible; or

                  o   the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for any
                      liabilities, costs or expenses of the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the
                      certificate owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any federal, state,
                      local or foreign income or franchise tax or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any
                      interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required
                      to be paid by the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners in
                      connection with the master trust II agreement to any taxing authority.

         In addition, the master trust II agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, Funding will indemnify
an injured party for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a certificateholder as an
investor in the certificates or those which arise from any action of a certificateholder) arising out of or based upon
the arrangement created by the master trust II agreement as though the master trust II agreement created a partnership
under the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act in which Funding is a general partner.



                                                            166

         None of the transferor, the servicer or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents will be
under any liability to master trust II, the master trust II trustee, the investor certificateholders of any certificates
issued by master trust II or any other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in good
faith pursuant to the master trust II agreement.  None of the transferor, the servicer or any of their respective
directors, officers, employees or agents will be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the transferor, the servicer or any such person in the
performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties thereunder.  In addition, the
master trust II agreement provides that the servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any
legal action which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the master trust II agreement and which in
its opinion may expose it to any expense or liability.

         Funding may transfer its interest in all or a portion of the Transferor Interest, provided that prior to any such
transfer:

                  o   the master trust II trustee receives written notification from each rating agency that such
                      transfer will not result in a lowering or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of the
                      certificates of each outstanding series rated by it; and

                  o   the master trust II trustee receives a written opinion of counsel confirming that such transfer
                      would not adversely affect the treatment of the certificates of each outstanding series issued by
                      master trust II as debt for federal income tax purposes.

         Any person into which, in accordance with the master trust II agreement, the transferor or the servicer may be
merged or consolidated or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the transferor or the servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the transferor or the servicer, upon execution of a supplement to
the master trust II agreement and delivery of an opinion of counsel with respect to the compliance of the transaction
with the applicable provisions of the master trust II agreement, will be the successor to the transferor or the servicer,
as the case may be, under the master trust II agreement.

Servicer Default

         In the event of any Servicer Default, either the master trust II trustee or certificateholders representing
interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interests for all series of certificates of master trust II, by
written notice to the servicer (and to the master trust II trustee, the transferor and certain providers of
series enhancement, if given by the certificateholders), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer
under the master trust II agreement and the master trust II trustee may appoint a new servicer.  Any such termination and
appointment is called a service transfer.  The master trust II trustee shall as promptly as possible appoint a successor
servicer.  The successor servicer may be the master trust II trustee, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the master trust II
trustee, or an entity which, at the time of its appointment as successor servicer, (1) services a portfolio of consumer
revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts, (2) is legally qualified and has the capacity
to service the Master Trust II Portfolio, (3) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the servicer is then



                                                            167

currently using to service the Master Trust II Portfolio or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is
adequate to perform its duties under the master trust II agreement, (4) has, in the reasonable judgment of the master
trust II trustee, demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in
accordance with customary standards of skill and care, and (5) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of
its most recent fiscal quarter.  The successor servicer shall accept its appointment by written instrument acceptable to
the master trust II trustee.  The successor servicer is entitled to compensation out of collections; however, that
compensation will not be in excess of the master trust II servicing fee.  See "—Servicing Compensation and Payment of
Expenses" above for a discussion of the master trust II servicing fee.

         Because FIA, as servicer, has significant responsibilities for the servicing of the receivables, the master trust
II trustee may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer.  Potential successor servicers may not have the
capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be willing to perform such duties
for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the master trust II agreement.  If no such servicer has been
appointed and has accepted such appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, all authority, power and
obligations of the servicer under the master trust II agreement will pass to the master trust II trustee.  The Bank of
New York Mellon, the master trust II trustee, does not have credit card operations.  If The Bank of New York Mellon is
automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor
servicer and current servicing compensation under the master trust II agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual
costs and expenses of servicing the accounts.  Except when the Servicer Default is caused by certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the servicer, if the master trust II trustee is unable to
obtain any bids from eligible servicers and the servicer delivers an officer's certificate to the effect that it cannot
in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the master trust II trustee is
legally unable to act as successor servicer, then the master trust II trustee shall give the transferor the right of
first refusal to purchase the receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the master
trust II trustee.

         Upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default, the servicer shall not be relieved from using its best efforts to
perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of the master trust II agreement.  The servicer
is required to provide the master trust II trustee, any provider of enhancement and/or any issuer of any third-party
credit enhancement, the holder of the Transferor Interest and the holders of certificates of each series issued and
outstanding under master trust II prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of the cause
of such failure or delay and its efforts to perform its obligations.

         In the event of a Servicer Default, if a conservator or receiver is appointed for the servicer and no Servicer
Default other than such conservatorship or receivership or the insolvency of the servicer exists, the conservator or
receiver may have the power to prevent either the master trust II trustee or the majority of the certificateholders from
effecting a service transfer.  See "Risk Factors—Regulatory action could result in losses or delays in payment" in this
prospectus.



                                                            168

Evidence as to Compliance

         The servicer will deliver to the master trust II trustee and, if required, file with the SEC as part of an annual
report on Form 10-K filed on behalf of master trust II and the issuing entity, the following documents:

                  o   a report by a firm of independent certified public accountants, based upon established criteria
                      that meets the standards applicable to accountants' reports intended for general distribution,
                      attesting to the fairness of the assertion of the servicer's management that its internal controls
                      over the functions performed as servicer of master trust II are effective, in all material
                      respects, in providing reasonable assurance that master trust II assets are safeguarded against
                      loss from unauthorized use or disposition, on the date of such report, and that such servicing was
                      conducted in compliance with the sections of the master trust II agreement during the preceding
                      fiscal year, except for such exceptions or errors as such firm believes to be immaterial and such
                      other exceptions specified in such statement;

                  o   with regard to any tranche of notes or any additional notes the offer and sale of which (i)
                      commences after December 31, 2005 and (ii) is registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, a
                      report regarding its assessment of compliance during the preceding fiscal year with all applicable
                      servicing criteria set forth in relevant SEC regulations with respect to asset-backed securities
                      transactions taken as a whole involving the servicer and Banc of America Card Servicing
                      Corporation, as applicable, that are backed by the same types of assets as those backing the notes;

                  o   with respect to each assessment report described immediately above, a report by a registered public
                      accounting firm that attests to, and reports on, the assessment made by the asserting party, as set
                      forth in relevant SEC regulations; and

                  o   a servicer compliance certificate, signed by an authorized officer of the servicer, to the effect
                      that:

                  (i)      a review of the servicer's activities during the reporting period and of its performance under
                           the master trust II agreement has been made under such officer's supervision; and

                  (ii)     to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the servicer has fulfilled all
                           of its obligations under the master trust II agreement in all material respects throughout the
                           reporting period or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material
                           respect, specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

         The servicer's obligation to deliver any servicing assessment report or attestation report and, if required, to
file the same with the SEC, is limited to those reports prepared by the servicer and, in the case of reports prepared by any
other party, those reports actually received by the servicer.



                                                            169

         Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the master trust II trustee may be obtained by a
request in writing delivered to the master trust II trustee.

         Except as described above or as described elsewhere in this prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement,
there will not be any independent verification that any duty or obligation to be performed by any transaction
party—including the servicer—has been performed by that party.

Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement

         By accepting a note, a noteholder will be deemed to acknowledge that the transferor, the servicer and the master
trust II trustee may amend the master trust II agreement and any series supplement without the consent of any investor
certificateholder (including the issuing entity) or any noteholder, so long as the amendment will not, as evidenced by an
opinion of counsel to the master trust II trustee, materially adversely affect the interest of any investor
certificateholder (including the holder of the collateral certificate).

         For purposes of any provision of the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, certificateholders holding a specified percentage of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of investor certificates:

                  o   each noteholder will be deemed to be an investor certificateholder;

                  o   each noteholder will be deemed to be the holder of an aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
                      collateral certificate equal to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such
                      noteholder's notes;

                  o   each series of notes under the indenture will be deemed to be a separate series of master trust II
                      certificates and the holder of a note of such series will be deemed to be the holder of an
                      aggregate unpaid principal amount of such series of master trust II certificates equal to the
                      Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such noteholder's notes of such series;

                  o   each tranche of notes under the indenture will be deemed to be a separate class of master trust II
                      certificates and the holder of a note of such tranche will be deemed to be the holder of an
                      aggregate unpaid principal amount of such class of master trust II certificates equal to the
                      Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such noteholder's notes of such tranche; and

                  o   any notes owned by the issuing entity, the transferor, the servicer, any other holder of the
                      Transferor Interest or any affiliate thereof will be deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in
                      determining whether the master trust II trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such consent
                      or direction, only notes which the master trust II trustee knows to be so owned shall be so
                      disregarded.



                                                            170

         No amendment to the master trust II agreement will be effective unless the issuing entity delivers the opinions
of counsel described under "The Indenture—Tax Opinions for Amendments."

         The master trust II agreement and any series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer and the
master trust II trustee, without the consent of certificateholders of any series then outstanding, for any purpose, so
long as:

                  o   the transferor delivers an opinion of counsel acceptable to the master trust II trustee to the
                      effect that such amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such
                      certificateholders;

                  o   such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding
                      series under master trust II; and

                  o   such amendment will not cause a significant change in the permitted activities of master trust II,
                      as set forth in the master trust II agreement.

         The master trust II agreement and any related series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer
and the master trust II trustee, without the consent of the certificateholders of any series then outstanding, to provide
for additional enhancement or substitute enhancement for a series, to change the definition of Eligible Account, to
provide for the addition to master trust II of a participation, to replace Funding as transferor with an affiliate of
Funding as transferor or to replace BACCS with FIA or another affiliate of Funding as seller of the receivables to the
transferor pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement and to make such other revisions and amendments incidental to
such replacement, so long as:

                  o   the transferor delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to
                      the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the transferor, such amendment will not as of the date
                      of such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders;
                      and

                  o   such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding
                      series under master trust II.

         The master trust II agreement and the related series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer
and the master trust II trustee (a) with the consent of holders of certificates evidencing interests aggregating not less
than 50% (or such other percentage specified in the related prospectus supplement) of the Investor Interests for all
series of master trust II, for the purpose of effectuating a significant change in the permitted activities of master
trust II which is not materially adverse to the certificateholders, and (b) in all other cases, with the consent of the
holders of certificates evidencing interests aggregating not less than 66 2/3% (or such other percentage specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement) of the Investor Interests for all series of master trust II, for the purpose of
adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the master trust II agreement or
the related series supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of certificateholders of any outstanding series of
master trust II.  No such amendment, however, may:



                                                            171

                  o   reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions required to be made on
                      the related series or any other series;

                  o   change the definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any certificateholder of such
                      series or any certificateholder of any other series issued by master trust II; or

                  o   reduce the aforesaid percentage of interests the holders of which are required to consent to any
                      such amendment,

in each case without the consent of all certificateholders of the related series and certificateholders of all other
series adversely affected.

         In addition, subject to any other applicable conditions described above, the Series 2001-D supplement may be
amended or modified by the transferor without the consent of the servicer, the master trust II trustee, the collateral
certificateholder or any noteholder if the transferor provides the master trust II trustee with (a) an opinion of counsel
to the effect that such amendment or modification would reduce the risk that master trust II would be treated as taxable
as a publicly traded partnership pursuant to Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (b) a
certificate that such amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any certificateholder, except
that no such amendment (i) shall be deemed effective without the master trust II trustee's consent, if the master trust
II trustee's rights, duties and obligations under the Series 2001-D supplement are thereby modified or (ii) shall cause a
significant change in the permitted activities of master trust II, as set forth in the master trust II agreement.
Promptly after the effectiveness of any such amendment, the transferor shall deliver a copy of such amendment to each of
the servicer, the master trust II trustee and each rating agency described in the Series 2001-D supplement.

         Promptly following the execution of any amendment to the master trust II agreement, the master trust II trustee
will furnish written notice of the substance of such amendment to each certificateholder.  Any series supplement and any
amendments regarding the addition or removal of receivables from master trust II will not be considered an amendment
requiring certificateholder consent under the provisions of the master trust II agreement and any series supplement.

Certificateholders Have Limited Control of Actions

         Certificateholders of any series or class within a series may need the consent or approval of a specified
percentage of the Investor Interest of other series or a class of such other series to take or direct certain actions,
including to require the appointment of a successor servicer after a Servicer Default, to amend the master trust II
agreement in some cases, and to direct a repurchase of all outstanding series after certain violations of the
transferor's representations and warranties.  The interests of the certificateholders of any such series may not coincide
with yours, making it more difficult for any particular certificateholder to achieve the desired results from such vote.



                                                            172

                                                 Consumer Protection Laws

         The relationships of the cardholder and credit card issuer and the lender are extensively regulated by federal
and state consumer protection laws.  For credit cards issued by FIA, the most significant laws include the federal Truth
in Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, Fair Debt Collection Practice, Gramm-Leach-Bliley and
Electronic Funds Transfer Acts, and for members of the military on active duty, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act.
These statutes impose disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is opened, at the end of
monthly billing cycles, and on an annual basis.  In addition, these statutes limit customer liability for unauthorized
use, prohibit certain discriminatory practices in extending credit, impose certain limitations on the type of
account-related charges that may be assessed, and regulate the use of cardholder information.  Cardholders are entitled
under these laws to have payments and credits applied to the credit card accounts promptly, to receive prescribed notices
and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly.

         In addition, pursuant to the Credit CARD Act of 2009, the federal Truth in Lending Act was recently amended to
require advance notice of any changes in interest rates or fees (or other significant changes to the terms of a credit
card account), and to prohibit generally rate increases on existing credit card account balances.  These and additional
amendments to the federal Truth in Lending Act may make it more difficult for FIA to originate additional accounts or for
the servicer to collect payments on the receivables, and the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of the
accounts can charge on credit card account balances may be reduced.  Furthermore, cardholders may choose to use credit
cards less as a result of this legislation.  Each of these results, independently or collectively, could reduce the
effective yield on the credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, which could result in an early redemption
event and accelerated or reduced payments on your notes.  See "Risk Factors—Changes to consumer protection laws may
impede origination or collection efforts, change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any
of  which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes" in this prospectus for a more
complete description of the Credit CARD Act of 2009 and the risks associated with it.

         Master trust II may be liable for certain violations of consumer protection laws that apply to the receivables,
either as assignee from FIA for obligations arising before transfer of the receivables to master trust II or as a party
directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer.  In addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert
such violations by way of set-off against his obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing.  FIA and Funding, as
applicable, have represented and warranted in the master trust II agreement that all of the receivables have been and
will be created in compliance with the requirements of such laws.  The servicer also agrees in the master trust II
agreement to indemnify master trust II, among other things, for any liability arising from such violations caused by the
servicer.  For a discussion of master trust II's rights arising from the breach of these warranties, see "Master Trust
II—Representations and Warranties" in this prospectus.

         Certain jurisdictions may attempt to require out-of-state credit card issuers to comply with such jurisdiction's
consumer protection laws (including laws limiting the charges imposed by such credit card issuers) in connection with
their operations in such jurisdictions.  A



                                                            173

successful challenge by such a jurisdiction could have an adverse impact on FIA's credit card operations or the yield on
the receivables in master trust II.

         If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, a court could reduce
or discharge completely the cardholder's obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related
receivables would be written off as uncollectible.  The certificateholders could suffer a loss if no funds are available
from credit enhancement or other sources.  See "Master Trust II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges" in
this prospectus.

                                              Federal Income Tax Consequences

General

         The following discussion describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the notes.  Additional federal income tax considerations relevant to a particular tranche
may be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  The following discussion has been prepared and reviewed by
Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP as special tax counsel to the issuing entity ("Special Tax Counsel").  The discussion
is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended as of the date hereof, and existing final, temporary and
proposed Treasury regulations, revenue rulings and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to prospective and
retroactive changes.  The discussion is addressed only to original purchasers of the notes, deals only with notes held as
capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code and, except as specifically set forth
below, does not address tax consequences of holding notes that may be relevant to investors in light of their own
investment circumstances or their special tax situations, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt
organizations, life insurance companies, dealers in securities, non-U.S. persons, or investors holding the notes as part
of a conversion transaction, as part of a hedge or hedging transaction, or as a position in a straddle for tax purposes.
Further, this discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or any tax consequences to holders of
interests in a noteholder.  Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the following discussion of federal income tax
consequences is correct in all material respects.  Noteholders should be aware that, under Circular 230 (i.e., the
regulations governing practice before the Internal Revenue Service, located at 31 C.F.R. part 10), this discussion and
the opinions contained herein may not be able to be relied upon to avoid any income tax penalties that may be imposed
with respect to the notes.  An opinion of Special Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or
the courts, and no ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service.
Moreover, there are no authorities on similar transactions involving interests issued by an entity with terms similar to
those of the notes described in this prospectus.  Accordingly, it is suggested that persons considering the purchase of
notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the United States federal income tax consequences of an
investment in the notes and the application of United States federal income tax laws, as well as the laws of any state,
local or foreign taxing jurisdictions, to their particular situations.



                                                            174

Description of Opinions

         As more fully described in this "Federal Income Tax Consequences" section, Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion
to the effect that each of the issuing entity and master trust II will not be subject to federal income tax, and further
that the notes will be characterized as debt for United States federal income tax purposes.  Additionally, Special Tax
Counsel is of the opinion to the effect that the statements set forth in this section to the extent that they constitute
matters of law or legal conclusions, are correct in all material respects.

         Special Tax Counsel has not been asked to opine on any other federal income tax matter, and the balance of this
discussion does not purport to set forth any opinion of Special Tax Counsel concerning any other particular federal
income tax matter.  For example, the discussion of original issue discount below is a general discussion of federal
income tax consequences relating to an investment in notes that are treated as having original issue discount, which
discussion Special Tax Counsel opines is correct in all material respects as described above; however, that discussion
does not set forth any opinion as to whether any particular tranche or series of notes will be treated as having original
issue discount.  Additionally, those matters as to which Special Tax Counsel renders opinions should be understood to be
subject to the additional considerations in the discussions relating to those opinions set forth below.

         Special Tax Counsel has not been asked to, and does not, render any opinion regarding the state or local income
tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of a beneficial interest in the notes.  See "—State and Local
Tax Consequences."

         This description of the substance of the opinions rendered by Special Tax Counsel is not intended as a substitute
for an investor's review of the remainder of this discussion of income tax consequences, or for consultation with its own
advisors or tax return preparer.

Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity and the Notes

         Treatment of the Issuing Entity and Master Trust II as Entities Not Subject to Tax

         Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated
herein has been the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, each of the issuing entity
and master trust II will not be classified as an association or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes.  As a result, Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that each of the issuing entity and
master trust II will not be subject to federal income tax.  However, as discussed above, this opinion is not binding on
the Internal Revenue Service and no assurance can be given that this characterization will prevail.

         The precise tax characterization of the issuing entity and master trust II for federal income tax purposes is not
certain.  They might be viewed as merely holding assets on behalf of the beneficiary as collateral for notes issued by
the beneficiary.  On the other hand, they could be viewed as one or more separate entities for tax purposes issuing the
notes.  This distinction, however, should not have a significant tax effect on noteholders except as stated below under
"—Possible Alternative Characterizations."



                                                            175

         Treatment of the Notes as Debt

         Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated
herein has been the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, the notes will be
characterized as debt for United States federal income tax purposes.  Additionally, the issuing entity will agree by
entering into the indenture, and the noteholders will agree by their purchase and holding of notes, to treat the notes as
debt secured by the collateral certificate and other assets of the issuing entity for United States federal income tax
purposes.

         Possible Alternative Characterizations

         If, contrary to the opinion of Special Tax Counsel, the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserted that a
series or class of notes did not represent debt for United States federal income tax purposes, those notes might be
treated as equity interests in the issuing entity, master trust II or some other entity for such purposes.  If so
treated, investors could be treated either as partners in a partnership or, alternatively, as shareholders in a taxable
corporation for such purposes.  If an investor were treated as a partner in a partnership, it would be taxed individually
on its respective share of the partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions and credits attributable to the partnership's
ownership of the collateral certificate and any other assets and liabilities of the partnership without regard to whether
there were actual distributions of that income.  As a result, the amount, timing, character and source of items of income
and deductions of an investor could differ if its notes were held to constitute partnership interests rather than debt.
Treatment of a noteholder as a partner could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders; for example, absent an
applicable exemption, income to foreign persons would be subject to United States tax and United States tax return filing
and withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct
their share of partnership expenses.  Alternatively, the Internal Revenue Service could contend that some or all of the
notes, or separately some of the other securities that the issuing entity and master trust II are permitted to issue (and
which are permitted to constitute debt or equity for federal income tax purposes), constitute equity in a partnership
that should be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.  Any
such partnership would be classified as a publicly traded partnership and could be taxable as a corporation if its equity
interests were traded on an "established securities market," or are "readily tradable" on a "secondary market" or its
"substantial equivalent."  The beneficiary intends to take measures designed to reduce the risk that either of the
issuing entity or master trust II could be classified as a publicly traded partnership; although the beneficiary expects
that such measures will ultimately be successful, certain of the actions that may be necessary for avoiding the treatment
of such other securities as "readily tradable" on a "secondary market" or its "substantial equivalent" are not fully
within the control of the beneficiary.  As a result, there can be no assurance that the measures the beneficiary intends
to take will in all circumstances be sufficient to prevent the issuing entity and master trust II from being classified
as publicly traded partnerships.  If the issuing entity or master trust II were treated in whole or in part as one or
more publicly traded partnerships taxable as a corporation, corporate tax imposed with respect to that corporation could
materially reduce cash available to make payments on the notes, and foreign investors could be subject to withholding
taxes.  Additionally, no distributions from the corporation would be deductible in computing the taxable income of the
corporation, except to the extent that any



                                                            176

notes or other securities were treated as debt of the corporation and distributions to the related noteholders or other
security holders were treated as payments of interest thereon.  Further, distributions to noteholders not treated as
holding debt would be dividend income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the
corporation (possibly without the benefit of any dividends received deduction).  Prospective investors should consult
their own tax advisors with regard to the consequences of possible alternative characterizations to them in their
particular circumstances; the following discussion assumes that the characterization of the notes as debt and the issuing
entity and master trust II as entities not subject to federal income tax is correct.

Consequences to Holders of the Offered Notes

         Interest and Original Issue Discount

         Stated interest on a note will be includible in gross income as it accrues or is received in accordance with a
noteholder's usual method of tax accounting.  If a class of notes is issued with original issue discount, the provisions
of Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code will apply to those notes.  Under those provisions, a
holder of such a note (including a cash basis holder) would be required to include the original issue discount on a note
in income for federal income tax purposes on a constant yield basis, resulting in the inclusion of original issue
discount in income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income.  Subject to the discussion below, a
note will be treated as having original issue discount to the extent that its "stated redemption price" exceeds its
"issue price," if such excess equals or exceeds 0.25 percent multiplied by the weighted average life of the note
(determined by taking into account the number of complete years following issuance until payment is made for each partial
principal payment).  Under Section 1272(a)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code, special provisions apply to debt instruments
on which payments may be accelerated due to prepayments of other obligations securing those debt instruments.  However,
no regulations have been issued interpreting those provisions, and the manner in which those provisions would apply to
the notes is unclear, but the application of Section 1272(a)(6) could affect the rate of accrual of original issue
discount and could have other consequences to holders of the notes.  Additionally, the Internal Revenue Service could
take the position based on Treasury regulations that none of the interest payable on a note is "unconditionally payable"
and hence that all of such interest should be included in the note's stated redemption price at maturity.  If sustained,
such treatment should not significantly affect tax liabilities for most holders of the notes, but prospective noteholders
should consult their own tax advisors concerning the impact to them in their particular circumstances.  The issuing
entity intends to take the position that interest on the notes constitutes "qualified stated interest" and that the above
consequences do not apply.

         Market Discount

         A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at a discount that exceeds any original issue discount not
previously includible in income may be subject to the "market discount" rules of Sections 1276 through 1278 of the
Internal Revenue Code.  These rules provide, in part, that gain on the sale or other disposition of a note and partial
principal payments on a note are treated as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount.  The market



                                                            177

discount rules also provide for deferral of interest deductions for debt incurred to purchase or carry a note that has
market discount.

         Market Premium

         A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at a premium may elect to amortize the premium against
interest income over the remaining term of the note in accordance with the provisions of Section 171 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

         Disposition of the Notes

         Subject to exceptions such as in the case of "wash sales," upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a note, the
holder of the note will recognize taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized
on the disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued interest) and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the
note.  The holder's adjusted tax basis in the note generally will equal the cost of the note to such holder, increased by
any market or original issue discount previously included in income by such holder for the note, and decreased by the
amount of any bond premium previously amortized and any payments of principal or original issue discount previously
received by such holder for such note.  Except to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously included in
income, any such gain treated as capital gain will be long-term capital gain if the note has been held for more than one
year, and any such loss will be a capital loss, subject to limitations on deductibility.

         Foreign Holders

         Under United States federal income tax law now in effect, subject to exceptions applicable to certain types of
interest, payments of interest by the issuing entity to a holder of a note who, as to the United States, is a nonresident
alien individual or a foreign corporation (a "foreign person") will be considered "portfolio interest" and will not be
subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax provided the interest is not effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person (i) is not for
United States federal income tax purposes (a) actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the beneficiary,
the issuing entity or master trust II, (b) a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the beneficiary, the
issuing entity or master trust II is a "related person" within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code, or (c) a bank
extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, and
(ii) provides the person who is otherwise required to withhold United States tax with respect to the notes with an
appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-8BEN or a substitute form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the
beneficial owner of the note is a foreign person and providing the foreign person's name, address and certain additional
information.  If a note is held through a securities clearing organization or certain other financial institutions (as is
expected to be the case unless Definitive Notes are issued), the organization or institution may provide the relevant
signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by an IRS Form
W-8BEN or substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the note.  Special rules apply to partnerships,
estates and trusts, and in certain circumstances certifications as to foreign status and other matters may be required to
be provided by partners and beneficiaries thereof.  If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be



                                                            178

subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an
applicable tax treaty or such interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States and, in either case, the appropriate statement has been provided.

         Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note by a foreign
person will be exempt from United States federal income tax and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the foreign person, and (ii) in the
case of an individual foreign person, such individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year.

         The U.S. Treasury Department has recently issued final Treasury regulations which revise various procedural
matters relating to withholding taxes.  Holders of notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the procedures
whereby they may establish an exemption from withholding.

         Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

         Payments of principal and interest, as well as payments of proceeds from the sale, retirement or disposition of a
note, may be subject to "backup withholding" tax under Section 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code if a recipient of such
payments fails to furnish to the payor certain identifying information.  Any amounts deducted and withheld would be
allowed as a credit against such recipient's United States federal income tax, provided appropriate proof is provided
under rules established by the Internal Revenue Service.  Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by the Internal
Revenue Service on a recipient of payments that is required to supply information but that does not do so in the proper
manner.  Backup withholding will not apply for payments made to certain exempt recipients, such as corporations and
financial institutions.  Information may also be required to be provided to the Internal Revenue Service concerning
payments, unless an exemption applies.  Holders of the notes should consult their tax advisors regarding their
qualification for exemption from backup withholding and information reporting and the procedure for obtaining such an
exemption.

         The United States federal income tax discussion set forth above may not be applicable depending upon a holder's
particular tax situation, and does not purport to address the issues described with the degree of specificity that would
be provided by a taxpayer's own tax advisor.  Accordingly, it is suggested that prospective investors should consult
their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the
notes and the possible effects of changes in federal tax laws.

State and Local Tax Consequences

         The discussion above does not address the taxation of the issuing entity or the tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership or disposition of an interest in the notes under any state or local tax law.  It is suggested that each
investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding state and local tax consequences.



                                                            179

                                                  Benefit Plan Investors

         Benefit plans are required to comply with restrictions under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
known as ERISA, and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, if they are subject to either or both sets of
restrictions.  The ERISA restrictions include rules concerning prudence and diversification of the investment of assets
of a benefit plan—referred to as "plan assets." A benefit plan fiduciary should consider whether an investment by the
benefit plan in notes complies with these requirements.

         In general, a benefit plan for these purposes includes:

                  o   a plan or arrangement which provides deferred compensation or certain health or other welfare
                      benefits to employees;

                  o   an employee benefit plan that is tax-qualified under the Internal Revenue Code and provides
                      deferred compensation to employees—such as a pension, profit-sharing, Section 401(k) or Keogh plan;
                      and

                  o   a collective investment fund or other entity if (a) the fund or entity has one or more benefit plan
                      investors and (b) certain "look-through" rules apply and treat the assets of the fund or entity as
                      constituting plan assets of the benefit plan investor.

         However, a plan maintained by a governmental employer is not a benefit plan for these purposes.  Most plans
maintained by religious organizations and plans maintained by foreign employers for the benefit of employees employed
outside the United States are also not benefit plans for these purposes.  A fund or other entity—including an insurance
company general account—considering an investment in notes should consult its tax advisors concerning whether its assets
might be considered plan assets of benefit plan investors under these rules.

Prohibited Transactions

         ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code also prohibit transactions of a specified type between a
benefit plan and a party in interest who is related in a specified manner to the benefit plan.  Individual retirement
accounts and tax-qualified plans that provide deferred compensation to employees are also subject to these prohibited
transaction rules unless they are maintained by a governmental employer or (in most cases) a religious organization.
Violation of these prohibited transaction rules may result in significant penalties.  There are statutory exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules, and the U.S. Department of Labor has granted administrative exemptions for specified
transactions.

Potential Prohibited Transactions from Investment in Notes

         There are two categories of prohibited transactions that might arise from a benefit plan's investment in notes.
Fiduciaries of benefit plans contemplating an investment in notes should carefully consider whether the investment would
violate these rules.



                                                            180

Prohibited Transactions between the Benefit Plan and a Party in Interest

         The first category of prohibited transaction could arise on the grounds that the benefit plan, by purchasing
notes, was engaged in a prohibited transaction with a party in interest.  A prohibited transaction could arise, for
example, if the notes were viewed as debt of FIA and FIA is a party in interest as to the benefit plan.  A prohibited
transaction could also arise if FIA, the transferor, the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, the servicer or
another party with an economic relationship to the issuing entity or master trust II either:

                  o   is involved in the investment decision for the benefit plan to purchase notes or

                  o   is otherwise a party in interest as to the benefit plan.

         If a prohibited transaction might result from the benefit plan's purchase of notes, a statutory or an
administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction rules might be available to permit an investment in notes.  The
statutory exemption that is potentially available is set forth in Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and is available to a
"service provider" to a benefit plan that is not a fiduciary with respect to the benefit plan's assets being used to
purchase the notes or an affiliate of such a fiduciary.  The administrative exemptions that are potentially available
include the following prohibited transaction class exemptions:

                  o   96-23, available to certain "in-house asset managers";

                  o   95-60, available to insurance company general accounts;

                  o   91-38, available to bank collective investment funds;

                  o   90-1, available to insurance company pooled separate accounts; and

                  o   84-14, available to independent "qualified professional asset managers."

         However, even if the benefit plan is eligible for one of these exemptions, the exemption may not cover every
aspect of the investment by the benefit plan that might be a prohibited transaction.

Prohibited Transactions between the Issuing Entity or Master Trust II and a Party in Interest

         The second category of prohibited transactions could arise if:

                  o   a benefit plan acquires notes, and

                  o   under the "look-through" rules of Section 3(42) of ERISA and the U.S. Department of Labor plan
                      asset regulation, collectively referred to herein as the "plan asset regulation," assets of the
                      issuing entity are treated as if they were plan assets of the benefit plan.



                                                            181

         In this case, every transaction by the issuing entity would be treated as a transaction by the benefit plan using
its plan assets.

         If assets of the issuing entity are treated as plan assets of a benefit plan investor, a prohibited transaction
could result if the issuing entity itself engages in a transaction with a party in interest as to the benefit plan.  For
example, if the issuing entity's assets are treated as assets of the benefit plan and master trust II holds a credit card
receivable that is an obligation of a participant in that same benefit plan, then there would be a prohibited extension
of credit between the benefit plan and a party in interest, the plan participant.

         As a result, if assets of the issuing entity are treated as plan assets, there would be a significant risk of a
prohibited transaction.  Moreover, the prohibited transaction exemptions referred to above could not be relied on to
exempt all the transactions of the issuing entity or master trust II from the prohibited transaction rules.  In addition,
because all the assets of the issuing entity or master trust II would be treated as plan assets, managers of those assets
might be required to comply with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA.

         Under an exemption in the plan asset regulation, assets of the issuing entity would not be considered plan
assets, and so this risk of prohibited transactions should not arise, if a benefit plan purchases a note that:

                  o   is treated as indebtedness under local law, and

                  o   has no "substantial equity features."

         The issuing entity expects that all notes offered by this prospectus will be indebtedness under local law.
Likewise, although there is no authority directly on point, the issuing entity believes that the notes should not be
considered to have substantial equity features.  As a result, the plan asset regulation should not apply to cause assets
of the issuing entity to be treated as plan assets.

Investment by Benefit Plan Investors

         For the reasons described in the preceding sections, and subject to the limitations referred to therein, benefit
plans can purchase notes.  However, the benefit plan fiduciary must ultimately determine whether the requirements of the
plan asset regulation are satisfied.  More generally, the fiduciary must determine whether the benefit plan's investment
in notes will result in one or more nonexempt prohibited transactions or otherwise violate the provisions of ERISA or the
Internal Revenue Code.

Tax Consequences to Benefit Plans

         In general, assuming the notes are debt for federal income tax purposes, interest income on notes would not be
taxable to benefit plans that are tax-exempt under the Internal Revenue Code, unless the notes were "debt-financed
property" because of borrowings by the benefit plan itself.  However, if, contrary to the opinion of Special Tax Counsel,
for federal income tax purposes, the notes are equity interests in a partnership and the partnership or master trust II
is viewed as having other outstanding debt, then all or part of the interest income on the notes



                                                            182

would be taxable to the benefit plan as "debt-financed income."  Benefit plans should consult their tax advisors
concerning the tax consequences of purchasing notes.

                                                   Plan of Distribution

         The issuing entity may offer and sell the notes of a series in one or more of the following ways:

                  o   directly to one or more purchasers;

                  o   through agents; or

                  o   through underwriters.

         Any underwriter or agent that offers the notes may be an affiliate of the issuing entity, and offers and sales of
notes may include secondary market transactions by affiliates of the issuing entity.  These affiliates may act as
principal or agent in secondary market transactions.  Secondary market transactions will be made at prices related to
prevailing market prices at the time of sale.

         The issuing entity will specify in a prospectus supplement the terms of each offering, which may include:

                  o   the name or names of any underwriters or agents,

                  o   the managing underwriters of any underwriting syndicate,

                  o   the public offering or purchase price,

                  o   the net proceeds to the issuing entity from the sale,

                  o   any underwriting discounts and other items constituting underwriters' compensation,

                  o   any discounts and commissions allowed or paid to dealers,

                  o   any commissions allowed or paid to agents, and

                  o   the securities exchanges, if any, on which the notes will be listed.

         Dealer trading may take place in some of the notes, including notes not listed on any securities exchange.
Direct sales may be made on a national securities exchange or otherwise.  If the issuing entity, directly or through
agents, solicits offers to purchase notes, the issuing entity reserves the sole right to accept and, together with its
agents, to reject in whole or in part any proposed purchase of notes.

         The issuing entity may change any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or
reallowed or paid to dealers.  If indicated in a prospectus supplement, the issuing entity will authorize underwriters or
agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to



                                                            183

purchase securities from the issuing entity pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery at
a future date.

         Any underwriter participating in a distribution of securities, including notes offered by the issuing entity, is,
and any agent participating in the distribution of securities, including notes offered by this prospectus, will be deemed
to be, an "underwriter" of those securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and any discounts or commissions received by
it and any profit realized by it on the sale or resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and
commissions.

         FIA, the transferor or the issuing entity may agree to indemnify underwriters, agents and their controlling
persons against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with
their participation in the distribution of the issuing entity's notes.

         Underwriters and agents participating in the distribution of the issuing entity's notes, and their controlling
persons, may engage in transactions with and perform services for FIA, BACCS, Funding, the issuing entity or their
respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

                                                       Legal Matters

         Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the notes and the collateral certificate will be passed upon
for FIA, the transferor and master trust II by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters
relating to the issuance of the notes and the collateral certificate under the laws of the State of Delaware will be
passed upon for FIA, the transferor and master trust II by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware.
Certain legal matters relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the notes will be passed upon for the
issuing entity by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP.  Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the notes will
be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

                                            Where You Can Find More Information

         We filed a registration statement relating to the notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  This
prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration statement includes additional information.

         We provide static pool information in response to Item 1105 of Regulation AB through an Internet Web site.  The
prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus will disclose the specific Internet address where the information is
posted.  Static pool information on such Internet Web site that relates to the performance of the receivables for periods
commencing prior to January 1, 2006 does not form a part of this prospectus, the prospectus supplement accompanying this
prospectus or the registration statement relating to the notes.

         The servicer will file with the SEC all required annual reports on Form 10-K, periodic reports on Form 10-D and
current reports on Form 8-K.



                                                            184

         You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC's public reference room at
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by writing to the SEC.  Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public
reference rooms.  Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov).
Our SEC filings may be located by using the SEC Central Index Key (CIK) for BA Credit Card Trust, 0001128250.  For
purposes of any electronic version of this prospectus, the preceding uniform resource locator, or URL, is an inactive
textual reference only.  We have taken steps to ensure that this URL was inactive at the time we created any electronic
version of this prospectus.

         Reports that are filed with the SEC by the servicer pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
will be made available to investors as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with the SEC.  These
reports may be accessed by any investor, free of charge, through an Internet Web site at http://ccabs.bankofamerica.com.
In the event this Internet Web site is temporarily unavailable, FIA will provide to investors electronic or paper copies
of such reports free of charge upon request.  For purposes of any electronic version of this prospectus, the URL in this
paragraph is an inactive textual reference only.  We have taken steps to ensure that the URL in this paragraph was
inactive at the time we created any electronic version of this prospectus.

         We "incorporate by reference" information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important
information to you by referring you to those documents.  The information incorporated by reference is considered to be
part of this prospectus.  Information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update the information in this
prospectus.  In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this
prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.  We incorporate by reference any distribution reports on Form 10-D
and current reports on Form 8-K subsequently filed by or on behalf of master trust II or the issuing entity prior to the
termination of the offering of the notes.

         As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any document we incorporate by reference, except
exhibits to the documents (unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing or
calling us at: Investor Relations; FIA Card Services, National Association; Wilmington, Delaware 19884-0313;
(704) 386-5681.

                                                            185

                                                 Glossary of Defined Terms

         "Addition Date" means the date of any assignment of receivables in additional accounts to the Master Trust II
Portfolio.

         "Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount" means, for any series, class or tranche of notes, the outstanding
dollar principal amount of such series, class or tranche, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding account or
the related subaccount, as applicable, for such series, class or tranche.

         "Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount" means, for any month, the sum of the Class D Investor Default Amounts
for such month.

         "Aggregate Investor Default Amount" means, for any month, the amount if any by which the Aggregate Class D
Investor Default Amount for such month exceeds the Class D Investor Interest.

         "Available Funds" means (a) for all series of notes, the collections of finance charge receivables (and certain
amounts to be treated as finance charge receivables) allocable to Series 2001-D, plus Series 2001-D's allocable portion
of investment earnings (net of losses and expenses) on amounts on deposit in the master trust II finance charge account,
plus, the amount of any collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that were reallocated
as Available Funds as described in "Master Trust II—The Collateral Certificate," minus, if FIA or The Bank of New York
Mellon is the servicer, any servicer interchange attributable to Series 2001-D as described in "Master Trust II—Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and (b) for any series, class or tranche of notes, the amount of collections in
clause (a) allocated to that series, class or tranche, as applicable, plus any other amounts, or allocable portion
thereof, to be treated as Available Funds for that series, class or tranche as described in the applicable supplement to
this prospectus.

         "Available Funds Allocation Amount" means, on any date during any month for any tranche, class or series of notes
(exclusive of (a) any notes within such tranche, class or series which will be paid in full during such month and (b) any
notes which will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such month), an amount equal to the sum of (i) the
nominal liquidation amount for such tranche, class or series, as applicable, as of the last day of the preceding month,
plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any increases in the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche, class or series, as
applicable, as a result of (x) the issuance of a new tranche of notes or the issuance of additional notes in an
outstanding tranche of notes, (y) the accretion of principal on discount notes of such tranche, class or series, as
applicable or (z) the release of prefunded amounts (other than prefunded amounts deposited during such month) for such
tranche, class or series, as applicable, from a principal funding subaccount, in each case during such month.

         "Available Principal Amounts" means, (a) for all series of notes, the collections of principal receivables
allocated to Series 2001-D, plus the amount of collections of finance charge receivables allocable to the Class D
certificate that are applied as Available Principal Amounts as described in "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate,"
and (b) for any series, class or tranche



                                                            186

of notes, the amount of collections in clause (a) allocated to that series, class or tranche, as applicable, plus any
other amounts, or allocable portion thereof, to be treated as Available Principal Amounts for that series, class or
tranche as described in the applicable supplement to this prospectus.

         "Bank Portfolio" means the portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts owned by FIA.

         "Base Rate" for a month is the rate equal to:

         —the weighted average interest rates for the outstanding BAseries notes (based on the outstanding dollar
          principal amount of the related notes) and the Class D certificate (based on the Class D Investor Interest),
          plus

         —1.25%, or if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, 2.00%, plus

         —only if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, the rate (not to exceed 0.75%) at which finance
          charge receivables allocable to interchange are collected for that month.

         "BAseries Available Funds" means, for any month, the amounts to be treated as BAseries Available Funds as
described in "Source of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available
Funds."

         "BAseries Available Principal Amounts" means, for any month, the sum of the Available Principal Amounts allocated
to the BAseries, dollar payments for principal under any derivative agreements for tranches of notes of the BAseries, and
any amounts of BAseries Available Funds available to cover Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries or
reimburse any deficits in the nominal liquidation amount of the BAseries notes.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York,
New York or Newark, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

         "Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes" means for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, for any
Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes minus the Class A Usage of
Class B Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

         "Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes" means for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, for any
Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes minus the Class A Usage of
Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

         "Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount" means, for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, zero
on the date of issuance of such tranche, and on any Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class A Usage of Class B
Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts:



                                                            187

         (1)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for that
                  tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to Class B notes
                  which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of
                  Class A notes on such Transfer Date; plus

         (2)      the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of
                  Class A notes and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class B notes; plus

         (3)      the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest
                  funding subaccount for that tranche of Class A notes which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C
                  Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of Class A notes; plus

         (4)      an amount equal to the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated to pay any
                  amount to the servicer for such tranche of Class A notes which did not result in a Class A Usage of
                  Class C Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of Class A notes on such Transfer Date; minus

         (5)      an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (4) above) equal to the sum of:

              o   the product of:

                  —a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior
                   to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of
                   Class B notes on such Transfer Date) for such tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which
                   is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for all tranches of Class B notes (prior to
                   giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class B
                   notes on such Transfer Date), times

                  —the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any tranche of Class B notes which
                   are reimbursed on such Transfer Date, plus

              o   if the aggregate Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any
                  reimbursement of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for any tranche of Class B notes on such Transfer
                  Date) for all Class A notes exceeds the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all tranches of



                                                            188

                  Class B notes (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement on such Transfer Date), the product of:

                  —a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such excess and the denominator of which is the
                   aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for all tranches of Class C notes (prior to giving
                   effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C notes
                   on such Transfer Date), times

                  —the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any tranche of Class C notes which
                   are reimbursed on such Transfer Date, times

                  —a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount of such
                   tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required
                   Subordinated Amount for all Class A notes in the BAseries.

         "Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount" means, for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, zero
on the date of issuance of such tranche of Class A notes, and on any Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class A
Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following
amounts:

         (1)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for that
                  tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class C notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer
                  Date to Class C notes; plus

         (2)      the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of
                  Class A notes and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class C notes; plus

         (3)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for that
                  tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer
                  Date to Class B notes; plus

         (4)      the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest
                  funding subaccount for that tranche of Class A notes; plus



                                                            189

         (5)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such
                  tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest
                  funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes; plus

         (6)      the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount
                  to the servicer for such tranche of Class A notes; plus

         (7)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for that
                  tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount
                  to the servicer for any tranche of Class B notes; minus

         (8)      an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (7) above) equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior
                  to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C
                  notes on such Transfer Date) for that tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all
                  Class C notes, times

              o   the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C notes which are reimbursed on such
                  Transfer Date.

         "Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes" means for any tranche of outstanding Class B notes, for any
Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes minus the Class B Usage of
Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

         "Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount" means, for any tranche of outstanding Class B notes, zero
on the date of issuance of such tranche, and on any Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class B Usage of Class C
Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts:

         (1)      an amount equal to the product of:



                                                            190

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for that
                  tranche of Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class C notes (as of the last day of the preceding month),
                  times

              o   the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer
                  Date to Class C notes; plus

         (2)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the nominal liquidation amount for that tranche of Class B notes
                  (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal
                  liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

              o   the sum of (i) the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to
                  any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes that was
                  included in Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount and (ii) the amount of charge-offs for
                  uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to any tranche of Class A notes that has a
                  Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class B
                  Required Subordinated Amount; plus

         (3)      the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of
                  Class B notes, and then reallocated on such date to the Class C notes; plus

         (4)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the nominal liquidation amount for that tranche of Class B notes
                  (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal
                  liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

              o   the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest
                  funding subaccount for any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of
                  Class B notes; plus

         (5)      the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest
                  funding subaccount for that tranche of Class B notes; plus

         (6)      an amount equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche of Class B notes
                  (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal
                  liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times



                                                            191

              o   the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount
                  to the servicer for any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class
                  B notes; plus

         (7)      the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount
                  to the servicer for such tranche of Class B notes; minus

         (8)      an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (7) above) equal to the product of:

              o   a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior
                  to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C
                  notes on such Transfer Date) for that tranche of Class B notes and the denominator of which is the
                  aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all
                  Class C notes, times

              o   the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C notes which are reimbursed on such
                  Transfer Date.

         "Class D Investor Charge-Off" has the meaning described in "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate" in this
prospectus.

         "Class D Investor Default Amount" means, for any receivable, the product of:

                  o   the Floating Investor Percentage on the day the applicable account became a Defaulted Account; and

                  o   the Default Amount.

         "Class D Investor Interest" means an amount equal to the required Class D Investor Interest as of March 2, 2009
(determined as described in "The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate"), plus the amount of any
increase in the required Class D Investor Interest following March 2, 2009, minus the aggregate amount of principal
payments made to the Class D Certificateholder on or prior to such date, minus the aggregate amount of Class D Investor
Charge-Offs, minus the aggregate amount of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that
are reallocated to pay interest on the notes or the portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to the
BAseries notes, plus the amount of collections of finance charge receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that
are applied as Available Principal Amounts as described in "Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate" in this prospectus.

         "Cut-Off Date" means June 22, 1994.

         "Daily Available Funds Amount" means, for any day during any month, an amount equal to the product of (a) the
amount of collections of finance charge receivables (together with certain amounts to be treated as finance charge
receivables) processed for any series, class or tranche of notes, minus, if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the
servicer, the amount of interchange paid to the servicer for each month, and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction,



                                                            192

the numerator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for the related series, class or tranche of notes for
such day and the denominator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for all series of notes for such day.

         "Daily Principal Amount" means, for any day during any month on which collections of principal receivables are
processed for any series, class or tranche of notes, an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate amount of
collections of principal receivables allocated to the issuing entity on such day and (b) the percentage equivalent of a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Allocation Amount for the related series, class or tranche of notes for
such day and the denominator of which is the Principal Allocation Amount for all series of notes for such day.

         "Default Amount" means the aggregate amount of principal receivables (other than ineligible receivables) in a
Defaulted Account on the day such account became a Defaulted Account.

         "Defaulted Accounts" means certain accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, the receivables of which have been
charged off as uncollectible by the servicer.

         "Definitive Notes" means notes in definitive, fully registered form.

         "Determination Date" means the fourth Business Day preceding each Transfer Date.

         "Distribution Date" means the 15th day of each month (or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day).

         "Eligible Account" means any Visa, MasterCard, or American Express credit card account for which each of the
following requirements is satisfied as of the date of its designation for inclusion in the Master Trust II Portfolio:

                  o   it exists and is maintained by FIA;

                  o   its receivables are payable in United States dollars;

                  o   the related obligor's most recent billing address is located in the United States or its
                      territories or possessions;

                  o   it is not classified by FIA as cancelled, counterfeit, fraudulent, stolen, or lost; and

                  o   all of its receivables have not been charged-off under FIA's customary and usual procedures for
                      servicing credit card accounts;

provided, however, the definition of Eligible Account may be changed by amendment to the master trust II agreement
without the consent of the certificateholders if:



                                                            193

                  o   the transferor delivers to the trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that,
                      in the reasonable belief of the transferor, such amendment will not as of the date of such
                      amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders; and

                  o   such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding
                      series under master trust II by any rating agency.

         "Eligible Receivable" means any receivable for which each of the following requirements is satisfied as of the
applicable time:

                  o   it arises in an Eligible Account;

                  o   it is created, in all material respects, in compliance with all requirements of law applicable to
                      FIA, and it is created under a credit card agreement that complies in all material respects with
                      all requirements of law applicable to FIA;

                  o   all consents, licenses, authorizations of, or registrations with, any governmental authority that
                      are required for its creation or the execution, delivery, or performance of the related credit card
                      agreement have been duly obtained or made by FIA and are fully effective;

                  o   immediately prior to being transferred to the master trust II trustee, the transferor has good and
                      marketable title to it free and clear of all liens arising under or through the transferor (other
                      than certain tax liens for taxes not then due or which FIA, BACCS or the transferor is contesting);

                  o   it is the legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the related obligor and is enforceable
                      against that obligor in accordance with its terms (with certain bankruptcy-related exceptions); and

                  o   it is an "account" under Article 9 of the UCC.

         "Excess Available Funds" means, for the BAseries for any month, the Available Funds allocable to the
BAseries remaining after application to cover targeted deposits to the interest funding account, payment of the portion of
the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, and application to cover any Investor Default Amounts
allocable to the BAseries or any deficits in the nominal liquidation amount of the BAseries notes.

         "Excess Available Funds Percentage" for a month is determined by subtracting the Base Rate from the Portfolio
Yield for that month.

         "Floating Investor Percentage" means, for any date of determination, a percentage based on a fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate Available Funds Allocation Amounts for all series of notes for such
date plus (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class D Investor Interest as of the last day of the preceding month plus
the aggregate amount of any subsequent increases in the Class D Investor Interest as a result of an increase in the
required



                                                            194

Class D Investor Interest, and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of principal
receivables in master trust II at the end of the prior month and (b) the sum of the Investor Interests for all
outstanding master trust II series of investor certificates on such date of determination.  However, for any month in
which there is a new issuance of notes, an accretion of principal on discount notes, a release of prefunded amounts from
a principal funding subaccount, an addition of accounts, or a removal of accounts where the receivables in such removed
accounts approximately equal the initial Investor Interest of a series of master trust II investor certificates that has
been paid in full, the denominator described in clause (a) of the previous sentence will be, on and after such date, the
aggregate amount of principal receivables in master trust II as of the beginning of the day on the most recently
occurring event described above (after adjusting for the aggregate amount of principal receivables, if any, added to or
removed from master trust II on such date).

         "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any day in a month, zero; provided, however, that if the
Aggregate Investor Amount Default Amount on any Transfer Date is greater than zero, the Investor Default Amount with
respect to each day in the immediately preceding month will be an amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Default Amount
as of such Transfer Date divided by the number of days in such month.

         "Investor Interest" means, for any date of determination:

                  o   for Series 2001-D, the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for each series of notes outstanding
                      plus the Class D Investor Interest, in each case as of such date; and

                  o   for all other series of master trust II investor certificates, the initial outstanding principal
                      amount of the investor certificates of that series, less the amount of principal paid to the
                      related investor certificateholders and the amount of unreimbursed charge-offs for uncovered
                      defaults and reallocations of principal collections.

         "Investor Servicing Fee" has the meaning described in "Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of
Expenses" in this prospectus.

         "Master Trust II Portfolio" means the credit card accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio and included in
master trust II as of the Cut-Off Date and, for additional accounts, as of the related date of their designation, based on
the eligibility criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement and which accounts have not been removed from master
trust II.

         "Master Trust II Termination Date" means, unless the servicer and the holder of the Transferor Interest instruct
otherwise, the earliest of:

                  o   the first Business Day after the Distribution Date on which the outstanding amount of the interests
                      in master trust II (excluding the Transferor Interest), if any, for each series outstanding is zero;

                  o   December 31, 2024 or such later date as the servicer and the transferor may determine (which will
                      not be later than August 31, 2034); or



                                                            195

                  o   if the receivables are sold, disposed of or liquidated following the occurrence of an event of
                      insolvency or receivership of Funding, immediately following such sale, disposition or liquidation.

         "Maximum Addition Amount" means, for any Addition Date, the number of accounts originated by FIA and designated
as additional accounts without prior rating agency confirmation of its then existing rating of any series of certificates
outstanding which would either:

                  o   for any three consecutive months be equal to the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the number of accounts
                      designated to master trust II as of the first day of the calendar year during which such months
                      commence; or

                  o   for any twelve-month period be equal to the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the number of accounts
                      designated to master trust II as of the first day of such twelve-month period.

However, if the aggregate principal balance in the additional accounts specified above, as the case may be, exceeds
either (y) the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the aggregate amount of principal receivables determined as of the first day
of the third preceding month minus the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of the date each such additional
account was designated to master trust II in all of the accounts owned by the transferor that have been designated as
additional accounts since the first day of the third preceding month, or (z) the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the
aggregate amount of principal receivables determined as of the first day of the calendar year in which such Addition Date
occurs minus the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of the date each such additional account was designated to
master trust II in all of the accounts owned by FIA that have been designated as additional accounts since the first day
of such calendar year, the Maximum Addition Amount will be an amount equal to the lesser of the aggregate amount of
principal receivables specified in either clause (y) or (z).

         "Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables" for any date means an amount equal to the sum of the numerators used in
the calculation of the Principal Investor Percentages for all outstanding series on that date.  For any series with an
Investor Interest as of such date equal to the amount of funds on deposit in its principal funding account, the numerator
used in the calculation of the investor percentage for such series will, solely for the purpose of this definition, be
deemed to equal zero.

         "Minimum Transferor Interest" for any period means 4% of the average principal receivables for such period.  The
transferor may reduce the Minimum Transferor Interest to not less than 2% of the average principal receivables for such
period upon notification that such reduction will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding
investor certificates issued by master trust II that are rated by the rating agencies rating those investor certificates
and certain other conditions as set forth in the master trust II agreement.

         "Monthly Interest Accrual Date" means, for any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes:

                  o   each interest payment date for such series, class or tranche; and



                                                            196

                  o   for any month in which no interest payment date occurs, the date in that month corresponding
                      numerically to the next interest payment date for that series, class or tranche of notes, or in the
                      case of a series, class or tranche of zero-coupon discount notes, the expected principal payment
                      date for that series, class or tranche; but

              —for the month in which a series, class or tranche of notes is issued, the date of issuance of such series,
               class or tranche will be the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of
               notes;

              —for the month next following the month in which a series, class or tranche of notes is issued, the first
               day of such month will be the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date in such next following month for such
               series, class or tranche of notes;

              —any date on which proceeds from a sale of receivables following an event of default and acceleration of any
               series, class or tranche of notes are deposited into the interest funding account for such series, class
               or tranche of notes will be a Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of notes;

              —if there is no such numerically corresponding date in that month, then the Monthly Interest Accrual Date
               will be the last Business Day of the month; and

              —if the numerically corresponding date in such month is not a Business Day for that class or tranche, then
               the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the next following Business Day, unless that Business Day would
               fall in the following month, in which case the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the last Business
               Day of the earlier month.

         "Monthly Principal Accrual Date" means for any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes:

                  o   for any month in which the expected principal payment date occurs for such series, class or
                      tranche, such expected principal payment date, or if that day is not a Business Day, the next
                      following Business Day; and

                  o   for any month in which no expected principal payment date occurs for such series, class or tranche,
                      the date in that month corresponding numerically to the expected principal payment date for that
                      series, class or tranche of notes (or for any month following the last expected principal payment
                      date, the date in such month corresponding numerically to the preceding expected principal payment
                      date for such series, class or tranche of notes); but

              —following a Pay Out Event, the second Business Day following such Pay Out Event shall be a Monthly
               Principal Accrual Date;

              —any date on which prefunded excess amounts are released from any principal funding subaccount and deposited
               into the principal funding subaccount of any



                                                            197

                 tranche of notes on or after the expected principal payment date for such tranche of notes will be a
                 Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such tranche of notes;

              —any date on which proceeds from a sale of receivables following an event of default and acceleration of any
               series, class or tranche of notes are deposited into the principal funding account for such series, class
               or tranche of notes will be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of notes;

              —if there is no numerically corresponding date in that month, then the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will
               be the last Business Day of the month; and

              —if the numerically corresponding date in such month is not a Business Day, the Monthly Principal Accrual
               Date will be the next following Business Day, unless that Business Day would fall in the following month,
               in which case the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of the earlier month.

         "Net Servicing Fee" has the meaning described in "Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses"
in this prospectus.

         "Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit" means, for any tranche of notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal
Amount minus the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche.

         "Pay Out Events" means, for a series of investor certificates (including Series 2001-D), the events described in
"Master Trust II—Pay Out Events" in this prospectus and any other events described in the related prospectus supplement.

         "Performing" means, for any derivative agreement, that no payment default or repudiation by the derivative
counterparty has occurred and such derivative agreement has not been terminated.

         "Permitted Investments" means:

                  o   obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America;

                  o   time deposits or certificates of deposit of depository institutions or trust companies, the
                      certificates of deposit of which have the highest rating from Moody's, Standard & Poor's and, if
                      rated by Fitch, Fitch;

                  o   commercial paper having, at the time of master trust II's or the issuing entity's investment, a
                      rating in the highest rating category from Moody's, Standard & Poor's and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch;

                  o   bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in the second
                      clause above;

                  o   money market funds which have the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing
                      by, each rating agency;



                                                            198

                  o   certain open end diversified investment companies; and

                  o   any other investment if each rating agency confirms in writing that such investment will not
                      adversely affect its then-current rating or ratings of the certificates or the notes.

         "Portfolio Yield" for a month is the annual rate equivalent of:

                  o   the sum of:

              —Available Funds allocated to the BAseries for the related Transfer Date; plus

              —Available Funds allocated to cover the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount or any Class D Investor
               Charge-Offs on the related Transfer Date; plus

              —the net investment earnings, if any, in the interest funding subaccounts for notes of the BAseries on that
               Transfer Date; plus

              —any amounts to be treated as BAseries Available Funds remaining in interest funding subaccounts after a
               sale of receivables as described in "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables"
               in this prospectus; plus

              —any shared excess available funds from any other series of notes; plus

              —the product of the servicer interchange allocated to Series 2001-D (as described in "Master Trust
               II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in this prospectus) for that month times a fraction,
               the numerator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for
               that month and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all
               series of notes for that month; minus

              —the excess, if any, of the shortfalls in the investment earnings on amounts in any principal funding
               accounts for notes of the BAseries over the sum of (i) any withdrawals of amounts from the accumulation
               reserve subaccount and (ii) any additional finance charge collections allocable to the BAseries, in each
               case, to cover the shortfalls as described under "Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and
               Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available Funds" in this prospectus; minus

              —the sum, for each day during that month, of the product of the Investor Default Amounts for that day times
               the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount
               for the BAseries for that day and the denominator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for
               all series of notes for that day; minus

              —the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for the related Transfer Date; divided by



                                                            199

                  o   the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for that month.

         "Principal Allocation Amount" means, on any date during any month for any tranche, class or series of notes
(exclusive of (x) any notes within such tranche, class or series which will be paid in full during such month and (y) any
notes which will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such month), an amount equal to the sum of (a) for any
notes within such tranche, class or series of notes in a note accumulation period, the sum of the nominal liquidation
amounts for such notes as of the close of business on the day prior to the commencement of the most recent note
accumulation period for such notes, and (b) for all other notes outstanding within such tranche, class or series of
notes, (i) the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for such notes, each as of the close of business on the last day of
the immediately preceding month (or, for the first month for any such tranche of notes, the initial dollar principal
amount of such notes), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any increases in the nominal liquidation amount of such notes as
a result of (x) the issuance of additional notes in an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, (y) the accretion
of principal on discount notes of such series, class or tranche, as applicable, or (z) the release of prefunded amounts
(other than prefunded amounts deposited during such month) for such series, class or tranche, as applicable, from a
principal funding subaccount, in each case during such month on or prior to such date.

         "Principal Investor Percentage" means, for any date of determination, a percentage based on a fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate Principal Allocation Amounts for such date plus (ii) an amount equal
to the sum of the Class D Investor Interest as of the last day of the preceding month plus the aggregate amount of any
subsequent increases in the Class D Investor Interest as a result of an increase in the required Class D Investor
Interest, and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the total principal receivables in master trust II at the end
of the prior month and (b) the sum of the Investor Interests at the end of the prior month for all outstanding master
trust II series of investor certificates on such date of determination.  However, this Principal Investor Percentage will
be adjusted for certain Investor Interest increases, as well as additions and certain removals of accounts, during the
related month.  In calculating the Principal Investor Percentage, the Investor Interest is the sum of (i) for each
tranche of notes which is not accumulating or paying principal, the Investor Interest at the end of the prior month and
(ii) for each tranche of notes which is accumulating or paying principal, the Investor Interest prior to any reductions
for accumulations or payments of principal.

         "Qualified Institution" means either:

                  o   a depository institution, which may include the indenture trustee or the owner trustee (so long as
                      it is a paying agent), organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the
                      states thereof or the District of Columbia, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC and which
                      at all times has a short-term unsecured debt rating in the applicable investment category of each
                      rating agency; or

                  o   a depository institution acceptable to each rating agency.



                                                            200

         "Rapid Amortization Period" means for Series 2001-D the period beginning on and including the pay out
commencement date and ending on the earlier of the Series 2001-D termination date and the Master Trust II Termination
Date.

         "Removal Date" means the date of any removal of receivables in accounts removed from the Master Trust II
Portfolio.

         "Required Excess Available Funds" means, for any month, zero; provided, however, that this amount may be changed
if the issuing entity (i) receives the consent of the rating agencies and (ii) reasonably believes that the change will
not have a material adverse effect on the notes.

         "Servicer Default" means any of the following events:

                  (a) failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit, or to give instructions to the
         master trust II trustee to make certain payments, transfers or deposits, on the date the servicer is required to
         do so under the master trust II agreement or any series supplement (or within the applicable grace period, which
         will not exceed 10 Business Days);

                  (b) failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or
         agreements of the servicer which has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any series issued and
         outstanding under master trust II and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and
         continues to have a material adverse effect on such certificateholders; or the delegation by the servicer of its
         duties under the master trust II agreement, except as specifically permitted thereunder;

                  (c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer in the master trust II agreement,
         or in any certificate delivered pursuant to the master trust II agreement, proves to have been incorrect when
         made which has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any series issued and outstanding under
         master trust II, and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after
         written notice and continues to have a material adverse effect on such certificateholders;

                  (d) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the
         servicer; or

                  (e) such other event specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in clause (a) above for a period of 10
Business Days, or referred to under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 Business Days, will not constitute a Servicer
Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the servicer and such
delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence.

         "Substitution Date" means October 20, 2006.

         "Transfer Date" means the Business Day immediately prior to the Distribution Date in each month.



                                                            201

         "Transferor Interest" means the interest in master trust II not represented by the investor certificates issued
and outstanding under master trust II or the rights, if any, of any credit enhancement providers to receive payments from
master trust II.

         "Transferor Percentage" means a percentage equal to 100% minus the aggregate investor percentages and, if
applicable, the percentage interest of credit enhancement providers, for all series issued by master trust II that are
then outstanding.

         "Unallocated Principal Collections" means any amounts collected in respect of principal receivables that are
allocable to, but not paid to, Funding because the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

         "Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount" means, for any month for any tranche, class or series of
notes, the sum of the Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche, class or series, as applicable, as of the close
of business on each day during such month divided by the actual number of days in such month.

         "Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest" means, for any month, the sum of the aggregate Available
Funds Allocation Amounts for all series of notes as of the close of business on each day during such month divided by the
actual number of days in such month.

         "Weighted Average Principal Allocation Amount" means, for any period for any tranche, class or series of notes,
the sum of the Principal Allocation Amount for such series, class or tranche, as applicable, as of the close of business
on each day during such period divided by the actual number of days in such period.



                                                            202

                                                                                                                    Annex I

                                               The Master Trust II Portfolio

         The information provided in this Annex I is an integral part of this prospectus, and is incorporated by reference
into this prospectus.

General

         The receivables conveyed to master trust II arise in accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio on the basis of
criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement as applied on the Cut-Off Date or, for additional accounts, as of the
date of their designation.  The transferor has the right, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth
therein, to designate from time to time additional accounts and to transfer to master trust II all receivables of those
additional accounts.  Any additional accounts designated must be Eligible Accounts as of the date the transferor
designates those accounts as additional accounts.  See "Receivables Transfer Agreements Generally" and "Master Trust
II—The Receivables" in this prospectus.

         As owner of the credit card accounts, FIA retains the right to change various credit card account terms
(including finance charges and other fees it charges and the required minimum monthly payment).  FIA has no restrictions
on its ability to change the terms of the credit card accounts except as described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement or in this prospectus.  See "Risk Factors—FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that
reduces or slows collections.  These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you" in this
prospectus.  Changes in relevant law, changes in the marketplace or prudent business practices could cause FIA to change
credit card account terms.  See "FIA's Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of
Credit Card Accounts" in this prospectus for a description of how credit card account terms can be changed.

         Static pool information regarding the performance of the receivables in master trust II is being provided through
an Internet Web site at http://bofa.com/cardabs.  See "Where You Can Find More Information" in this prospectus.  Static
pool information regarding the performance of the receivables in master trust II was not organized or stored within FIA's
computer systems for periods prior to January 1, 2006 and cannot be obtained without unreasonable expense or effort.
Since January 1, 2006, FIA has stored static pool information relating to delinquency, charge-off, yield and payment rate
performance for the receivables in master trust II and, beginning with the calendar quarter ended March 31, 2006, this
information is presented through the above-referenced Internet Web site and will be updated on a quarterly basis.  FIA
anticipates that this information will ultimately be presented for the five most recent calendar years of account
originations.  As a result, the full array of static pool information relating to the Master Trust II Portfolio will not
be available until 2011.

         Worsening economic conditions are adversely affecting the performance of the receivables in master trust II.  As
further described below, beginning in 2008 delinquencies and charge-offs began to increase, and yield from periodic
finance charges and fees and principal payments rates began to decrease.  So long as economic conditions continue to
deteriorate, these trends may continue and the performance of the receivables in master trust II would be adversely
affected.



                                                            A-I-1

Delinquency and Principal Charge-Off Experience

         FIA's procedures for determining whether an account is contractually delinquent, including a description of its
collection efforts with regard to delinquent accounts, are described under "FIA's Credit Card Portfolio—Delinquencies and
Collection Efforts" in this prospectus.  Similarly, FIA's procedures for charging-off and writing-off accounts is
described under "FIA's Credit Card Portfolio—Charge-Off Policy" in this prospectus.

         The following table sets forth the delinquency experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts
comprising the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the dates shown.  The receivables outstanding on the accounts
consist of all amounts due from cardholders as posted to the accounts as of the date shown.  We cannot provide any
assurance that the delinquency experience for the receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience
set forth below.



                                                            A-I-2

                                                  Delinquency Experience
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

                                         March 31,                                                            December 31,
                                          2009                                           2008                                           2007
                                                                                                                                                    Percentage of
                                                       Percentage of                                   Percentage of                                    Total
                               Receivables          Total Receivables          Receivables          Total Receivables         Receivables            Receivables
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Receivables Outstanding...    $102,744,291                                    $100,713,524                                   $95,877,453
Receivables Delinquent:
   30-59 Days.............    $ 2,313,508                 2.26%                 $2,168,647                2.16%           $    1,612,761                 1.69%
   60-89 Days.............      1,747,592                 1.70                  1,543,458                 1.53                 1,140,602                 1.19
   90-119 Days............      1,473,349                 1.43                  1,153,246                 1.15                   912,803                 0.95
   120-149 Days...........      1,314,325                 1.28                  1,027,513                 1.02                   796,894                 0.83
   150-179 Days...........      1,224,544                 1.19                    991,545                 0.98                   865,652                 0.90
   180 or More Days.......          1,686                 0.00                      1,659                 0.00                     2,302                 0.00
      Total...............  __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                              $ 8,075,004                7.86%                 $6,886,068                6.84%            $    5,331,014                 5.56%

                                                                                         December 31,
                                               2006                                          2005                                           2004
                                                                                                        Percentage of                                 Percentage of
                                                        Percentage of                                       Total                                         Total
                                 Receivables          Total Receivables          Receivables             Receivables            Receivables            Receivables
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Receivables Outstanding...   $   84,883,880                                 $   73,475,619                                      $73,981,346
Receivables Delinquent:
   30-59 Days.............   $    1,347,801                 1.58%           $      998,589                  1.35%               $1,171,256                 1.58%
   60-89 Days.............          845,845                 1.00                   621,535                  0.85                   798,616                 1.08
   90-119 Days............          683,639                 0.81                   490,511                  0.67                   615,720                 0.83
   120-149 Days...........          600,687                 0.71                   455,614                  0.62                   547,761                 0.74
   150-179 Days...........          634,466                 0.75                   475,357                  0.65                   544,124                 0.74
   180 or More Days.......            1,790                 0.00                     1,104                  0.00                     1,986                 0.00
      Total...............  __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                             $    4,114,228                 4.85%           $    3,042,710                  4.14%           $    3,679,463                 4.97%



         The following table sets forth the principal charge-off experience for cardholder payments on the credit card
accounts comprising the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the periods shown.  Charge-offs consist of write-offs of
principal receivables.  If accrued finance charge receivables that have been written off were included in total
charge-offs, total charge-offs would be higher as an absolute number and as a percentage of the average of principal
receivables outstanding during the periods indicated.  Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the
daily principal receivables balance during the periods indicated.  We cannot



                                                            A-I-3

provide any assurance that the charge-off experience for the receivables in the future will be similar to the historical
experience set forth below.

                                              Principal Charge-Off Experience
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                                Three Months
                                                               Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    2009           2008             2007
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding..................  $  98,806,823     $ 99,277,928    $ 88,530,981
Total Charge-Offs..........................................  $   2,297,799     $  7,161,380    $  4,688,291
Total Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average
     Principal Receivables Outstanding.....................         9.30%*             7.21%          5.30%
Recoveries.................................................  $      79,145     $     491,213   $    532,006
Recoveries as a percentage of Average Principal                     0.32%*             0.49%          0.61%
     Receivables Outstanding Net Charge-Offs...............  $   2,218,654     $   6,670,167   $  4,156,285
Net Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average
     Principal Receivables Outstanding.....................          8.98%*            6.72%            4.69%


                                                                            Year Ended December 31,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                                                    2006            2005            2004
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding                    $ 75,893,701      $  68,633,103   $ 72,347,604
Total Charge-Offs..........................................  $  2,687,319      $   4,028,454   $  3,996,412
Total Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average
     Principal Receivables Outstanding.....................         3.54%              5.87%          5.52%
Recoveries.................................................  $    304,348      $     312,462   $    275,246
Recoveries as a percentage of Average Principal
     Receivables Outstanding...............................         0.40%               0.46%          0.38%
Net Charge-Offs............................................  $   2,382,971     $   3,715,992   $  3,721,166
Net Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average
     Principal Receivables Outstanding.....................         3.14%               5.41%          5.14%
*Calculated as an annualized figure.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Total charge-offs are total principal charge-offs before recoveries and do not include any charge-offs of finance
charge receivables or the amount of any reductions in average daily principal receivables outstanding due to fraud,
returned goods, customer disputes or other miscellaneous adjustments.

         Net charge-offs are total charge-offs less recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, determined as
described below.  Each month, FIA allocates amounts recovered (net of expenses) between its U.S. credit card and consumer
loan portfolios pro rata based on each portfolio's charge-offs during the prior month relative to the combined
charge-offs for both portfolios during the prior month.  Once recoveries have been so allocated to the U.S. credit card
portfolio, the total amount of those recoveries that are allocated to the Master Trust II Portfolio is determined by
dividing the average total principal receivables for the Master Trust II Portfolio



                                                            A-I-4

for the related calendar month by the average total principal receivables for the U.S. credit card portfolio for the same
calendar month.  Under the master trust II agreement, recoveries allocated to the Master Trust II Portfolio and
transferred to Funding under the receivables purchase agreement are treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

Revenue Experience

         The following table sets forth the revenue experience for the credit card accounts from finance charges, fees
paid and interchange in the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the periods shown.

         The revenue experience in the following table is calculated on a cash basis.  Yield from finance charges and fees
is the result of dividing finance charges and fees by average daily principal receivables outstanding during the periods
indicated.  Finance charges and fees are comprised of monthly cash collections of periodic finance charges and other
credit card fees including interchange.

                                                    Revenue Experience
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                           Three Months
                                                            Ended
                                                           March 31,          Year Ended December 31,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                                             2009               2008             2007
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Finance Charges and Fees...............................$  4,347,000      $  17,488,217    $  16,928,285
Yield from Finance Charges and Fees....................      17.60%*             17.62%           19.12%

                                                                       Year Ended December 31,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                                             2006               2005            2004
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Finance Charges and Fees...............................$     13,858,136    $  12,730,706    $  12,565,091
Yield from Finance Charges and Fees                               18.26%          18.55%           17.37%
*Calculated as an annualized figure.

         The yield on a cash basis will be affected by numerous factors, including the monthly periodic finance charges on
the receivables, the amount of fees, changes in the delinquency rate on the receivables, the percentage of cardholders
who pay their balances in full each month and do not incur monthly periodic finance charges, and the percentage of credit
card accounts bearing finance charges at promotional rates.  See "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.

         The revenue from periodic finance charges and fees—other than annual fees—depends in part upon the collective
preference of cardholders to use their credit cards as revolving debt instruments for purchases and cash advances and to
pay account balances over several months—as opposed to convenience use, where cardholders pay off their entire balance
each month, thereby avoiding periodic finance charges on their purchases—and upon other credit card related services for
which the cardholder pays a fee.  Revenues from periodic finance charges and fees also depend on the types of charges and
fees assessed on the credit card accounts.  Accordingly, revenue will be affected by future changes in the types of
charges and fees assessed on the



                                                            A-I-5

accounts and on the types of additional accounts added from time to time.  These revenues could be adversely affected by
future changes in fees and charges assessed by FIA and other factors.  See "FIA's Credit Card Activities" in this
prospectus.

Interchange

         A percentage of the interchange for the Bank Portfolio attributed to cardholder charges for goods and services in
the accounts of master trust II will be transferred from FIA, through BACCS and Funding, to master trust II.  This
interchange will be allocated to each series of master trust II investor certificates based on its pro rata portion as
measured by its Investor Interest of cardholder charges for goods and services in the accounts of master trust II
relative to the total amount of cardholder charges for goods and services in the MasterCard, Visa and American Express
credit card accounts owned by FIA, as reasonably estimated by FIA.

         MasterCard, Visa and American Express may from time to time change the amount of interchange reimbursed to banks
issuing their credit cards.  Interchange will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables.  Under the
circumstances described herein, interchange will be used to pay a portion of the Investor Servicing Fee required to be
paid on each Transfer Date.  See "Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and "FIA's Credit Card
Activities—Interchange" in this prospectus.

Principal Payment Rates

         The following table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly principal payment rates for the Master
Trust II Portfolio during any month in the periods shown and the average cardholder monthly principal payment rates for
all months during the periods shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of total beginning monthly account principal
balances during the periods shown.  Principal payment rates shown in the table are based on amounts which are deemed
payments of principal receivables with respect to the accounts.

                                        Cardholder Monthly Principal Payment Rates
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                      Three Months
                          Ended
                         March 31,                   Year Ended December 31,
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                           2009         2008       2007     2006       2005        2004
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Lowest Month............  11.71%       11.98%     15.39%    16.02%     15.31%      13.95%
Highest Month...........  13.80%       17.11%     17.84%    18.20%     17.15%      16.47%
Monthly Average.........  12.86%       14.54%     16.60%    16.78%     16.30%      15.05%

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         FIA's billing and payment procedures are described under "FIA's Credit Card Portfolio—Billing and Payments" in
this prospectus.  We cannot provide any assurance that the cardholder monthly principal payment rates in the future will
be similar to the historical experience set forth above.  In addition, the amount of collections of receivables may vary
from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic conditions and payment habits of individual cardholders.



                                                            A-I-6

         Funding, as transferor, has the right, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to designate certain
removed credit card accounts and to require the master trust II trustee to reconvey all receivables in those removed
credit card accounts to the transferor.  Once an account is removed, receivables existing or arising under that credit
card account are not transferred to master trust II.

Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts

         FIA may modify the terms of its credit card agreements with cardholders who have experienced financial
difficulties by offering them renegotiated loan programs, which include placing them on nonaccrual status, reducing
interest rates, or providing any other concession in terms.  In addition, a cardholder's account may be re-aged to remove
existing delinquency.  For a detailed description of renegotiated loans and re-aged accounts, see "FIA's Credit Card
Portfolio—Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts" in this prospectus.

The Receivables

         As of the beginning of the day on May 1, 2009:

         o    the Master Trust II Portfolio included $97,798,614,575 of principal receivables and $3,254,394,708 of
              finance charge receivables;

         o    the credit card accounts had an average principal receivable balance of $1,519 and an average credit limit
              of $12,903;

         o    the percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit was 12.2%;

         o    the average age of the credit card accounts was approximately 104 months; and

         o    cardholders whose accounts are included in the Master Trust II Portfolio had billing addresses in all 50
              States, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

         Additionally, as of May 1, 2009:

         o    with regard to statements prepared for cardholders during April 2009 only, 3.64% of accounts had cardholders
              that made the minimum payment under the terms of the related credit card agreement; and

         o    with regard to statements prepared for cardholders during April 2009 only, 7.89% of accounts had cardholders
              that paid their full balance under the terms of the related credit card agreement.

         On March 1, 2009, Funding designated a discount option of 6.00% for all principal receivables generated from
March 1, 2009 until September 30, 2009.  Both the information above and the following tables reflect the increased amount
of finance charge receivables as a result of that designation.  See "Master Trust II—The Receivables" in this prospectus
for a description of how the discount percentage is designated.



                                                            A-I-7

         The following tables summarize the Master Trust II Portfolio by various criteria as of the beginning of the day
on May 1, 2009.  Because the future composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio may change over time, neither these
tables nor the information above describe the composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio at any future time.  If the
composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio changes over time, noteholders will not be notified of such change.  For
example, there can be no assurance that the anticipated changes in servicing procedures as a result of the merger between
Bank of America Corporation and MBNA Corporation will not cause the composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio in the
future to be different than the composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio described in this section.  See "Risk
Factors—FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that reduces or slows collections.  These changes
may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you" in this prospectus.  However, monthly reports containing
information on the notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  See "Where You Can Find More Information" in this prospectus for information as to how these reports may be
accessed.



                                                            A-I-8

                                              Composition by Account Balance
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                          Percentage
                                                          of Total                       Percentage
                                            Number of     Number of                       of Total
Account Balance Range                        Accounts     Accounts       Receivables     Receivables
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Credit Balance...........................     976,284        1.5%      $(91,203,253)         (0.1)%
No Balance...............................  41,714,581        64.8                  0          0.0
$           .01-$  5,000.00..............  15,086,627        23.4     21,590,761,912         21.4
$  5,000.01-$10,000.00...................   3,581,101         5.6     25,658,423,900         25.4
$10,000.01-$15,000.00....................   1,499,144         2.3     18,302,840,481         18.1
$15,000.01-$20,000.00....................     757,390         1.2     13,078,455,589         12.9
$20,000.01-$25,000.00....................     382,962         0.6      8,512,625,024          8.4
$25,000.01 or More.......................     403,173         0.6     14,001,105,630         13.9
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
     Total...............................  64,401,262        100.0%  $101,053,009,283       100.0%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


                                                Composition by Credit Limit
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                         Percentage
                                                          of Total                       Percentage
                                            Number of     Number of                       of Total
Credit Limit Range                           Accounts     Accounts      Receivables      Receivables
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Less than or equal to $5,000.00..........  15,393,170      23.9%     $ 7,986,596,814          7.9%
$  5,000.01-$10,000.00...................  15,287,777      23.7       16,867,580,161         16.7
$10,000.01-$15,000.00....................  12,416,338      19.3       17,361,791,246         17.2
$15,000.01-$20,000.00....................   9,141,988      14.2       16,443,058,789         16.3
$20,000.01-$25,000.00....................   6,156,434       9.6       16,170,464,220         16.0
$25,000.01 or More.......................   6,005,555       9.3       26,223,518,053         25.9
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
     Total...............................  64,401,262     100.0%    $101,053,009,283        100.0%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


                                           Composition by Period of Delinquency
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                         Percentage
                                                          of Total                       Percentage
Period of Delinquency                      Number of      Number of                       of Total
(Days Contractually Delinquent)             Accounts      Accounts      Receivables      Receivables
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Not Delinquent........................... 62,813,444         97.6%    $89,287,020,278       88.4%
Up to 29 Days............................    599,748          0.9       3,672,703,456        3.6
30 to 59 Days............................    270,737          0.4       2,062,021,775        2.0
60 to 89 Days............................    225,114          0.3       1,850,695,759        1.8
90 to 119 Days...........................    178,269          0.3       1,469,430,090        1.5
120 to 149 Days..........................    162,059          0.3       1,383,639,369        1.4
150 to 179 Days..........................    151,668          0.2       1,325,344,176        1.3
180 or More Days.........................        223          0.0           2,154,380        0.0
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
     Total............................... 64,401,262        100.0%   $101,053,009,283      100.0%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________





                                                            A-I-9

                                                Composition by Account Age
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                       Percentage
                                                          of Total                       Percentage
                                            Number of     Number of                       of Total
Account Age                                 Accounts      Accounts       Receivables     Receivables

Not More than 6 Months..................     467,788          0.7%     $ 1,073,999,511       1.1%
Over 6 Months to 12 Months..............     772,467          1.2        1,143,131,555       1.1
Over 12 Months to 24 Months.............   2,716,724          4.2        3,946,608,541       3.9
Over 24 Months to 36 Months.............   4,447,307          6.9        6,743,224,105       6.7
Over 36 Months to 48 Months.............   5,624,929          8.7        9,489,483,530       9.4
Over 48 Months to 60 Months.............   5,739,318          8.9       10,629,082,033      10.5
Over 60 Months to 72 Months.............   7,253,433         11.3       11,686,710,316      11.6
Over 72 Months..........................  37,379,296         58.1       56,340,769,692      55.7
     Total..............................  64,401,262        100.0%    $101,053,009,283     100.0%


                                            Geographic Distribution of Accounts
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                       Percentage
                                                          of Total                       Percentage
                                            Number of     Number of                       of Total
State                                       Accounts      Accounts       Receivables     Receivables
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
California..............................    8,506,814       13.2%      $ 15,005,327,749     14.8%
Florida.................................    5,302,174        8.2          8,601,646,868      8.5
New York................................    4,049,475        6.3          6,094,780,421      6.0
Texas...................................    3,967,416        6.2          6,760,733,971      6.7
Pennsylvania............................    3,238,486        5.0          4,057,085,183      4.0
New Jersey..............................    2,649,524        4.1          4,088,902,801      4.0
Illinois................................    2,231,768        3.5          3,333,439,711      3.3
Virginia................................    2,144,613        3.3          3,207,840,947      3.2
Ohio....................................    2,048,825        3.2          2,832,175,053      2.8
Georgia.................................    2,041,200        3.2          3,727,061,487      3.7
Other...................................   28,220,967       43.8         43,344,015,092      43.0
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
     Total..............................   64,401,262      100.0%      $101,053,009,283     100.0%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


         Since the largest number of cardholders (based on billing address) whose accounts were included in master trust
II as of the beginning of the day on May 1, 2009 were in California, Florida, New York, Texas and Pennsylvania, adverse
changes in the economic conditions in these areas could have a direct impact on the timing and amount of payments on the
notes.



                                                            A-I-10

         FICO.  The following table sets forth the FICO®* score on each account in the Master Trust II Portfolio, to the
extent available, as refreshed during the six month period ended May 1, 2009.  Receivables, as presented in the following
table, are determined as of May 1, 2009.  A FICO score is a measurement determined by Fair, Isaac & Company using
information collected by the major credit bureaus to assess credit risk.  FICO scores may change over time, depending on
the conduct of the debtor and changes in credit score technology.  Because the future composition and product mix of the
Master Trust II Portfolio may change over time, this table is not necessarily indicative of the composition of the Master
Trust II Portfolio at any specific time in the future.

         Data from an independent credit reporting agency, such as FICO score, is one of several factors that, if
available, will be used by FIA in its credit scoring system to assess the credit risk associated with each applicant.
See "FIA's Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts" in this
prospectus.  At the time of account origination, FIA will request information, including a FICO score, from one or more
independent credit bureaus.  FICO scores may be different from one bureau to another.  For some cardholders, FICO scores
may be unavailable.  FICO scores are based on independent third party information, the accuracy of which cannot be
verified.

         The table below sets forth refreshed FICO scores from a single credit bureau.

                                                 Composition by FICO Score
                                                 Master Trust II Portfolio

                                                         Percentage of Total
FICO Score                               Receivables         Receivables
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Over 720...........................  $  33,008,104,725          32.7%
661-720............................     35,131,169,488          34.7
601-660............................     16,584,350,516          16.4
Less than or equal to 600..........     14,548,973,289          14.4
Unscored............................     1,780,411,265           1.8
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TOTAL................................$ 101,053,009,283         100.0%
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


         A FICO score is an Equifax Beacon 96 FICO Score.

         A "refreshed" FICO score means the FICO score determined by Equifax during the six month period ended May 1, 2009.

         A credit card account that is "unscored" means that a FICO score was not obtained for such account during the six
month period ended May 1, 2009.

___________________
*FICO® is a federally registered servicemark of Fair, Isaac & Company.




                                                            A-I-11

                                          FIA Card Services, National Association
                                             Sponsor, Servicer and Originator

                                                BA Credit Card Funding, LLC
                                                 Transferor and Depositor

                                                   BA Credit Card Trust
                                                      Issuing Entity

                                                         BAseries
                                                       $100,000,000
                                                   Class B(2009-1) Notes
                                                        __________

                                                   PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                        __________

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the
prospectus.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus as of any date other
than the dates stated on their respective covers.

Dealers will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when acting as underwriters of the notes and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.  In addition, until the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus
supplement, all dealers selling the notes will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus.  Such delivery obligations
may be satisfied by filing the prospectus supplement and prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission.